JTTERPLIES 
 
 1 
 

 
THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 B THE UNIVERSITY ES. 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 PRESENTED BY 
 
 PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND 
 MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID 
 
THE BOOK OF 
 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 A PRACTICAL MANUAL FOR COLLECTORS 
 AND NATURALISTS. 
 
 BY W. J. LUCAS, B.A. 
 
 WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY THE AUTHOR. 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 L. UPCOTT GILL, 170, STRAND, W.C. 
 
 1893. 
 
LONDON : 
 
 A. BRADLEY, LONDON AND COUNTY PRINTING WORKS, 
 DRURY LANE, W.C. 
 

 PREFACE. 
 
 MONG the many beautiful objects which 
 the student of Nature finds awaiting his 
 attention, the Butterflies will be allowed 
 by most to take a very prominent place, 
 adding as they do another to the many 
 charms of the flower-decked summer-fields. To assist 
 the large and ever-increasing body of naturalists who 
 make Butterflies their pursuit, "THE BOOK OF BRITISH 
 BUTTERFLIES " has been written. Though primarily 
 intended for beginners it is not a book for mere 
 collectors only, but one that will assist, it is hoped, 
 those who take up the subject in the true entomological 
 spirit a spirit that seems to be on the increase at the 
 present day one that speedily transforms the collector 
 into an observing and experimental entomologist. 
 
 With this ' object in view, while a popular style 
 has been employed and abstruse matter has been 
 studiously avoided, the subject has been treated with 
 sufficient fulness, it is hoped, to enable anyone wishing 
 to do so, to work at these insects in all stages of their 
 life-history. It might be thought perhaps that the 
 Butterflies are thoroughly worked out already, but this is 
 quite a mistake, and the lover of this grand division of 
 lepidopterous insects will find that, as in all other, cases, 
 the further he goes the more there is to learn. 
 
 M368517 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 Of the earlier life-history of many species we have 
 very indefinite and unsatisfactory knowledge of some, 
 indeed, we know scarcely anything, even of the best known 
 our knowledge is none too perfect. In this department 
 then, the aspiring naturalist has a wide field before him 
 a fact which he indeed might perceive from the gaps 
 that occur in the present volume. 
 
 A great feature of this book is the number of illus- 
 trations. Most of the figures of the imagines, both 
 upper and under-surface, were made from the author's 
 drawings of the insects, but in some cases they were 
 prepared from photographs taken direct from nature, the 
 insects in the latter case being kindly lent by Messrs. 
 Watkins and Doncaster of 36, Strand. As often as 
 possible the figures of larvae and pupae were drawn from 
 actual specimens; but where these could not be procured 
 assistance was obtained from Buckler's " Larvae of the 
 British Butterflies," published by the Ray Society; the 
 larva of Danais erippus was taken from a cut that 
 appeared a few years since in The Entomologist. 
 
 Descriptions of the larvae and pupae have been com- 
 pared with those of Buckler, Newman, and others, and 
 assistance sometimes was obtained from the same sources. 
 The periodicals on the subject have frequently been laid 
 under contribution, and the last twenty-one- years of The 
 Entomologist carefully searched to see how far the records 
 there agreed with the usually given lists of localities. 
 The order, nomenclature, and synonymy of genera and 
 species are those of South's new " Entomologist Synonymic 
 List." 
 
 W. J. LUCAS. 
 
 KINGSTON-ON-THAMES, 
 /'uue, 1893. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 I. INTRODUCTION . _ . . . i 
 
 II. PAPILIONID^E . . -35 
 
 III. NYMPHALID^E . -74 
 
 IV. LYC^ENID^E ... .164 
 
 V. ERYCTNID^E . . 205 
 
 VI. HESPERIID^E ..... 208 
 
 VII. COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR . . .224 
 
 GENERAL INDEX .... . 239 
 
 INDEX OF FOOD-PLANTS .... 244 
 
THE BOOK OF 
 
 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The Butterfly's Place in Nature. 
 
 N commencing a popular account of our 
 British butterflies, it will doubtless not be 
 labour wasted if a few lines are devoted 
 to the consideration of what a butterfly- 
 is, and to pointing out its proper position 
 in the scale of animal life. Indeed, this seems not 
 only expedient, but absolutely necessary, seeing that a 
 curious, but at the same time very general, idea prevails 
 that the term " animal " cannot properly be applied at 
 all to butterflies and other of the smaller creatures that 
 live and move and have their being upon the earth. 
 Those who possess this idea are not, of course, students 
 of Nature ; for it would be impossible to turn over many 
 pages in her book without discovering that all these 
 creatures, however small, however simple, are endowed 
 
2 . THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 with a tiny spark of that same unfathomable mystery life 
 which reaches its highest manifestation in man himself. 
 
 Our subject, then, is a branch of biology,* the science 
 that treats of life in its widest sense; but this com- 
 prehensive science has two sides, which treat respectively 
 of life as it is manifested in animals on the one hand, 
 and in vegetables on the other. It is needless to say 
 that we are concerned with the former alone the animal 
 or zoologicalf side. 
 
 Varied as are the members of the Animal Kingdom, 
 they may all be grouped into eight sub-kingdoms, the 
 highest of the eight containing the vertebrate^ animals, 
 that is to say, those which possess a backbone and 
 internal skeleton ; while the animals composing the other 
 seven are invertebrate, having no internal skeleton. 
 Butterflies are found among the Arthropoda^ the most 
 advanced of the invertebrate sub-kingdoms. 
 
 The Arthropoda contain four classes, the most highly 
 organised being the Insects, || which may be distinguished 
 by their arriving at maturity after a series of changes, 
 called metamorphoses, when the outer covering is cast 
 off and a creature appears, as a rule utterly unlike 
 what it was before the change. An insect in the perfect 
 state may further be known by its being enclosed in a 
 jointed envelope and by having its body divided into 
 three parts : the head, bearing antennae, eyes, feeding 
 apparatus, &c. ; the thorax, bearing six jointed legs and 
 four wings ; and the abdomen. Butterflies fulfil these con- 
 ditions and are therefore insects. It should be observed 
 
 * 0ios (bios), life, \6yos (logos), an account, a description, 
 t C$ov (ZOOM), a living thing. 
 J Vertebra a joint. 
 
 apdpov (arthron), a joint, trovs (pous), voSos (podos), a foot; animals with 
 jointed legs 
 
 || Insecta, divided into (segments). 
 
THE BUTTERFLY'S PLACE IN NATURE. 3 
 
 that we are using the word " insect " in its strictly 
 scientific sense. The term is often employed in common 
 parlance in a very loose way, such animals as worms 
 and spiders being not seldom spoken of as insects. A 
 glance will shew that they do not comply with the 
 description of an insect given above. The busy little 
 creature that elaborates the coral is another favourite 
 subject for the same misnomer. 
 
 Thirteen natural orders comprise the class Insecta. 
 The members of the highest order but two have received 
 the scientific name of Lepidoptera* or scale-winged insects, 
 and are characterised by having four large wings covered 
 with small coloured scales overlapping like the tiles on 
 the roof of a house. Further, the pupaef are inactive, 
 that is, do not move about or feed, or indeed shew 
 signs of what is called active life, except sometimes an 
 impatient wriggling of the anal extremity under irritation. 
 
 The lepidopterous order of insects is divided into two 
 sections, the Rhopalocera^ and the Heterocera. The 
 former section contains the butterflies, || with "horns" 
 (antennae) more or less club-shaped ; the latter, the moths, 
 whose "horns" of whatever shape they may be are 
 never clubbed. 
 
 It is not always easy at a glance to distinguish between 
 butterflies and moths, but it is satisfactory to know that 
 butterflies cannot possibly be confused with any other 
 class of animals except moths, and to prevent confusion 
 with them the following points of difference should be 
 
 * \ciris (lepis), \firiSos (lepidos), a scale, and Trrepa (ptera), wings. 
 
 t Pupa, an undeveloped being. 
 
 t f>6ira\ov (rhopalon), a club, and Ktpas (keras), a horn. 
 
 erepos (heteros), other, different. 
 
 I! From the Anglo-Saxon buttor-fleoge = butterfly. So named probably from 
 the excreta of some species resembling butter, or may be in reference to the 
 colour of some of the commoner kinds. 
 
 B 2 
 
4 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 noticed. In the first place the former all fly by day t 
 while most of the latter fly at night. Again, the flight 
 of a butterfly is in a wavy line it flutters, as we say- 
 while most moths fly in a straight line, and often with 
 great speed. All our butterflies (except the Skippers) 
 repose with the wings meeting perpendicularly over 
 the back, so that the upper surface is hidden ; while 
 most moths repose with the wings arranged roof-like 
 over the body, disclosing the upper surface of the fore- 
 wings, the hind - wings being hidden beneath them. 
 Again, while it is the rule with moths to spin a cocoon 
 for the chrysalis-state, true butterflies never do so, 
 though the Skippers (which, however, resemble moths 
 in many respects) pass that state in a more or less 
 transparent net of silk. But the most satisfactory point 
 of distinction between a butterfly and a moth is to be 
 found in the antennae horns, as they are popularly 
 called. The tips of the antennae of a butterfly are club- 
 shaped, giving each antenna somewhat the appearance 
 of a miniature drumstick with a very long handle ; but 
 the antennae of moths, on the other hand, though 
 variously shaped, always come to a point at the end. 
 Moreover a butterfly, when at rest, keeps its antennae 
 erect or stretched out in front of its head, whereas a 
 moth bends them back and places them close along the 
 sides of the thorax. But in connection with the last 
 point it will perhaps turn out when more is known 
 about the matter, that the group of butterflies known as 
 Skippers fold back their antennae in the way just men- 
 tioned. Indeed in The Entomologist, xvii., 49, where the 
 sleeping position of Nisoniades tages (Dingy Skipper) is 
 admirably described and figured, we find that the 
 antennae are represented resting along the thorax in 
 the manner generally adopted by moths, as noted above. 
 
Synopsis of the Butterfly's Position among Animals. 
 
 / i Hymenoptera 
 (Bees, Wasps, 
 Ants) 
 
 1 Vertebrata 
 (Back-boned 
 
 Animals) 
 
 2 Arthropoda 
 
 3 Mollusca 
 (Snails, &c.) 
 
 4 Vermes 
 (Worms, &c.) 
 
 5 Echinodermata 
 
 ( Starfish, &c.) 
 
 6 Coelenterata 
 (Sea Anemones, 
 
 &c.) 
 
 7 Polystomata 
 (Sponges, &c.) 
 
 8 Protozoa 
 
 v (Vorticella;,&c.) 
 
 Insecta 
 
 2 Myriopoda 
 (Centipedes, 
 &c.) 
 
 3 Arachnoidea 
 (Spiders, 
 
 Mites, 
 Scorpions) 
 
 4 Crustacea 
 (Crabs, 
 Lobsters, 
 &c.) 
 
 2 Coleoptera 
 
 (Beetles) ft Rhopalocera 
 
 (Butterflies) 
 
 3 Lepidoptera 
 
 4 Diptera 
 (Flies, Gnats, 
 
 fee.) 
 
 5 Aphaniptera 
 
 (Fleas) 
 
 6 Strepsiptera 
 (Stylops, &c.) 
 
 7 Trichoptera 
 (Caddis-flies) 
 
 8 Neuroptera 
 (Lacewing,&c.) 
 
 9 Orthoptera 
 (Dragon-flies, 
 Cockroaches, 
 
 Locusts, &c.) 
 
 10 Thysanoptera 
 (Thrips, &c.) 
 
 11 Euplexoptera 
 
 (Earwigs) 
 
 12 Thysanura 
 (Sugar-lice,&c.) 
 
 13 Rhynchota 
 v (Bugs, &c.) 
 
 2 Heterocera 
 (Moths) 
 
6 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Life -history of a Butterfly. 
 
 A butterfly's existence commences inside an egg 
 very much smaller than an ordinary pin's head. These 
 eggs, though so small, exhibit marvellously delicate 
 workmanship when seen under the microscope, the 
 patterns varying greatly with the different species of 
 butterfly. The eggs must usually be sought for on the 
 under-side of the leaves of the plant on which the 
 caterpillar must feed, for the butterfly never makes a 
 mistake as to the kind of food that its young will require. 
 The eggs are hatched by the sun in a few days, except 
 in the case of some half-dozen butterflies, whose eggs 
 lie dormant till the following spring. As the time for 
 hatching approaches, they gradually become darker, and 
 a tiny creature, called a larva* or caterpillar, crawls out 
 through a little hole it has gnawed in one side of the 
 shell. The caterpillar falls to eating at once, and 
 doubles its weight in no time, unless it belongs to a 
 species which hibernates in the larval stage, when it 
 feeds little and grows but slowly till the next spring. 
 It very soon finds its coat too small, and when this 
 happens the little larva leaves off feeding for a time and 
 becomes restless, till a split occurs down the middle of 
 its back, and there emerges a new individual, usually 
 differing somewhat from the old one. This "moult," 
 as it is called, is repeated at least three times, but 
 oftener five or six. 
 
 At last the insect reaches its full size, gives up feed- 
 ing for good and all, and prepares to retire from the world 
 for a week or two, possibly till the following spring. 
 Its skin is shed for the last time, and now a curious 
 creature appears, without legs, wings, eyes, and mouth, 
 
 * Larva, mask. 
 
BUTTERFLY-HUNTING. 7 
 
 entirely closed up in a horny case, powerless to move, 
 except just to wag the hinder segments of the body. 
 This helpless mummy-like object is called a pupa, or 
 chrysalis. The pupa may usually be found fastened by 
 silk of the larva's spinning to a wall, the food-plant, or 
 some other convenient object. 
 
 Usually after from ten to twenty days the last change 
 takes place, the thick end of the pupa splits open in 
 several directions, and the perfect insect, called an 
 imago* or butterfly, emerges, with large body and tiny, 
 damp, and rumpled wings. The butterfly suspends itself 
 by its legs, and begins shaking out its wings. In an 
 hour or so they have attained their full size, and carry 
 their owner off to enjoy its few weeks of sunny existence. 
 All that the insect has now to do is to flirt awhile, and, 
 if a female, lay eggs before it dies, except in the case of 
 a few species, which sleep through the winter, and, when 
 warm days return with the spring, appear again to re- 
 produce their kind. 
 
 Butterfly-hunting. 
 
 It is a bright sunny morning in June, with very little 
 wind stirring, and what there is of it coming from a 
 westerly or south-westerly direction a morning as inviting 
 to the butterfly-hunter as it no doubt is to the insects he 
 would like to capture. Let the former sally forth with 
 the expectation that if butterflies, due at that time of 
 the year, are to be found in his district, he will have 
 a fair hope of taking them. He need not reach his 
 hunting-ground much before nine, for very few butterflies 
 are on the wing earlier than that ; nor, however enthu- 
 siastic he* may be, will he find it of much use to remain 
 
 * Imago, distinct and perfect form. 
 
8 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 out later than half-past four or five, though he will 
 doubtless always find a few individuals on the wing 
 almost from sunrise to sunset. 
 
 In general the best spots for butterflies are clearings 
 in woods, or meadows and pathways by the side of them. 
 Some butterflies, such as the Purple Emperor, the White 
 Admiral, the Wood White, the Purple Hairstreak, and 
 many Fritillaries, are scarcely ever found elsewhere. 
 Several, among them being most of the Whites and 
 Vanessas, are friendly enough to visit us in our streets 
 and gardens. Many are common everywhere, others are 
 equally scarce, while some again are local, that is, only 
 to be found in particular spots, though often plentiful 
 enough there. A few haunt marshy places, some must 
 be sought for on heaths, others again prefer the chalk, 
 and one or two are found upon the mountains; in fact, 
 it would be hard to name many spots in a state of 
 nature and to which the sunshine can penetrate, where 
 butterflies of some kind are not to be found. 
 
 In dull weather, or when butterflies have retired for 
 the night, they may often be found in their sleeping- 
 places, though it usually needs a sharp eye to detect 
 them there, for most, if not all, sle.ep mid surroundings 
 with which they harmonise so well that they are easily 
 passed over on a cursory glance. This is especially the 
 case with the Blues, the Small Copper, the Marbled 
 White, the Orange-tip, and the Vanessas. 
 
 The only apparatus required for use in the field 
 are a net to catch the butterflies, and a box or boxes 
 of some kind to hold them when caught. 
 
 The most convenient form of net is the ordinary ring- 
 net (Fig. i). The bag is made of gauze, either silk or 
 cotton. If the latter material be used, it must first be 
 well washed to remove the glazing that gives stiffness to 
 
BUTTERFLY-HUNTING. 
 
 it. Most people affect green, though white is sometimes 
 
 used I prefer the former, as being less conspicuous to an 
 
 onlooker, if not to the butterfly. The bag should be a little 
 
 shorter than one's arm, so that the bottom may be easily 
 
 reached, and should on no account end in a point, or 
 
 butterflies will seem to take a delight in finding their 
 
 way there, and require a great deal of getting out, to the 
 
 almost certain damage of their plumage. 
 
 The bag must be fastened to a ring of 
 
 cane or stiff wire, and this again firmly 
 
 fixed to a handle at least as long as an 
 
 ordinary walking-stick. The top of the 
 
 net had better be bound with some 
 
 material stouter than gauze, or it will 
 
 very soon be torn away from the ring. 
 
 It is especially important that the net 
 
 should be firmly made, for nothing is 
 
 so tantalising as to lose a good insect 
 
 in consequence of the net falling to pieces 
 
 at the moment of striking. 
 
 Many entomologists have a dislike 
 no doubt a natural one to be seen in 
 the streets of a town carrying a net 
 to the field of operations, so dealers 
 in natural history requisites supply nets 
 of various kinds that can be folded up 
 and put out of sight. The most convenient one, in 
 my opinion, consists of a three-jointed cane ring 
 (Fig. 2) on which the hem of the net slides, the 
 parts being hinged together and finished with brass 
 fittings. The ends of the ring fit into the two forks 
 of a brass Y- tu b e > while a walking-stick fits into 
 the stem. This net is a very neat affair, and can be 
 thoroughly trusted to do the work required of it. I 
 
 FIG. i. 
 GAUZE RING-NET. 
 
10 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 have had such a one in use for several years, and it 
 is still in good working order. The best method of 
 wielding the net will be learnt from experience. The 
 novice will not be long in discovering that it seldom 
 
 FIG. 2. MECHANISM OF FOLDING RING-NET. 
 
 pays to try to chase a butterfly down. In the majority 
 of cases it is much better to watch it to its resting-place, 
 and try and take it there. Should a successful stroke be 
 made and the butterfly caught, a sharp turn of the wrist 
 will close the net and keep the insect a prisoner. 
 
BUTTERFLY-HUNTING. 1 1 
 
 We have next to kill the butterfly. No attempt 
 must by any chance be made to touch it till it has 
 ceased fluttering and closed its wings over its back. 
 Then a sharp nip of its body at the insertion of the 
 legs, given by means of the finger and thumb, usually 
 settles the matter, or at least renders the insect quies- 
 cent. This nip can be given through the gauze. The 
 butterfly may now be allowed to fall from the net into 
 the open hand, and a proper entomological pin must be 
 thrust carefully and in a perfectly upright position 
 through the very centre of its thorax. 
 
 If the collector does not mind the trouble of taking a 
 cyanide-bottle to the field, he can kill his captures 
 before handling them at all. To make a cyanide-bottle, 
 a wide-mouthed stoppered bottle, holding about 5oz. or 
 6oz., should be procured, and about oz. of potassium 
 cyanide (KCN) put into it. Next a somewhat thin 
 paste of plaster of Paris and water should be made, 
 and poured over the potassium cyanide till there is 
 a layer about lin. deep. When this sets, the cyanide- 
 bottle is made. But as one can be purchased for a 
 small sum, and potassium cyanide is exceedingly poison- 
 ous, it is perhaps as well to buy one. The poisonous 
 vapour of the cyanide (smelling somewhat like almonds) 
 penetrating the layer of plaster of Paris stupefies and 
 finally kills the butterfly placed in the bottle.* Insects 
 bred at home had better always be killed by this means. 
 
 Some of our readers might like to make a killing- 
 bottle by folding a piece of cyanide in paper, and 
 securing it by means of sealing-wax or other adhesive 
 to the bottom of a bottle. As, however, in this case, 
 the poison is more readily accessible to inquisitive fingers, 
 care should be taken to keep the bottle out of harm's way. 
 
 * The vapour, being exceedingly poisonous, should not be breathed. 
 
12 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The butterfly, then, being killed by one means or the 
 other, and properly pinned, must then be placed in a 
 collecting-box. These had better be bought, as they are 
 very cheap indeed, and an amateur would probably not 
 succeed very well in making them. They are light deal 
 boxes lined, either at the bottom only or at both top 
 and bottom, with cork. It is of course an advantage to 
 have them as large as possible consistent with going easily 
 into the pocket, and, if both top and bottom are going 
 to be used, care should be taken that they are deep 
 enough to prevent the pins on one side from destroying 
 the insects on the other. 
 
 On a hot day the small butterflies sometimes begin 
 to get stiff before they can be taken home to the 
 setting-boards ; or in the height of the season the 
 numbers taken may make it impossible for all to be set 
 at the time. To obviate this difficulty the dealers sell 
 zinc relaxing-boxes. These are cork lined : hot water is 
 poured over the cork and the superfluous moisture 
 wiped away ; the little moisture remaining in the box 
 keeps the air inside damp for some time. These boxes 
 will not, however, be often needed in the field, and 
 never for the larger butterflies. Others again prefer to 
 take their specimens home alive, each in a small box, 
 and this of course is imperative if there is at any 
 time a desire to obtain eggs from a captured female. 
 
 Breeding. 
 
 There is another way of procuring perfect insects by 
 breeding them ; and there are three stages at which 
 breeding may be commenced, from the egg, from the 
 larva, or from the pupa. The last is the simplest all 
 that has to be done is to keep the pupa as nearly as 
 possible in a state of nature and wait till the imago 
 
BREEDING. 13 
 
 appears ; then a few hours later to kill and set it. If 
 breeding from the egg is going to be tried, the eggs 
 must be attached to the food-plant, so that the food 
 may be at hand as soon as the larvae come out. Of 
 course caterpillars thrive best on actual living plants, and 
 they may often be left to themselves on one without 
 much fear of their moving from it until the time for 
 pupating draws near. If it is not thought well to give 
 them carte blanche in this way, a bag of gauze may be 
 tied over them and the branch on which they are 
 feeding. In the event of the food-plant being small, it 
 is an excellent plan to have it growing in a flower-pot, 
 covering the whole either with gauze or with a glass 
 cylinder capped with gauze. 
 
 If preferred, larvae may be reared indoors in some 
 kind of cage : a tin or chip box, or something of 
 that kind, a few inches in diameter, and eight or ten 
 inches high, will do very nicely. On the floor of this 
 cage a couple of inches of fine earth or sand -had 
 better be strewn. In the centre of this layer of earth 
 should be placed a narrow-necked bottle containing a 
 sprig of the food-plant. A little cotton-wool round 
 the stem will make it fit the bottle, and so remove 
 the chance of small larvae being drowned. About a 
 dozen eggs having been fastened on the sprig, 
 the top of the cage must be covered with gauze to 
 prevent the escape of the larvae. It is as well, if a 
 tin box is used, to make the inside of it rough, so 
 that the caterpillars may be able to reach the food-plant 
 again should they fall from it. The box may be 
 roughened by smearing it with moist sand. When 
 renewing the food-plant, the larvae must on no account 
 be lifted with the fingers : they should be shaken from the 
 old to the new twigs, or at most, be lightly touched with 
 
14 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 a camel-hair brush. As the larvae increase in size they 
 must be separated to prevent overcrowding. When the 
 time for pupating is near, the old twigs must be searched 
 to see that there are no chrysalides upon them, for most 
 butterflies, except the genus Pieris, pupate on the stems 
 or on the backs of the leaves of the food-plant, or, in 
 the case of a few butterflies, at their roots. The cages 
 I have just described should be the minimum as 
 regards size, for the more room larvae have, the better 
 they thrive. Larger and more elaborate ones, in 
 which a greater number of larvae may live together, 
 can be prepared on the same principle ; or very 
 neat and useful cages may be bought very cheaply 
 at the natural history dealers'. 
 
 Note-making. 
 
 When breeding or collecting, let me recommend every- 
 one to keep a note-book, and enter therein with the date 
 everything that seems in the slightest degree worth re- 
 cording. It may not appear of much consequence at the 
 moment, but may perhaps be exactly the link needed to 
 connect two chains of facts at a future date. This at 
 once raises the pursuit of entomology far above a mere 
 hobby; and since insects are to be found practically 
 everywhere, and, though at times useful, more often cause 
 us great inconvenience, if nothing worse, a simple dis- 
 covery in connection with them might perhaps prove of 
 inestimable benefit to the human race. Even if nothing 
 else should result, it is always interesting to be able to refer 
 at odd moments to some records of the past, and, like a 
 soldier, on winter evenings to fight one's battles over again. 
 
 The following scheme, which may be amplified to meet 
 individual requirements, will perhaps be of use to those 
 collectors who keep a note-book, as suggested above : 
 
NOTE-MAKING. 15 
 
 A. EGG. 
 
 a. Description. 
 
 1. Shape. 
 
 2. Colour. 
 
 3. Markings. 
 
 4. Size. 
 
 b. When laid. Whether more than once a year whether winter 
 
 is passed in this state. 
 
 c. Where laid. The plant, and what part of it. 
 
 d. How laid. Whether singly, or in groups of how many. 
 
 B. LARVA. 
 
 a. Description. 
 
 1. Shape. 
 
 2. Colour. 
 
 3. Markings. 
 
 4. Size. 
 
 5. Smooth, or covered with hairs or spines. 
 
 6. Variations in these respects. 
 
 b. Food-plant or -plants. 
 
 c. Date of hatching hibernation (if winter is passed at this stage). 
 
 d. Number of moults and changes at moulting. 
 
 e. Difficulties, &c., experienced in breeding. 
 
 C. PUPA. 
 
 a. Description. 
 
 1. Shape. 
 
 2. Colour. 
 
 3. Markings. 
 
 4. Size. 
 
 5. Variations in these respects. 
 
 b. Choice of place for pupating. 
 
 c. Method of support of pupa (cocoon, if any). 
 
 d. Date of pupating hibernation (if winter is passed at this stage). 
 
 D. IMAGO. 
 a. Description. 
 
 1. Shape of wings and antennae. 
 
 2. Number and use of legs. 
 
 3. Colour. 
 
 4. Markings. 
 
 5. Size. 
 
 6. Variations in these respects. 
 
1 6 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 b. Difference between male and female, and in what proportion 
 
 taken or bred. 
 
 c. Date of coming out and ceasing to fly. Hibernation (if winter 
 
 is passed at this stage). 
 
 d. If more than one brood, dates, and differences between them. 
 
 e. Manner of flying, favourite resting-places, time of day and 
 
 state of weather when on the wing. 
 
 /. Localities, and local varieties, with causes, if possible. 
 g. Peculiar habits, &c. 
 h. Parasites and other enemies. 
 
 Setting. 
 
 We will suppose we have a butterfly, freshly caught. 
 How is it to be set ? It will not, as many people 
 seem to imagine, of its own accord arrange its wings 
 and antennae in such a way as to make it fit for 
 the cabinet. We must first have setting-boards, which may 
 either be manufactured by the collector or bought ready 
 made. Since they are very cheap, it is better to adopt 
 the latter alternative. Four or five sizes will be required 
 in order to suit the size of the bodies of the different 
 butterflies and the stretch of their wings. There are 
 two types of setting-board : one with the surface of the 
 slope curved, the other not. In the natural state, I 
 suppose, a butterfly never does curve its wings ; but, 
 personally, I must confess I prefer a butterfly set 
 on a curved setting-board, if the curve is not too 
 pronounced. Vertical sections of the two types of board 
 are given in Figs. 3 and 4. It will be seen that they 
 have a deal base covered with an upper surface of cork, 
 and there is a strip of cork, about in. thick, glued 
 along the groove that is to contain the butterfly's body. 
 Some people manage to dispense with the cork, and use 
 setting-boards made entirely of deal; but it is false 
 economy pins are easily blunted, and the slightest 
 touch knocks them out of the wood, and in this way 
 
SETTING. 17 
 
 specimens are often spoilt even where the utmost care is 
 exercised. The surface of the setting-board should be 
 covered with a layer of unglazed white paper plain 
 cork will rub the under-surface of the wings. On 
 the Continent setting-boards are not sloped, and the 
 groove is very deep, so that the butterfly appears with 
 its wings perfectly flat and fixed lin. or more up the 
 pin, producing an effect which appears to me anything 
 but agreeable. When buying foreign specimens of 
 
 FIGS. 3 and 4. VERTICAL SECTIONS OF SETTING-BOARDS. 
 a, cork; b, deal. 
 
 our scarcer English butterflies this should be recollected, 
 and, unless specimens set in the Continental fashion are 
 preferred, they should be asked for set in the English 
 way. 
 
 The setting-boards being disposed of, we may next con- 
 sider the question of pins. It is clear that for such a 
 delicate subject as a butterfly's body, ordinary pins are 
 altogether unsuitable, and the proper ones must be 
 bought from a dealer in natural history requisites. 
 Entomological pins are much more slender than the 
 
 c 
 
1 8 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 ordinary ones, and have very inconspicuous heads. 
 They are made in all sizes, to suit all sorts of insects. 
 Three very good sizes for most butterflies are Nos. 8, 9, and 
 10 but if they are going to be used for moths as well 
 as butterflies, it is perhaps a good thing to buy them 
 mixed. Plain white mixed pins are is. an ounce, but 
 they can be obtained for double the price gilt or covered 
 with black enamel, and these are worth the extra cost, 
 as grease will not act upon them. It must be 
 remembered that entomological pins will stand very 
 little pressure without bending, and that the points are 
 turned very easily, even by trying to push them through 
 glazed paper. 
 
 Setting-needles, for arranging the wings, antennae, and 
 so on, are readily made by inserting the eye-end of an 
 ordinary sewing-needle in a twig of green wood. As 
 the wood dries it contracts, and the needle is firmly 
 held in position. 
 
 We now come to the actual setting. The butterfly 
 should be held in the left hand by the under- side of 
 the body, and the pin thrust very carefully through 
 the centre of the thorax in a perfectly upright manner. 
 This is very important, as in a case a badly-pinned 
 butterfly spoils the look of a whole row. The insect is 
 now put on the board with the body nicely arranged 
 in the groove. If the abdomen does not dispose itself 
 properly, it must be kept in position by pins stuck into 
 the board. Now comes the difficult part of setting 
 the arranging of the wings without damaging them. Of 
 course, the simplest thing to do would be to bring one 
 wing into position and stick a fine pin through it ; and 
 so on until all four were arranged. No doubt, in many 
 cases the holes so made in the wings would not be 
 apparent ; but in others they most certainly would, so 
 
SETTING. IQ 
 
 another method must be found. Many use triangular 
 slips of thin, smooth cardboard (Fig. 5), and as soon as 
 a wing has been carefully drawn into position with the 
 setting-needle, one is pinned down over the margin to 
 keep that wing in place till the others are arranged in 
 the same way. A very good method, which is illus- 
 trated in Fig. 6, is to have some square pieces of cork 
 with a shoemaker's bristle thrust through each somewhat 
 obliquely. The cork is fastened to the setting-board 
 with a pin, and the bristle will then be found to 
 
 FIG. 5. METHOD OF SETTING WITH CARDBOARD BRACES. 
 
 exercise considerable pressure on the board, and will 
 hold the wings in the same manner as the cardboard 
 slips. It has this advantage that it does not hide the 
 wings or interfere with the braces that are to come 
 afterwards. It is extremely important to be able to 
 see all the wings well at once to ensure their being 
 arranged symmetrically. 
 
 Others use a piece of quill for the same purpose and 
 in the same way, the quill of course having the curved 
 surface on the butterfly. 
 
 C 2 
 
20 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 My own plan is quite a different one. After the 
 butterfly has been pinned in the groove, a small strip of 
 paper (called a brace) is taken and one end pinned 
 down, as in the lower part of Fig. 6, over the costal 
 margin of one of the fore-wings. Next holding the 
 other end of the brace between the thumb and first 
 finger of the left hand, the two wings on one side are 
 carefully disposed by the aid of a setting-needle held in 
 the right. When both wings are thus drawn into posi- 
 tion, the strip of paper is brought down over them 
 with the left hand and kept in place by a pin. The 
 other side having been similarly treated, other strips are 
 put over the edges of the wings to prevent their curl- 
 ing as they dry. In my opinion, these braces are best 
 made of transparent tracing-paper, so that the general out- 
 line of the butterfly may be seen through them (as shown 
 in the lower part of Fig. 6). It is then possible to be 
 quite certain, when the setting is finished, that the wings 
 on the two sides are properly balanced. 
 
 The wings being arranged, the abdomen and antennae 
 must next be very carefully attended to, and held in 
 their proper places by pins. The legs, too, of those 
 butterflies that are intended to show the under-surface 
 will require attention, for it looks very untidy to see all 
 the legs pointing in different directions. The legs, by 
 the way, are very easily broken off. 
 
 But one step now remains to dry the butterflies that 
 have been set. They must be kept out of the dust, and 
 should, if possible, be placed in a current of air. 
 Drying-houses made for the express purpose may be 
 bought, but the expense is considerable, and they seem 
 to me to be quite unnecessary for the ordinary collector. 
 Everybody with a little searching can find a safe place 
 for his setting-boards ; but he must recollect that cock- 
 
SETTING. 
 
 21 
 
 roaches and other animals, to which the body of a 
 butterfly seems a dainty morsel, have wings as well as 
 legs. Cockroaches no doubt are good things in their 
 
 FIG. 6. METHODS OF SETTING BUTTERFLIES WITH BRISTLES 
 AND PAPER BRACES. 
 
 proper place, wherever that place may be, but it is 
 certainly not on the setting-board of an entomologist, 
 and their presence must be carefully guarded against. 
 
22 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Unless the air is damp, the butterflies will be dry in 
 about a week ; the large ones may take a little longer 
 time, and the small ones a little less, but no harm is 
 ever done by leaving them too long on the setting- 
 board. I have generally found that those set to shew the 
 under-surface are better for being a little longer on the 
 boards. When time is an object, as sometimes on the 
 last day or so of a holiday, I see no reason why 
 butterflies (not moths) should not be dried by heat. I 
 have made use of this method on one or two occasions, 
 and no harm resulted. This should only be resorted to, 
 however, in a case of necessity, and the butterflies 
 should never be put on a board not covered with 
 paper, for resin is apt to exude from the wood and 
 fasten them down. 
 
 Relaxing. 
 
 Many a collector of butterflies and moths, especially if 
 he is a novice at his craft, will no doubt find when he 
 begins to overhaul his captures that many of them are 
 not set as nicely as he would wish, and it may be that 
 in the height of the hunting-season some even were put 
 away without being set at all. The question will arise, 
 what should be done by anyone who happens to 
 find himself in this position, that he may make pre- 
 sentable his Purple Emperors and other rarities which 
 he certainly cannot do without, but which with equal 
 certainty he may not be able to put into the body of 
 his collection in their present condition? ^ 
 
 The first thing to do with a butterfly that requires 
 re-setting is to relax it ; that is, to reduce its wings, 
 antennae, and so on, to the same " lax " condition as 
 they were in when the animal was alive. Drying an 
 insect means getting rid of all moisture from its 
 
RELAXING. 23 
 
 system; it is clear then, that in order to relax one, 
 water must be re-introduced. In the case of a beetle, 
 this is easily done by putting it into warm water -for a 
 few moments ; but this treatment is much too rough for 
 the delicate wings of a butterfly. It must be placed 
 instead in moist air, warm by preference. There are 
 zinc boxes made for this purpose, and to be bought 
 at the dealers' for about a couple of shillings. These 
 are lined with cork, hot water is poured over the cork, 
 the superfluous water wiped off, and the butterfly shut 
 in. Another method is to put the butterfly into a 
 tightly-closed vessel containing bruised young laurel-leaves. 
 But these two plans are more suitable for keeping re- 
 laxed insects that cannot be set directly they are caught, 
 than for relaxing those that have become thoroughly 
 dry. In dealing with the latter I prefer to act as 
 follows : place on the bottom of some vessel, such as 
 a pudding-dish, or something of that kind, a layer of 
 moistened sand that has been thoroughly baked to kill 
 all vegetable and animal germs. Over this, but not 
 touching it or the sides of the vessel, place the butter- 
 flies to be relaxed. Put a fairly close-fitting cover over 
 them, and stand the whole in an oven that is getting 
 cool. In this way the insects will be relaxed with 
 comparative speed and, it seems to me, with less 
 detriment to their appearance. Insects that have been 
 relaxed must be left on the setting-boards longer than 
 those that have been freshly caught, ;pr they are apt to 
 spring to their old position. In every case strict watch 
 must be kept to prevent mould from growing on them 
 while they are damp. Before leaving this part of the 
 subject, I would say, never relax an insect if possible, 
 for it is almost certain to lose some of its freshness, 
 even if nothing worse befall it. 
 
24 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Butterflies in the Cabinet. 
 
 The butterflies being caught and properly set, What is 
 to be done with them ? Shall they be arranged in a 
 glass-topped case to form some elaborate design gorgeous 
 and beautiful, no doubt, to anyone who can forget 
 the waste of life necessary to produce it and leave them 
 there to lose their colours from exposure to the daylight? 
 But such a question need scarcely be asked ; for every true 
 entomologist will be too careful of his captures to treat 
 them thus. He knows that if he wishes to preserve their 
 rich colours he must keep them in darkness. Moreover, 
 
 FIG. 7. STORE-CASE. 
 
 each insect will have to him an individuality which must 
 be preserved not lost amidst a blaze of splendour. 
 
 To attain these two objects preservation of colour 
 and individuality a cabinet or cases of some kind must 
 be provided. A beginner probably will not at first be so 
 ambitious as to think of the former, but will for a time, 
 at least, content himself with the latter. He may perhaps 
 aspire to a properly-constructed cabinet at a later date, 
 when his collection approaches completion; but he need 
 not do so even then, for he can preserve it very well 
 indeed in neat store-cases (Fig. 7), which can be pur- 
 
FOES. 25 
 
 chased very cheaply. We will, however, say this much 
 about cabinets : to be of any use they must be thoroughly 
 well made, and that by some one who understands their 
 use. Cheapness is therefore out of the question so 
 much so, that a good secondhand cabinet will generally 
 fetch as much as when it was new. 
 
 The store-cases referred to above are made of thin, 
 light deal, and resemble large collecting-boxes. They are 
 corked and papered top and bottom, and are made to 
 close very tightly, so as to exclude as nearly as possible 
 the external air, and with it the enemies to the insects 
 within. Store-cases are made in several sizes, the most 
 convenient, in my opinion, being the two whose measure- 
 ments are loin, by Sin. and nin. by i6in. Tjjro of the 
 former are equal in length to one of the latter, and of 
 nearly the same width. They are both 2fin. in depth. 
 
 Foes. 
 
 Preserved butterflies have many enemies, which must 
 be carefully guarded against. Cockroaches, clothes-moths, 
 small beetles, and such animals will get at them if the 
 slightest chance is given ; but these are large enough to 
 be easily fought against. The worst enemies, mites (dust- 
 lice, Fig. 8) and mould, are much more insidious. Mites 
 are so small that, let the cases be closed as tightly as 
 they may, there will probably still be space enough for 
 them to enter, and enter they will unless deterred in 
 some way. Camphor was generally prescribed for this 
 purpose. Camphor, however, will not destroy mites : at 
 the most it will only tend to prevent their appearing ; 
 but let them once get into a case, camphor will not drive 
 them away. A more powerful agent naphthalene is now 
 used a great deal. As long as this is present the butter- 
 flies are almost or quite safe. Just as camphor is, it 
 
26 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 should be placed in the cells of the drawers of the 
 cabinet, and wrapped in paper and pinned in one corner 
 of the store-cases. An already affected specimen, generally 
 discovered by the small heap of dust beneath it, had 
 better be dipped in benzine, and then blown upon till 
 the benzine has evaporated. The mites will be killed, 
 the colours of the butterfly will not be affected, and 
 through the draught caused by blowing the hairs will 
 
 Dorsal View. 
 
 Ventral View. 
 
 FIG. 8. THE MITE OF THE INSECT CABINET FROM LIFE 
 (magnified 375 diameters). 
 
 not be much the worse. Attention may here be directed 
 to an improved form of store-case recently brought out, 
 in which an invisible naphthalene cell in ingeniously 
 provided. 
 
 As regards mould, its spores are quite invisible, and 
 are almost always present in the air, waiting for a suit- 
 able medium whereon to germinate. Since it is next to 
 impossible to get a case intended to be opened that is 
 
FOES. 2 7 
 
 perfectly air-tight and if not so, the spores can certainly 
 enter we must try to keep our cases in such a spot 
 that the spores will* not be able to find sufficient 
 moisture to allow them to germinate, and very little 
 moisture is required for such a tiny fungoid growth. 
 
 Many prefer to take the bull by the horns and poison 
 their specimens, which will then be perfectly safe against 
 attacks of either mould or mites. The poison used is 
 mercuric chloride (HgCl.,), commonly called corrosive 
 sublimate, which must be dissolved in spirits of wine 
 (or methylated spirit). A given amount of spirit will only 
 dissolve a certain quantity of the chloride ; if too much 
 is put in, some will remain undissolved at the bottom 
 of the bottle. More spirit must then be added, for a 
 moderately weak solution of mercuric chloride will be 
 sufficient for our purpose. Let the butterflies be steeped 
 in this and then dried in a current of air. The colours, 
 which at first disappear, will return as bright as before, 
 and the specimens will be impregnated with the poison, 
 and may be placed with mites or mould without any 
 fear. There are two drawbacks, however, to its use 
 the hairs and scales are not always as velvety in appear- 
 ance as before its application, and then, corrosive subli- 
 mate is as deadly a poison to men as to mites and 
 mould. Specimens affected with mould should be 
 placed in benzine, and when dried the mould should be 
 rubbed off with a camel-hair brush. 
 
 Fortunately, unlike moths, butterflies are seldom affected 
 with grease ; if any are, they will probably be the Vanessas. 
 Should a specimen that cannot be destroyed, be so affected, 
 probably the best thing to do is to steep it in benzine 
 collas, and, when the superfluous liquid has been taken 
 off with blotting-paper, to sprinkle over it fuller's-earth, 
 magnesia, or French chalk. After leaving it for some 
 
28 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 hours this must be brushed off with a camel-hair brush, 
 and the insect may look fairly presentable again. 
 
 Arrangement in the Cabinet or Cases. 
 
 Now to place the butterflies in the store-cases or 
 cabinet. They must of course be arranged so that the 
 pins on which they are set are upright and in parallel 
 lines. If the collection is so complete that the insects 
 are likely to remain permanently where they are placed, 
 each row had better be separated from the next by a line 
 ruled on the paper. The space should be wide enough 
 to contain the largest butterfly that occurs in the column. 
 There must in most instances be at least four specimens 
 of each species, to shew the upper and under surfaces of 
 both male and female ; but in general, room will also 
 have to be found for varieties and aberrations. So that, 
 although there are but about sixty-eight British butterflies, 
 probably a complete collection would contain not less 
 than four or five hundred specimens, even if chrysalides 
 and preserved larvae were not added. 
 
 Next comes the naming : and here let me advise every- 
 one to employ the scientific names as much as possible, 
 since they are easily learned and are understood by en- 
 tomologists throughout the world. In the first drawer or 
 case the first column should start with the family name 
 Papilionida. Under that would come the name of the 
 first genus, Papilio. Next would follow as many specimens 
 of the first species of that genus as were needed, and 
 under them the specific name, machaon. We should, 
 perhaps, next put in a purchased specimen of P. poda- 
 firius, placing its specific name, podalirius, beneath it. 
 Then would follow the name of the second genus, Aporia, 
 followed by specimens of the only species, and then the 
 specific name cratagi^ and so on. 
 
ARRANGEMENT IN THE CABINET OR CASES. 29 
 
 In the following list, the families, genera, and species 
 of British butterflies are set out in order : 
 
 Nat. Ord. LEPIDOPTERA. 
 SECTION RHOPALOCERA (Butterflies). 
 
 Family I. Papilionidae. Larva, cylindrical, smooth or slightly 
 hairy; pupa, fastened by the tail, and supported head 
 upwards by a girdle of silk; imago, with six perfect legs 
 adapted for walking. There are eleven species, the 
 colouring of which is almost entirely confined to white, 
 black, and different shades of yellow. 
 
 1. Papilio machaon (Linnaeus). 
 
 2. Aporia cratagi (Linn.). 
 
 3. Pieris brassica (Linn.). 
 
 4. ,, rapce (Linn.). 
 
 5. ,, napi (Linn.). 
 
 6. daplidice (Linn.). 
 
 7- Euchloe cardamines (Linn.). 
 
 8. Leucophasia sinapis (Linn.). 
 
 9. Colias hyale (Linn.). 
 
 10. ,, edusa (Fabricius). 
 
 11. Gonopteryx rhamni (Linn.). 
 
 II. Nymphalidae. Larva, cylindrical, either spine-bearing or having 
 a forked tail or two horns at the head ; pupa, with the head 
 downwards, attached by the tail only; imago, with the 
 anterior pair of legs but partly developed, so that four legs 
 only are adapted for walking. There are thirty species, 
 comprising the Fritillaries, Vanessas, Ringlets, &c. 
 
 12. Argynnis selene (SchifFerm tiller). 
 
 13. ,, euphrosyne (Linn.). 
 
 14. latona (Linn.). 
 
 15. ,, aglaia (Linn.). 
 
 16. adippe (Linn.). 
 
 17. paphia (Linn.). 
 
 18. Melitcea aurinia (Rottemburg). 
 
 19. ,, cinxia (Linn.). 
 
 20. athalia (Rott.). 
 
 21. Vanessa C-album (Linn.). 
 
 22. polychloros (Linn.). 
 
 23. ,, nrticce (Linn.). 
 
30 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 24. Vanessa io (Linn.). 
 
 25. ,, antiopa (Linn.). 
 
 26. ,, atalanta (Linn.). 
 
 27. ,, cardui (Linn.). 
 
 28. Limenitis sibylla (Linn.). 
 
 29. Apatura iris (Linn.). 
 
 30. Danais erippus (Cramer). 
 
 3 1 . Melanargia galatea ( Linn . ) . 
 
 32. Erebia epiphron (Knoch). 
 
 33. cethiops (Esper). 
 
 34. Pararge egeria (Linn.). 
 
 35. ,, megcera (Linn.). 
 
 36. Satynts semele (Linn.). 
 
 37. Epinephele ianira (Linn.). 
 
 38. ,, tithomts (Linn.). 
 
 39. ,, hyperanthes (Linn.). 
 
 40. Ca'ttonympha typhon (Rott.). 
 
 41. pamphilns (Linn.). 
 
 III. Lycaenidae. Larva, short and stout, woodlouse-shaped ; pupa, 
 supported as in Papilionida ; imago, with six legs adapted 
 for walking, as in Papiliomda. There are eighteen species, 
 comprising the Hairstreaks, Coppers, and Blues. 
 
 42. Thecla betttlts (Linn.i. 
 
 43. ,, IV-album (Knoch). 
 
 44. ,, prtini (Linn.). 
 
 45. ,, qitercns (Linn.). 
 
 46. ,, r//i (Linn.). 
 
 47. Poly om niatus dispar (Haworth). 
 
 48. phlaas (Linn.). 
 
 49. Lyctzna batica (Linn.). 
 
 50. ,, argiades (Pallas). 
 
 51. agon (Schiff.). 
 
 52. ,, astrarche (Bergstrasser). 
 
 53. , teams (Rott.). 
 
 54. ,, bellargits (Rott.). 
 55' u corydon (Fabr.). 
 
 56. ,, argiohis (Linn.). 
 
 57. ,, semiargns (Rott.). 
 
 58. ,, minima (Fuessly). 
 
 59. ,, arion (Linn.). 
 
TERMS DESCRIPTIVE OF LARVA, PUPA, AND IMAGO. 31 
 
 IV. Erycinidae. Larva, short and stout, woodlouse-shaped, some- 
 
 what hairy; pttpa, supported as in Papilionidce ; imago, male, 
 as in Nymphalida, having four legs only adapted for walking, 
 while the female has six, as in Papilionidce. There is but 
 one species, which is brown with yellowish spots. 
 
 60. Nemeobius lucina (Linn.). 
 
 V. Hesperiidae. Larva, head large and the segments that follow 
 
 narrower, smooth ; pttpa, in a slight cocoon among the leaves 
 &c., of the food-plant ; imago, with six legs adapted for 
 walking ; antenna, which in two species are slightly hooked, 
 widely separated by the broad head ; at rest the hind-wings 
 are nearly horizontal. The seven species bear the common 
 name of Skippers, from their short, abrupt flight. 
 
 61. SyrichtJms malvee (Linn.). 
 
 62. Nisoniades tages (Linn.). 
 
 63. Hesperia thaumas (Hufnagel). 
 
 64. ,, lineola (Ochsenheimer). 
 
 65. ,, actceon (Rott.). 
 
 66. ,, sylvanus (Esper). 
 
 67. ,, comma (Linn.). 
 
 68. Carterocephalus palcemon (Pallas). 
 
 Terms used in Describing the Larva, Pupa, 
 and Imago of a Butterfly. 
 
 Before proceeding to take the British butterflies 
 seriatim^ it will be necessary briefly to call attention to 
 the chief terms used in describing them in their three 
 stages larva, pupa, and imago. The larva of Papilio 
 machaon (Fig. 9) may be taken as the type of all 
 butterfly caterpillars. It has always thirteen rings, or 
 segments as they are usually called, the head being 
 reckoned as one, and that the first. A is the anterior, 
 and L the anal extremity of the body ; B, c, and D are 
 the three pairs of true, jointed legs; E, F, G, H, and K, 
 the five pairs of claspers protuberances of the skin, 
 which do not reappear in the imago. The legs are always 
 on the second, third, and fourth segments, and the 
 
32 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 claspers on the seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth, and thir- 
 teenth. The second, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, 
 
 FIG. 9. DIAGRAM OF LARVA. 
 
 tenth, eleventh, and twelfth segments bear each two 
 spiracles (breathing-holes), one on each side. 
 
 FIG. 10. DIAGRAMS OF PUPA. 
 
 As an example of the chrysalis-stage (Fig. 10) three 
 positions of the chrysalis of Pieris brassica have been 
 chosen ; the first giving a lateral, the second a dorsal, 
 
TERMS DESCRIPTIVE OF LARVA, PUPA, AND IMAGO. 33 
 
 and the third a ventral view. A, in the direction of 
 the head, will be the anterior extremity; and B, the 
 anal, terminating in a hooked tail; c is the covering 
 of the eye; D, of the wings; and E, of the tongue, an- 
 tennae, and legs ; F is the thorax ; and G, the abdomen, 
 bearing]two lateral ridges (H) and a dorsal one (K). 
 
 * ~ i '* k k k * 
 
 FIG. n. DIAGRAMS OF IMAGO. 
 
 As examples of "the imago (Fig. n), figures of Papilio 
 machaon^ Vanessa, C-album, Melanargia galatea, and 
 Pieris brassica^ have been taken. The hind-margin of 
 the hind-wings (o) of the first is tailed, of the second 
 angled, of the third scalloped, of the fourth rounded; 
 while the fore-wings (n) of the first, third, and fourth 
 are rounded, and of the second angled like the hind-wings. 
 
 D 
 
34 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 c is the head, bearing (a) antennae, (d) palpi, eyes, 
 &c. ; e is the thorax, and f the abdomen ; b is the 
 costal margin of each wing, reaching from the thorax 
 to the tip (g)\ k is the hind-margin, reaching from the 
 tip (g) to the anal angle (/) ; h is the inner margin, 
 reaching from the anal angle (/) to the base of the 
 wing, that is, where it joins the thorax ; m is the tail. 
 
CHAPTER II. 
 
 PAPILIONID/E. 
 
 Papilio, Linn. 
 
 HE queen of British butterflies the first 
 in rank as well as beauty belongs to the 
 genus Papilio* at once the type of its 
 family, the Papilionida, and of the whole 
 tribe of butterflies. The superiority in size 
 combined with the- possession of the long swallow-tail on 
 each hind-wing at once separates this from every other 
 British genus. But we may further note that the larva is 
 cylindrical in form and smooth, that the pupa is attached 
 by the tail and kept in an upright position by a band of 
 silk round the upper part of the body (Fig. 15), and that 
 the perfect insect has six legs that it can use in walking, 
 and the knob of the antennae somewhat elongated. One 
 species only, Papilio machaon, can be reckoned as 
 British, though record has been made of the capture, now 
 many years since, of one or two specimens of P. poda- 
 lirius (Scarce Swallow-tail, Fig. 16) scarce, that is, as 
 
 * Papilio, a butterfly. 
 
 D 2 
 
36 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 far as our islands are concerned, for it is a common 
 butterfly on the Continent. 
 
 P. machaon, Linn. (Swallow-tail) (Figs. 12 to 15), 
 though much sought after for the cabinet, is not easily 
 caught, even if the would-be possessor should happen to 
 be in one of the few districts where it may still be 
 found, for it majestically sails along, by the help of its 
 large and powerful wings, with great speed and almost 
 in a straight course, or sometimes soars aloft perfectly 
 safe from the pursuer's net. Why this species should be 
 named after Machaon, a physician, one of the sons of 
 ^Esculapius, who accompanied the Greek army against 
 Troy, it is hard to see ; but the name being once given, 
 it is quite clear why his brother's name, Podalirius, should 
 be bestowed on the second species of the genus. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 14), which is often nearly 2$in. long, 
 and feeds on various umbelliferous plants, especially the 
 Marsh Hog's Fennel (Peucedatmm palitstre}, the common 
 Fennel (Fceniculum vulgare\ and the wild Carrot (Daucus 
 Carota\ should be looked for from June to August or 
 even September. It is a lively green in colour, and 
 carries behind the head a reddish, two-pronged projection, 
 which it can protrude and retract at pleasure, and which, 
 by emitting a strong-smelling liquid, is supposed to keep 
 off its enemies. The head is marked with black, and 
 there is a velvety black band separating the segments, 
 while another crosses the middle of each segment trans- 
 versely. Each of these latter bands bears six orange dots, 
 except the first and the last, on which they are fewer 
 or wanting. A black dot or two below the termina- 
 tion of the bands, and another on each of the legs and 
 claspers, except those of the thirteenth segment, complete 
 the marking of the handsomest representative of our 
 butterfly caterpillars. 
 
PAPILIO MACHAON. 
 
38 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 In appearance the chrysalis (Fig. 15) is rather alder- 
 manic : it may be found during late autumn, winter, 
 and early spring, attached to dry reeds and similar plants. 
 The colour is usually bright yellowish dorsally, greenish 
 ventrally, with decidedly green wing-cases and head, and 
 a row of ill-defined green spots along each side. There 
 are several protuberances on the anterior part of the 
 body, which is bluntly two-lobed. A variety often occurs 
 with brownish markings instead of green. 
 
 The perfect insect, which is often 3Jin. across the 
 expanded wings, comes out in May, and continues to be 
 seen till August. A reference to Fig. 12 will show the 
 sharp-pointed fore-wings, and the beautifully scalloped 
 hind-wings with the long tail on their hind-margin. It 
 will be noticed that the abdomen does not lie in a fold 
 of the hind-wings, as with so many butterflies, but the 
 wings are hollowed out to make room for it. The ground- 
 colour of all the wings is dull yellow. On the upper 
 surface there is a band of black crossing both wings 
 near the hind-margin, the middle of the band being 
 sprinkled with yellow dust on the fore-wings and blue 
 on the hind ones. Outside this band is a row of yellow 
 spots, succeeded by a black border, which last is followed 
 by a yellowish margin. The base of the wings is black, 
 with yellow dust, and the nervures are bordered with 
 black, while there is a good deal of black along the 
 costal margin. Each hind-wing bears a large red eye- 
 spot at the anal angle. The colouring of the under- 
 surface (Fig. 13) closely resembles that of the upper; 
 but there is much less black, and what there is, is much 
 more thickly powdered. There are three additional red 
 spots on the hind-wings. The sexes are similar. 
 
 In Scotland and Ireland the Swallow-tail has, perhaps, 
 never been found ; but many of the counties of England 
 
APORIA. 39 
 
 have at times supplied it, at least singly, though probably 
 most of those that turn up now and again in unexpected 
 places have escaped from captivity. Its chief home now 
 is in the Fens about Cambridge, Huntingdon, and Nor- 
 folk, two favourite localities being Ranworth Fen and 
 Wicken Fen, but it is there less plentiful than formerly, 
 and it is to be feared that, as the drainage of the Fens 
 goes on, it will share the fate of the Large Copper, and 
 become extinct as far as our islands are concerned. 
 
 FIG 16. PAPILIO PODALIRIUS. 
 
 Though it is, of course, a good thing that the Fens 
 should be drained and cultivated, yet we could not help 
 feeling regret should this remove from our list such an 
 exquisite butterfly as Papilio machaon. 
 
 Aporia, Hiibner. 
 
 Aporia, the next genus, contains but one British 
 species, crat&gi (Fig. 17), and even this has some- 
 
40 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 times been placed in the genus Pieris with the Large 
 White (P. brassica\ which, on a cursory glance, it 
 somewhat resembles. But a second glance will shew 
 many points of difference, the most noticeable being 
 the presence of characteristic black spots on the wings 
 of P. brassicce and their absence from those of A. cratagi ; 
 and on the other hand, the presence of black nervures 
 on the wings of the latter, and their absence from those 
 of the former. 
 
 A. crataegi, Linn. (Black-veined White, or Butterfly 
 of the Hawthorn as the specific name indicates) (Figs. 
 17 to 20), is now so scarce in this country, if not quite 
 extinct, that the date of its capture may be marked as 
 a red-letter day in the fortunate naturalist's diary. In 
 some places on the Continent, on the other hand, it is 
 so abundant that its larvae are looked upon as pests, and 
 justly so, for besides the Hawthorn they affect other trees 
 of the Rose family the apple, pear, and so on. 
 
 This butterfly was confined to the southern half of 
 England, and there was very local, but it occasionally 
 appeared in abundance at a few places, notably in Kent 
 and Hereford. That it should have died out is to be 
 wondered at, considering that its food-plants are so very 
 common. It might once have been met with in Mon- 
 mouth, Worcester, Gloucester, Somerset, Hants, Berks, 
 Sussex, Huntingdon, Northants, Isle of Wight, &c. 
 apparently a wide enough range ; but, though it was 
 found in all of these districts at least, yet the specimens 
 were as a rule few. The last well-authenticated capture 
 was made on June 9, 1888, at Ramsgate.* 
 
 In June the eggs are laid on the Hawthorn (Cratcegus 
 Oxyacantha) or else on the Sloe (Prunus spinosa), and 
 
 r A note appeared in Science Gossip of January, 1893, mentioning the 
 occurrence of specimens in Cornwall as late as 1891. 
 
APORIA CRAT7EGI. 
 
 are hatched in from ten days to a fortnight. The larvae 
 are gregarious that is, they live together in a silken web 
 
 APORIA CRAT^GI 
 
 spun by themselves, and only come out of it to feed before 
 and after the heat of the day. They also hibernate during 
 
42 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 the winter in a stoutly-made web of a similar kind. As 
 spring advances, however, they leave the web and separate. 
 They are full-fed about the end of May, and are then 
 about 2 in. in length (Fig. 20). The divisions between the 
 segments are well marked. The head is black, and so are 
 the six legs, but not the claspers ; the ventral surface is 
 pinkish-grey, and the dorsal reddish-brown with heavy 
 black markings. The dorsal colouring ends abruptly with 
 a broad black band on each side. Along the middle of 
 the back are two fine, somewhat interrupted, black lines, 
 and between these and the broad black lines on each seg- 
 ment are two large black dots, one on each side, and 
 several smaller ones. The colouring of the ventral surface 
 is rather paler near the black division-line, and is elsewhere 
 finely dotted with black, with several larger black marks on 
 the mid-ventral surface. The spiracles are black and the 
 claspers grey. The ventral surface bears a number of fine 
 white hairs; the rest of the caterpillar is slightly downy. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 19), which should be sought for in 
 early June, is somewhat robust and has most of the usual 
 prominences rounded off. It is attached to its late food- 
 plant by the tail and by a band of silk round the thorax. 
 The ground-colour is pale yellowish-white, similar to that 
 of the pupa of Pieris brassicce. It is marked, too, with 
 numerous black dots ; but they are larger and much more 
 pronounced than in brassiccz. The wing-cases are deeply 
 lined with black. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 17 and 18), which is on the wing at 
 mid-summer and a month or so afterwards, and frequents 
 heaths and wooded country, is pale creamy-white in colour, 
 and rather thinly covered with scales. All the wings 
 are rounded and fringeless, the boundary being formed 
 instead by a nervure, black like all the rest, as the 
 common name points out. Where each nervure of the 
 
PIERIS. 43 
 
 fore-wings meets the hind-margin is an ill-defined, 
 blackish, triangular mark, which is just hinted at also 
 in the hind-wings. In the female, some of the nervures 
 of the fore-wings are brownish instead of black, and the 
 wings are even more transparent than in the male. The 
 upper and under surfaces are almost identical. 
 
 Pieris, Schranck. 
 
 The genus Pieris, named after the Muses (Pierides) 
 who were worshipped on Mount Pierus, contains four 
 British species : brassiccz, raptz, napi, and daplidice, 
 the first three being particularly common everywhere, 
 while the last is equally scarce. They are on the 
 wing all the season through with the exception of a 
 short period about July between the early and the later 
 broods. The universal admiration which the delicate 
 markings of daplidice call forth is no doubt in a great 
 measure due to its rarity ; but, in the eyes of an 
 observer who can admire a beautiful object, even if it 
 is a common one, the other three species are not far 
 behind it in beauty, a beauty due to simplicity chiefly, 
 for three colours only a creamy-white together with 
 black and yellow combine to adorn the insects we are 
 considering. The sexes differ considerably, the variations 
 being remarkably similar in the first three species. The 
 perfect insects have six legs, all adapted for walking, and 
 the knobs of the antennae rather elongated. The wings 
 have a simple, rounded outline. The somewhat downy 
 caterpillars are almost cylindrical, just tapering a little 
 towards the two extremities. 
 
 So common are the larvae of brassicce and rapcz in 
 some seasons, that cabbages and other Crucifercz are 
 absolutely riddled by them. Luckily, however, they 
 have enemies, which usually succeed in keeping them 
 
44 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 within bounds. Birds destroy them wholesale, while 
 none too seldom they meet the fate of their food-plant, 
 being cooked and sent to table with it. But they, as 
 well as other larvae, are subject to the attacks of ich- 
 neumon flies, each species, as a rule, having its own 
 particular parasite. These deposit their eggs within the 
 body of their prey, and when hatched the ichneumon 
 grubs feed on the non-vital parts of the caterpillar, till 
 it is on the point of pupating, when they eat their way 
 out and spin a number of small yellow cocoons around 
 their dying host. The appearance of the ichneumon 
 
 V 
 
 FIG. 21. ICHNEUMON FLY OF P. BRASSIC*. 
 
 of the Large White will be gathered from Fig. 21, which 
 is magnified about eight diameters. In all four species the 
 pupae, which are very much angled, somewhat as in the 
 Vanessida^ but not gilt as the latter usually are, bear a 
 strong family likeness. They end anteriorly in a single 
 point : in each there is a greenish or greyish ground- 
 colour, sprinkled with numerous black dots, arranged 
 in a more or less regular manner. All are fastened to a 
 silken pad by tiny hooks at the anal extremity, and 
 further supported by a silken girdle round the anterior 
 part of the body. So supported, they pass the winter 
 not on the food-plant, but under the coping of a wall 
 or in some similar place of shelter. 
 
PIERIS BRASSIC7E. 45 
 
 If we except the butterflies that hibernate during the 
 winter, the Pierides are the first to appear upon the wing, 
 coming with the primrose, whose pale tints they borrow, 
 and, like it, proclaiming to the world the glad return of 
 spring. The first two species of the genus are those 
 with which a beginner will probably make an early 
 acquaintance, for they are particularly homely creatures, 
 being found plentifully in the gardens, and even streets, 
 of our towns, and moreover falling an easy prey to the 
 hunter in consequence of their slow, uncertain flight. 
 
 P. brassicae, Linn. (Large Garden White, Garden 
 White, Large White, or, as its specific name implies, 
 the Cabbage White) (Figs. 22 to 26), is not only the 
 largest species of the genus but also shares with its 
 smaller relative (P. rapes) the rather doubtful honour of 
 being one of the commonest of British butterflies. 
 
 In May and again in August the yellowish, sculptured 
 eggs are laid in clusters on Cabbages and other Crucifertz, 
 Nasturtiums (properly Tropaeolums), &c. They hatch in 
 ten days or a little more or less, and after four moults 
 are full-fed towards the end of June and beginning of 
 September. The imago of the first brood leaves the 
 chrysalis in July ; but the September chrysalides remain 
 unbroken till near the end of the following April, and 
 produce the spring flight of butterflies. 
 
 The cylindrical, downy caterpillar (Fig. 26), which is 
 only too well known to many people, often reaches as 
 much as 2in. in length. The divisions between the 
 segments are not very distinct, and each segment is 
 divided into four sections. There is a medio-dorsal yellow 
 stripe as well as two lateral ones. Above these latter 
 stripes the four sections of each segment are marked 
 with large transverse, somewhat warty blotches, which 
 in the second segment seem to have coalesced. Below 
 
Female. 
 PIERIS BRASSIC^E. 
 
PIERIS BRASSICjE. 47 
 
 the lateral stripes the black marks are fewer and reduced 
 to dots. On each clasper is a slightly larger black dot, 
 and the head is a good deal marked with the same 
 colour. 
 
 The ground-colour of the pupa (Fig. 25) is a greenish- 
 white, sometimes slightly tinged with bluish-green or red, 
 and always profusely sprinkled with small black dots. 
 It has a medio-dorsal serrated keel and two lateral ones, 
 the projections bearing large black marks and being tipped 
 with yellow. The anterior extremity is pointed ; there is a 
 high medio-dorsal point on the thorax, as well as a large 
 projection on each lateral keel near the tip of the wing- 
 cases. 
 
 The outline of the imago (Fig. 22) is simple, the wings 
 are rounded, the costal margin of the fore-wings is dis- 
 tinctly arched and the tip pointed. The ground-colour is 
 creamy-white. On the upper surface the fore-wings are 
 tipped with a broad black mark, gradually narrowing till it 
 disappears on both the costal and hind margins. On the 
 hind-wings is a small black spot about the middle of the 
 costal margin. The base of all the wings is usually 
 sprinkled with black scales. The female (Fig. 24) has, 
 in addition, a circular spot near the centre of the fore- 
 wings and another between it and the inner margin, along 
 which is a club-shaped black mark, starting near the 
 second spot and gradually narrowing towards the base of 
 the wing. On the under-surface (Fig. 23) the ground-colour 
 of the fore-wings is creamy, the tip being yellow instead of 
 black, while the two circular spots of the upper surface 
 of the female are present in both sexes. The hind-wings 
 are yellow, powdered with black scales, and having just a 
 trace of the black spot found on the upper surface. 
 
 Specimens sometimes occur much more thickly sprinkled 
 than usual with black scales, which give them a very dusky 
 
48 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 appearance. On the other hand, many members of the 
 spring brood have the black tip of the fore-wings much 
 powdered with white scales. This butterfly has been 
 known to cross the straits from France in large numbers. 
 
 P. rapae, Linn. (Small Garden White or Small 
 White) (Figs. 27 to 31), so closely resembles P. brassicce 
 in colour and markings that, did we not know it in 
 any other than the perfect state, we might be inclined 
 to look upon it simply as a small variety of its larger 
 relative, especially as they are on the wing together, 
 and haunt similar localities. It equals, if not exceeds, 
 P. brassicce in the damage it does to cabbages and so 
 forth, and like that butterfly is given to migrating at 
 times in large numbers ; indeed, we find that on 5th 
 July, 1846, a tremendous flight crossed the straits from 
 France to Dover in so thick a mass as to darken the 
 air as they passed. About the middle of the present 
 century rapa made its appearance in Canada, where it had 
 previously been unknown. Of course, we can hardly 
 suppose that its wings carried it there : it was doubtless 
 unwittingly transported by human agency in the egg or 
 chrysalis state, unless indeed it was knowingly introduced 
 by some experimental entomologist. 
 
 Most butterflies only fly in the sunshine, but the 
 Small White is not quite so fastidious in this respect ; it 
 occasionally flies, as do its congeners, when the weather 
 is somewhat dull, and even, it is said, after sunset, while 
 it is usually the first on the wing in the morning and the 
 last to retire in the evening. 
 
 Several varieties have been noticed, among them one 
 in which the ground-colour of the wings is a bright yellow. 
 The dark markings, too, are subject to much variation in 
 size and intensity, sometimes being almost or quite absent, 
 especially in the spring brood, while in the brood that 
 
PIERIS RAP.E. 
 
 49 
 
 appears at the end of the summer the markings are usually 
 much more developed ; indeed, a specimen is recorded as 
 having been taken in Scotland of a uniform brownish- 
 black colour on both surfaces of all the wings. Again, 
 
 
 PIERIS RAP/E. 
 
 the individuals of the second brood are often very much 
 smaller than those of the vernal one, specimens (formerly 
 named P. metro) being sometimes taken scarcely sur- 
 passing the Small Heath (Cosnonympha pamphilus) in size, 
 while some individuals of the earlier brood almost equal 
 ordinary specimens of P. brassiccz. 
 
50 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The eggs, which are laid first in April and May, and 
 again in July and August, may be found on Cabbages and 
 other cruciferous plants, as well as on Mignonette, Nastur- 
 tiums, &c. The larvae of the first brood hatch in just 
 under a fortnight, those of the second in about ten days. 
 
 In about three weeks the caterpillars (Fig. 29) are full- 
 grown, being then about i^in. in length, and green in 
 colour, somewhat darker on the dorsal than on the ventral 
 surface, the two tints being separated by a line of yellow 
 spots in pairs along the spiracular region. There is also 
 a yellow stripe along the middle of the back. The 
 divisions between the segments are not clear, and each 
 segment is divided into half-a-dozen transverse sections. 
 The head and body are covered with numerous tiny warts, 
 mostly black, each of which bears a very short, slender 
 hair. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 31), which is light grey usually, 
 though sometimes tinged with red or green, is marked 
 with black dots, which are, however, neither so large 
 nor so numerous as in the case of P. brassier. A few 
 dots larger than the rest are found chiefly on the points 
 of the projections, which are just tipped with pale yellow. 
 There is a medio-dorsal keel as well as a pair of lateral 
 ones, the first having a high prominence on the thorax, 
 and the latter one near the tip of each wing-case. This 
 chrysalis, though slender, has a rather rigid appearance. 
 Very dark specimens are occasionally found. 
 
 The imago (Fig. 27), which appears first in April, and is 
 on the wing all the summer through, with the exception of 
 a short period about the end of July, has all the wings 
 rounded, the costal margin arched, and the tip obtusely 
 pointed. The upper surface has at the tip of the fore- 
 wings a dusky mark much less decided than in P. brassiae, 
 a small black spot (absent in the male of P. brassica) in 
 
PIERIS NAPI. 51 
 
 the centre of the fore-wings, and another in the middle of 
 the costal margin of the hind-wings. The female (Fig. 28) 
 has in addition a second black spot on the fore-wings 
 between the central one and the hind-margin, and a club- 
 shaped mark along that margin, starting from near the 
 second spot and tapering towards the base of the wing. 
 The sexes do not differ on the under-surface (Fig. 30), 
 where the two dots of the female are repeated in both ; 
 the tip of the fore- wings is yellow, and the hind-wings are 
 yellow, slightly sprinkled with black scales. 
 
 P. napi, Linn. (Green-veined White) (Figs. 32 to 36), 
 received its specific name from the Rape, Brassica Napus, 
 which was thought to be its special food-plant, though 
 this does not seem to be the case. A glance at the under- 
 surface of the imago will give a sufficient reason for the 
 bestowal of its common name, except that the veining 
 is often dusky-brown instead of green. It is not easily 
 distinguished from P. rapce on the wing, and probably is 
 not quite so common, as it certainly is not so homely. 
 
 The eggs, which should be sought for in April and 
 May and again in July and August, are laid chiefly on 
 various cruciferous plants, the commonest being Garlic 
 Mustard (Sisymbrium alliaria\ Early Winter Cress 
 (Barbarea prcecox)^ Watercress (Nasturtium offirinale), &c. 
 They are hatched in a little less than a fortnight, and are 
 full-fed during June and September. The imagines result- 
 ing from the early brood come out in July and August, 
 while those from the later appear in the following April 
 and May. P. napi is therefore on the wing almost 
 continuously from the end of April till August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 34) is of about the same size as that 
 of rapce, and very closely resembles it. The ground-colour, 
 however, is a slightly paler green ; there is no dorsal yellow 
 line, and but one lateral yellow spot in each segment. 
 
 E 2 
 
52 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The spiracle, which is black in a red patch, is situated 
 in the yellow spot. The subdivisions of the segments, 
 the tiny warts and the short hairs of P. rapce are repeated 
 in the caterpillar before us. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 36) much resembles that of P. rapa. 
 The ground-colour, however, is light green (sometimes 
 
 35 
 
 PIERIS NAPI. 
 
 pinkish-yellow), some of the points of the keels being 
 yellow. It bears a number of dark brown marks. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 32 and 33) of both sexes is similar to 
 that of the Small White, except for the addition of the 
 green markings along the nervures on the under-surface 
 (Fig. 35), these markings also appearing more or less, but 
 
PIERIS DAPLIDICE. 53 
 
 of a dusky hue, on the upper surface, where they spread 
 out forming a small triangle on the outer margin, as in 
 Aporia cratcegi. The green colour is produced by a 
 sprinkling of black scales on a yellow ground. When 
 therefore the ground-colour is mdre than usually white 
 the veinings become a dusky brown instead of green. 
 
 P. napi varies in distinctness of the green veinings and 
 as much as does the last species in size, as well as in the 
 development of the black markings. Several varieties had 
 once special names, which have now gone out of use. 
 
 P. daplidice, Linn. (Bath White or Chequered White) 
 (Figs. 37 to 41), has obtained its second common name 
 from the markings of the under-surface of the hind-wings, 
 which are delicately chequered with green and white. Un- 
 fortunately this beautiful butterfly is extremely scarce, all 
 the specimens caught in this country having been taken by 
 chance, there being no spot where one might hunt with 
 a reasonable hope of catching them as there is with 
 some of our scarcer butterflies the Lulworth Skipper, for 
 instance. No captures have been made except in the 
 south-eastern and southern counties from the Fens to 
 Devonshire. Nor have the individuals been many, as the 
 following list of captures, recorded in The Entomologist 
 for over twenty years, will shew: 1859, three in Cambs. ; 
 1868, one, near Newmarket; 1871, one, near Abbot's 
 Wood, Sussex; 1872, which was somewhat of a " dapli- 
 dice-yeax" one near Christchurch, one at Portsdown 
 Hill (Hants), one near Faversham, six or more at Dover, 
 five at Deal, one near Folkestone, one at Tilmanstone 
 (Kent), eight near Beachy Head (Sussex), one at Felix- 
 stowe (Suffolk), one at Aldeburgh (Suffolk), two near 
 Newmarket, and one in Surrey; 1876, one at Folke- 
 stone and one near Southend; 1884, two at Dover and 
 one seen near Ashford (Kent); 1885, two at" Folkestone. 
 
54 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 There is also an undated record near Kenley Station, 
 Surrey. It does not need a very close scrutiny of the 
 above to raise a suspicion that the English specimens 
 have crossed over of their own free will, or possibly 
 against it, from the* Continent, where the species is 
 common. The known migratory habits of its congeners 
 
 PIERIS DAPLIDICE. 
 
 lend plausibility to this theory. Or they may have been 
 accidentally imported in the egg or caterpillar stage from 
 abroad, for most, if not all, of the specimens taken have 
 belonged to the second brood. All the Pierides have 
 weak flight, and this one in particular, so once it is 
 recognised there will be little fear of losing it. It 
 
PIERIS DAPLIDICE. 55 
 
 might, however, be easily mistaken, and probably some- 
 times is, for either one of the smaller Whites or the 
 female Orange-Tip, which last it closely resembles in its 
 markings. 
 
 The eggs of this much-coveted butterfly will be found 
 if anywhere on one of the two species of Mignonette 
 indigenous to Britain (Reseda lutea and R. luteold), and 
 possibly on Flixweed (Sisynibrium Sophia) and other 
 cruciferous plants. They are laid about the beginning 
 of May for the first brood, and again in August or 
 September. The larvae therefore would be found in 
 May and June, and also in September ; the pupae about 
 July, and also from September till April; while the 
 imago should be on the wing almost any time from April 
 or May till September with the other Whites, the winter 
 being passed of course in the chrysalis state. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 40). which is from lin. to i^in. in 
 length, is of a pale bluish colour, with four yellow 
 stripes, two being dorsal and two lateral, one of the 
 latter along each of the spiracular regions ; the ventral 
 surface is somewhat greenish. The caterpillar is covered 
 with black warts and dots of various sizes, from which 
 proceed black hairs ; the segments, which are fairly distinct, 
 are subdivided into six sections. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 41) is greyish, marked with black spots, 
 and having a couple of dark streaks on the wing-cases. 
 It is rather robust and somewhat prominently keeled. 
 
 All the wings of the imago (Figs. 37 to 39) are 
 simple, the tip of the fore-wings is rather blunt and the 
 costal margin very slightly concave, the hind-margin of 
 the hind-wings is straight. The ground-colour is white, 
 with a very slight tinge of cream ; on the upper surface 
 the fore-wings are tipped with a broad blackish patch 
 containing four white spots, and between this patch and 
 
56 THE BOOK* OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 the base of the wing is a black spot crossed by a white- 
 streak. These markings are to some extent reproduced 
 on the under-surface, but there powdered with yellow, 
 and in addition there is a dark spot near the anal 
 angle, which also shews on the upper surface of the 
 female. The upper surface of the hind-wings in the male 
 (Fig. 37) bears only a few black scales on some of the 
 nervures, but in the female (Fig. 38) it is chequered with 
 black on the hind-margin, and clouded with the same 
 elsewhere. The chief beauty of the insect, however, is to 
 be found on the under-surface of the hind-wings (Fig. 39), 
 the markings on which form a beautifully chequered 
 pattern of green and white. The green, as in the Green- 
 veined White, is caused by a sprinkling of yellow scales 
 over a black ground. The white of the under-surface 
 of all the wings is also in places powdered with yellow, 
 
 Euchloe, Hubner ; Anthocharis, Bdv. 
 
 Euchloe is the recognised name of the genus to which 
 our next butterfly belongs, though by many Anthocharis * 
 is preferred. Why it has deserved the latter name it 
 is rather hard to say, for what butterfly does not delight 
 in flowers? But perhaps the name refers to the delight 
 we should take in tracing the resemblance that the little 
 Orange-tip bears to a flower that has apparently taken 
 wings to itself with the intention of no longer being 
 fettered down to earth ! 
 
 E. cardamines, Linn. (Orange-tip, or, according to the 
 specific name, the butterfly of the Cardamine, or Cuckoo- 
 flower) (Figs. 42 to 47), is, for several reasons, one of 
 the favourites of the entomologist. It is not only very 
 common, but, at the same time, very delicately beautiful. 
 
 &v0os (anthos), a flower, and x a ' l P flv (chairein), to delight in. 
 
EUCHLOE CARDAMINES. 57 
 
 Moreover, it is an early comer, appearing with the 
 Cuckoo-flower, whose name it has borrowed, and finish- 
 ing its brief existence in earty June, ere summer has 
 well commenced. It falls an easy prey to the collector, 
 experienced or inexperienced, for its flight is weak, and 
 the bright orange tip to the wings renders the male a 
 rather conspicuous object by the hedgerow in the spring. 
 The female is not so easily distinguished while on the 
 wing, for the absence of the orange tip gives her much 
 the appearance of a very small White, and her more 
 sober colouring no doubt often proves her safeguard, for 
 more males are usually noticed than females. E. car- 
 damines is on the wing but once in the year, and then 
 only for a short time comparatively, so if specimens are 
 wanted they must be sought for, if indeed it is neces- 
 sary to seek at all, before mid-June. Now and again, 
 however, a few specimens are taken in late summer or 
 autumn ; these are representatives of a second brood ; 
 that is to say, the chrysalides have produced the perfect 
 insect before the winter instead of after it. All such 
 instances are worth recording in the entomologist's notes. 
 The Orange-tip delights to make its apparently aimless 
 way along the hedgerows, but also may be found in 
 woods and gardens, and almost any other place that 
 butterflies are accustomed to frequent. No particular 
 locality need be given, for it is common everywhere 
 throughout the country. 
 
 A habit the Orange-tip has of reposing, when the sun 
 is not shining, on the white flower-heads of the large 
 parsley-like plant Anthriscus sylvestris, is worthy of notice. 
 It is no doubt a case of what is sometimes called " pro- 
 tective resemblance." For when the wings are closed, 
 and only the green-and-white chequering of the under- 
 surface of the hind-wing is exposed, it becomes an 
 
58 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 extremely difficult matter to distinguish the insect from the 
 flower-head on which it rests, for the latter consists of a 
 large number of tiny white flowers, between which show 
 little bits of green, producing a chequering very similar 
 indeed to that on the insect. This is by no means an 
 isolated example : cases of " resemblance " are common 
 not only among the butterflies, but amongst all classes of 
 insects, not to mention divisions of the Animal Kingdom 
 outside the insect group. How many caterpillars owe 
 'heir safety from numerous enemies to their similarity 
 in colouring to the leaves on which they feed ! 
 
 The eggs are laid singly about the end of April or 
 beginning of May, on the flower-stalks of some of the 
 following cruciferous plants, and possibly others : Garlic 
 Mustard (Sisyntbrium alliaria\ London Rocket (Sisym- 
 brium Irio), Hedge Mustard (Sisymbrium officinale), Flix- 
 weed (Sisymbrium Sophia), Cuckoo-flower (Cardamine 
 pratensis\ Tower Mustard (Turritis glabra), Treacle 
 Mustard (Erystmum cheiranthoides\ Charlock (Si*apis 
 arvensis), Winter Cress (Barbarea vulgaris\ Penny Cress 
 (Thlaspi arvense), as well as Horseradish and other 
 garden plants. The eggs hatch in nine days, or even 
 less, and the young larvae feed on the pods and seeds 
 (seldom on the leaves) of the plants enumerated above. 
 They are full-fed on the average about the beginning of 
 July, and after changing into the chrysalis form remain 
 in that stage on the stems of the food-plant till the 
 following April, when the butterfly appears on the wing 
 and remains out till nearly midsummer. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 42), which is about iiin. in length, 
 and tapers somewhat toward the anal extremity, is 
 rather dark green dorsally, but yellower on the ventral 
 surface. These two colours are separated by a clear white 
 line, sharply defined below, but gradually fading into the 
 
EUCHLOE CARDAMINES. 
 
 59 
 
 green above. Each segment is divided into sections, and 
 the whole surface is covered with tiny warts, each emitting 
 
 47 Female. 
 
 EUCHLOE CARDAMINES. 
 
 a short hair. The warts are black, except on the lateral 
 stripe, where most are white. The head, legs, and claspers 
 are green, the head being sprinkled with black. 
 
60 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The chrysalis is of the singular shape shown in 
 Fig. 43, somewhat resembling a half-moon, the two ex- 
 tremities being very much pointed. It is dull green 
 dorsally and brownish-pink ventrally. The wing-cases 
 project on the ventral surface as a kind of arch, while the 
 dorsal surface is concave. 
 
 There is a somewhat close similarity between P. daplidice 
 and the female of A. cardamines (though the differ- 
 ence is considerable when the butterflies are compared), 
 consequently when identifying either, especially from 
 a description, great care must be used. The ground- 
 colour of the imago (Figs. 44 to 47) is white, all the wings 
 are rounded, and the costal margin is slightly convex. 
 On the upper surface at the tip of the fore-wings 
 is a greyish mark extending about two-thirds down 
 the hind-margin, while on the margin itself there 
 are little patches of white between the nervures, which 
 on the hind-wings are tipped with black. There is a 
 semicircular black patch in the middle of the fore-wings, 
 usually smaller in the male, as also is the patch at the 
 tip; the base of the wings is clouded with black. The 
 central spot is smaller than in Pieris daplidice^ and not 
 divided by a white streak as in the latter. On the under- 
 surface (Figs. 45 and 46) the grey tip of the fore-wings is 
 replaced by faint greenish markings on the nervures, and 
 the central spot is repeated. The hind-wings are beauti- 
 fully chequered with well-defined green markings on a 
 white ground. (In P. daplidice the green markings are 
 toned down.) The bright orange patch covering the hind 
 half of the upper surface of the fore-wings, and repeated 
 in part below, distinguishes the sexes. It should be 
 noted that as in P. napi the green markings are pro- 
 duced by a mixture of black and yellow scales, easily 
 separable under the microscope. 
 
LEUCOPHASIA SINAPIS. 6 1 
 
 There are no very marked varieties of E. cardamines, 
 though differences in size occur as well as in the develop- 
 ment of the markings, and the ground-colour has been 
 known to be quite yellow. 
 
 Leucophasia, Stephens. 
 
 Our attention is next claimed by a little butterfly that 
 belongs to the genus Leucophasia , a name given in 
 consequence of the white appearance of the individuals 
 comprised in it. The genus contains but one British 
 species, whose slender form and small size will doubtless 
 at once distinguish it from every other British butterfly. 
 But should there be the slightest doubt as to its identity, 
 this may be quickly set at rest by reference to the some- 
 what uncommon length of the nervures arising from the 
 discoidal cell, as shown in Fig. 49. 
 
 L. sinapis, Linn. (Wood White), is indeed a very 
 singular little butterfly, quite fairy-like in appearance, 
 with its long, slender body and slight, delicate wings, 
 and possessing no fine markings or bright colours with 
 which to make up in beauty what it lacks in size. But 
 were it ever so fine an insect, its beauty would be lost 
 to the observation of the many, for the Wood White 
 delights to wing its languid way along the silent wood- 
 land paths and glades. It is seldom seen to settle, and 
 its aimless flight reminds one of some restless spirit 
 wandering on and on and finding no repose, a fancy 
 aided by the graceful airiness of the little creature. 
 
 In consequence of the retired spots which it delights 
 to haunt, the Wood White is none too often seen, though 
 Newman records that it has been taken in most of the 
 counties of England, and abundantly in some places, of 
 which we might instance Lancashire and Westmoreland, 
 and parts of some of the southern counties, Devon, Hants 
 
62 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Wilts, Surrey, &c. It does not seem to have crossed the 
 Northern border, and cannot be looked upon as a common 
 insect in Britain or, indeed, in any part of North-Western 
 Europe. L. sinapis is possibly less common in England 
 than formerly, and if we are to judge by captures extending 
 over some twenty years recorded in The Entomologist^ its 
 presence is chiefly confined to the southern half of 
 England ; South Devon, Worcester, and the New Forest 
 being the localities most often mentioned. 
 
 LEUCOPHASIA SINAPIS 
 
 The eggs are laid singly about the end of May and 
 again about the beginning of August. The larva is found 
 during June, and again from August till the cold weather 
 begins. The second brood, which passes the winter in 
 the pupa state, produces the spring flight of butterflies 
 in May, while the June caterpillars are in the pupa in 
 July, and produce the second flight of butterflies in August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 50), which feeds on the Tufted Vetch 
 
COLIAS. 63 
 
 (Vicia Graced), Bird's-foot Trefoil (Lotus corniculatus), 
 Tuberous Bitter Vetch (Lathyrus macrorhizus\ and Hop 
 Trefoil (Trifolium procumbens\ seldom exceeds fin. in 
 length. It is nearly cylindrical, just tapering a little 
 towards the two extremities. The segments are divided 
 transversely into six sections, and the surface is covered 
 with short whitish hairs. The ground-colour is green, 
 and the anterior part of the body covered with tiny 
 black dots. The medio-dorsal line is dark green, 
 followed on each side by yellowish-green ; then comes 
 a dark green line followed by the spiracular line, which 
 is bright yellow. The ventral surface is green, and so 
 are the legs and claspers. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 51), which is fastened by the tail and 
 girt, is sharply pointed, especially at the anterior extremity. 
 The ground-colour is a beautiful green, which has a 
 yellowish tinge towards the anal extremity. There is a 
 pink stripe down each side, and the wing-cases are 
 bordered and veined with the same colour. 
 
 The ground-colour of the imago (Figs. 48 and 49) is 
 pure white, the only markings being a squarish black 
 spot on the upper surface, at the tip of the fore-wings, 
 and a tinge of black at their base. On the under- 
 surface (Fig 49) there is. in places a sprinkling of black 
 scales, and a tinge of yellow, the latter especially at the 
 tip and base of the fore-wings. In the female the spot 
 at the tip of the fore-wings is often absent, or nearly so. 
 
 Colias, BoisduvaL 
 
 The genus Colias (containing the Clouded Yellows), 
 is, as far as British species are concerned, a very distinct 
 one. The ground-colour of the imago is white, yellow, 
 or orange, with a dark brown border along the outer 
 margin of all the wings. The fore-wings bear a central 
 
64 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 black spot and the hind-wings an orange one, which 
 underneath is centred with silver. The antennae are 
 red, a peculiarity which these butterflies share with the 
 genus Gonopteryx, the only species of which rhamni 
 approaches the two species of Colias in other respects 
 also. Specimens of the genus are to be found in most 
 parts of the world, many being Arctic. Some of these 
 latter, and, indeed, others of the genus, have a violet 
 or blue tinge to their wings, and so approach the Blues. 
 
 The two British species (Figs. 52 to 58) are C. 
 hyale and C. edusa, both of which in the larval stage 
 feed on various leguminous plants, especially two Clovers 
 (Trifolium repens and T. pratense), Lucerne (Medicago 
 sativa), Nonsuch (M. lupulina\ &c. In each case the 
 eggs are laid in the spring, and the caterpillars are to 
 be found in June and July. They enter the chrysalis 
 state about the end of July, and are on the wing 
 from August till they retire in order to hibernate during 
 the winter. Edusa is sometimes on the wing as late as 
 November, but hyale generally retires earlier. They 
 leave their winter quarters, usually much reduced in 
 number, in May, and then the eggs are laid which pro- 
 duce the August flight. The British Edusas occasionally 
 breed in the autumn, and pass- the winter in the pupal 
 (or possibly larval) stage. Indeed, it has been thought 
 of late that the winter is oftener passed in the pupal or 
 perhaps larval stage, in which case these butterflies 
 are double-brooded. 
 
 Both species, but hyale especially, are very capricious 
 in their appearance. In some seasons edusa, and less 
 frequently hyale^ have swarmed in many parts of the 
 south of England, the former being found also in 
 gradually decreasing numbers in the Midland counties, 
 individuals sometimes extending into the very north, and 
 
COLIAS HYALE. 65 
 
 even over the Border. Then may follow several years 
 during which very few will be seen, till a fear almost 
 arises that the species may be dying out a fear to be 
 set at rest by another season of surpassing plenty. Edusa, 
 however, seems to have established itself more firmly of 
 late as a British butterfly. Entomologists have found 
 these capricious appearances a very difficult problem to 
 solve ; in fact, no satisfactory solution seems to have 
 been found. Some have suggested that individuals 
 have been blown, or of their own free will have flown, 
 across the sea from the Continent, and these, breeding 
 here, have produced the plentiful autumn flight of butter- 
 flies. It has also been suggested that some seasons the 
 eggs or pupoe may lie dormant, and so the butterflies of 
 several seasons may all appear in one. But the plants 
 on which the eggs are laid are scarcely "of a nature to 
 preserve them for any length of time. It may be that 
 some years few survive the winter, and leave their 
 hibernacula in the spring, while more do so in 
 others. It was at one time thought that a plentiful 
 season occurred once in seven years ; but there have 
 been too many exceptions to allow much faith being put 
 in the supposition, which, however, was not altogether 
 unwarranted. 
 
 C. hyale, Linn. (Pale Clouded Yellow or Clouded 
 Sulphur) (Figs. 52 and 53), is, like its congener, very 
 swift on the wing, and haunts similar localities, but is 
 by no means so common. Indeed, it must be looked 
 upon generally as a scarce butterfly, though in the south- 
 east of England it occasionally appears in profusion, and 
 singularly enough during the earlier part of the present 
 century these seasons of profusion occurred once every 
 seven years for several times in succession. This came to 
 be looked upon as a law till 1849, since which it has failed. 
 
66 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 When full-fed, the larva, which is seldom seen in 
 England, is i-Jin. long, and velvety dark green in colour. 
 In the spiracular region is a whitish-yellow line fading 
 above into the ground-colour. There is a pink spot 
 between each pair of spiracles. The fu\J-fed larva of 
 C. hyale and C. edusa are very similar, but the former 
 has longer and darker hairs, and a rougher and less 
 rounded appearance, so writes Mr. H. Williams in an 
 interesting paper in The Entomologist, xxvi., p. 7. 
 
 52 
 
 COLIAS HYALE. 
 
 On the same authority we have it that the pupa of 
 C. hyale is almost identical in shape, colour, and 
 markings with that of C. edusa, described below, but, 
 perhaps, is rather more slender and upright. It is 
 suspended by the anal extremity and girt, is green, 
 with a yellowish stripe down each side, and has the 
 wing-cases bordered with the same colour. 
 
 The imago of hyale (Figs. 52 and 53) differs from that 
 of edusa in that the ground-colour is bright yellow instead 
 of orange, and that the male, as well as the female, 
 
COLIAS EDUSA. 67 
 
 has spots in the brown border, which is less clearly 
 denned, and very narrow on the hind-wings and at the 
 anal angle of the fore-wings, besides not being con- 
 tinued along the inner margin of the fore-wings as it is 
 in edusa. 
 
 The chief home of hyale in England is in the south- 
 eastern maritime counties, especially where chalk prevails ; 
 but it is also found occasionally in many other counties. 
 There is a variety of the female in which the ground- 
 colour is white, or nearly so, corresponding to the pale 
 variety of the female of edusa. 
 
 C. edusa, Fabr. (Clouded Yellow, or Clouded Saffron) 
 (Figs. 54 to 58), one of the most brilliant of our larger 
 butterflies, is usually rather more than 2 in. across the 
 wings ; these have a somewhat powerful appearance, and 
 well the insect knows how to make use of them, for its 
 flight is very rapid, giving the pursuer little chance 
 of running it down. Indeed, as in the case of so 
 many other butterflies, the would-be possessor does best 
 to watch the creature to a flower, and to take it there. 
 If, in the excitement of the moment a bungling stroke 
 perchance is made, it will be no use paying attention 
 to the edusa that has gone, but be on the lookout for 
 the next one to appear. 
 
 Until 1892, this somewhat erratic butterfly had not 
 occurred in profusion since 1877, in which year it 
 was reported from the Orkneys to the extreme southern 
 point of England ; but, after an interval of fifteen 
 years, entomologists were again gladdened by a great 
 " edusa-year," and they are doubtless hoping that in 
 some form or other enough have escaped the winter's 
 hardships and the hunter's net to again delight us with 
 their presence. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 58) is cylindrical, like the rest of 
 
 F 2 
 
54 
 Male. 
 
 -; f y 
 
 ; * r V/ 
 
 
 Female. 
 COLIAS EDUSA. 
 
COLIAS EDUSA. 69 
 
 its family, but tapers a little towards the anal extremity. 
 The segmental divisions are not very distinct, and 
 each is subdivided into several sections. The ground- 
 colour is bright green, and the surface is covered with 
 minute black warts, from each of which rises a pale 
 hair. The warts are surrounded by whitish circles. 
 There is a rather narrow, white spiracular line, bearing 
 a pinkish patch in each segment, with a black spot 
 below it, and the white spiracle in front. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 57), which is suspended by the 
 anal extremity, and girt, is rather stout, something 
 like that of the Brimstone Butterfly, Gonopteryx rhamni. 
 The wing-cases are long, and project ventrally ; the 
 anterior extremity ends in a sharp point, and there is a 
 rather pronounced thoracic bump. The colour of the 
 chrysalis is pale green, inclining to yellow in places, 
 especially on the ventral surface. On each side, below 
 the wing-cases, is a dull yellow stripe with - three black 
 dots, and a reddish stripe next that ventrally. Each 
 wing-case bears a black dot in the centre, and a row of 
 similar ones near the hind-margin. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 54 to 56) frequents lanes, meadows, 
 woods, &c., but especially takes delight in railway-banks 
 and lucerne- or clover-fields. The ground-colour is a 
 deep rich orange, with a broad, dark brown outer 
 border to all the wings. This border bears, in the male 
 (Fig. 54), yellow lines on several of the nervures near 
 the tip of the fore-wings, and in the female (Fig. 56) 
 several ill-defined yellow spots on each of the wings. 
 There is a black central spot on both surfaces of the 
 fore-wings, and a large orange one on the upper 
 surface of the hind-wings, which spot below has a 
 reddish tinge, and contains two silver spots, one very 
 much smaller than the other. The hind-wings and 
 
70 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 the base of the fore-wings are thickly sprinkled with 
 black scales on the upper surface. On the under-surface 
 ( Fi g- 55) the ground-colour is yellow, with a greenish 
 tinge on the hind-wings and the hind-margin of the fore- 
 wings, with an orange tinge elsewhere. Besides the 
 markings mentioned thus far, the under-surface has two 
 brown spots on the costal margin of the fore- wings and 
 one on that of the hind-wings, and six dark spots on 
 each wing (smaller and paler on the hind-wings) parallel 
 to the hind-margin. The fringe is pink. 
 
 There is a constant variety of the female called 
 helice, Hub., in which the orange ground-colour is replaced 
 by a yellowish-white. The hind-wings look darker, for the 
 sprinkling of black scales is still present. Specimens some- 
 times occur intermediate between the variety and the type. 
 
 C. edusa has been taken throughout England, and in 
 the south of Scotland ; but its home is in the southern, 
 south-eastern, and south-western counties, where it is 
 now usually fairly common, if not abundant. It is some- 
 what partial to the neighbourhood of London, and 
 becomes less and less frequent as we proceed northwards 
 through the country. 
 
 Gonopteryx, Leach. 
 
 When in the early autumn the colours of the ripened 
 fruit and grain make the epithet of golden peculiarly 
 applicable to the time of the year, appears the latest of 
 our English butterflies ; and, as if to be in keeping with 
 the golden hues around, it mounts on wings of gold to 
 flutter in the mellow autumn sunshine. 
 
 G. rhamni, Linn. (Brimstone Butterfly) (Figs. 59 to 62), 
 is on the wing from August onward, till the cold weather 
 compels it to seek some sheltered nook wherein to winter ; 
 but a more than usually warm day will tempt it forth 
 
GONOPTERYX RHAMNI. 71 
 
 again, and it is always one of the earliest butterflies 
 to appear in the spring. As is th case with others 
 that hibernate, the sexes take no notice of each other 
 in the autumn, but pairing takes place and the eggs 
 are laid after the winter's sleep is over. It does not 
 hide its charms in solitary places, but courts the road- 
 side and the garden. It is not easily scared, and, if 
 the net does not enclose it at the first sweep, there is 
 usually a chance for a second ; nor is it a particu- 
 larly active flyer, though its powerful wings appear to be 
 specially adapted for rapid flight. 
 
 For a wonder the names of the Brimstone Butterfly 
 are well bestowed. The common name accurately de- 
 scribes the colour of the male insect, the angles of the 
 wings are referred to in the generic name, Gonopteryx 
 (angle-wing), while the specific name rhamni calls atten- 
 tion to the plants on which the larvae feed : these are 
 the two species of Buckthorn (Rhamnus catharticus and 
 R. Franguld], on the twigs of which the eggs are laid 
 singly towards the end of April. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 61) hatches out of the conical yellow 
 egg in about a fortnight, 'and is full-fed towards the end 
 of June. The general colour is bright green, and the 
 surface is covered with small black points. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 62), which is bright green with 
 brownish markings, is to be found on the twigs or under 
 the leaves of the food-plant, hanging by the tail from a 
 pad of silk, which the caterpillar placed beforehand on 
 the twig or leaf. It is further kept in position by a loop 
 of silk stretched across its back and fastened at both ends 
 to whatever support the caterpillar had selected. After 
 twenty days the perfect insect emerges from the chrysalis. 
 
 The ground-colour of the upper surface (Fig. 59) of 
 the male Brimstone Butterfly is a bright yellow, like 
 
72 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 that of the crocus or the -daffodil ; underneath (Fig. 60) 
 the tint is greener,* especially on the hind-wings and the 
 tip of the fore-wings. In the centre of each wing is an 
 orange spot, which is replaced on the under-surface by 
 
 GONOPTERYX RHAMNI 
 
 a brown one. There are tiny dark dots at the ends of 
 the nervures, and a row of the same on the under- 
 surface of each wing three on the fore-wings, six on 
 the hind-wings. Noteworthy features are the stout veins, 
 which, when the wings are closed, give them a very 
 
GONOPTERYX RHAMNI. 73 
 
 powerful look, and the white silky hairs that meet in 
 a ridge over the back of the insect. The antennae are 
 short, brown in colour, and the tip has a graceful, 
 downward curve. The ground-colour of the female is 
 very pale whitish-green instead of gold, causing it to be 
 often mistaken at a distance for a Large White (Pieris 
 brassica). 
 
 G. rhamni is subject to considerable variation in the 
 size of the orange spots these sometimes, in the south 
 of Europe and other warmer climates, almost covering the 
 upper surface of the fore-wings. This variety has some- 
 times been described as a separate species under the 
 name of G. cleopatra ; but as it is said that both forms 
 have been grown from the same batch of eggs, this does 
 not seem to be the case. 
 
 
CHAPTER III. 
 
 NYMPHALID/C. 
 
 The Fritillaries. 
 
 'HE Fritillaries form a well-defined group of 
 butterflies, which get their name from a 
 resemblance between the chequered mark- 
 ings of their wings and the somewhat 
 similar markings of the flower of one of our 
 wild lilies, Fritillaria Me/eagrts, the Fritillary, or Snake's- 
 head. All the Fritillaries have an orange or orange-brown 
 upper surface, chequered with black, but they fall into 
 two divisions at once when reference is made to the 
 under-surface. One division has silver markings, and 
 the other not : the former constitutes the genus Argynnis, 
 the latter the genus Melitica. The caterpillars are 
 spinous, the pupae suspended by the tail only, and the 
 perfect insects, like the rest of the Nymphalidcc, have 
 only four perfect legs adapted for walking. Another 
 little butterfly, Nemcobius lucina, bearing on the upper 
 surface some resemblance to the Fritillaries, goes by the 
 common name of Duke of Burgundy Fritillary ; it does 
 not, however, belong to the group, and will be described 
 hereafter. 
 

 
 ARGYNNIS SELENE. 75 
 
 Argynnis, Fabr. 
 
 There are six recognised British species in the genus 
 Argynnis: A. selene, A. euphrosyne, A. latona, A. aglaia y 
 A. adippe^ and A. paphia. They may be distinguished 
 from the three species of Melit&a by the presence of 
 silver markings (generally spots) on the under-surface, ,by 
 the convex costal margin of the fore-wings, and usually 
 by their larger size. The antennae are knobbed and 
 the fore-legs imperfect. In some species the male is 
 known from the female by the presence in the former of 
 black lines on some of the nervures of the upper surface 
 of the fore-wings. The chrysalides are angled, keeled, 
 and suspended by the anal extremity only. The larvae 
 are cylindrical and usually adorned with long, hairy 
 spines. They are hatched in the summer, but do most 
 of the feeding in the spring, spending the winter on or 
 near the ground at the root of the food-plant or in its 
 neighbourhood. All are grand butterflies not, indeed, so 
 gorgeous as some that we are accustomed to admire, but 
 with colours warm and rich, beautifully harmonised above, 
 delicately picked out with silver below. Moreover, three 
 are amongst the largest of our butterflies, and all have a 
 strong bird-like flight, seen at its best as they come 
 sailing along some woodland glade in the bright summer 
 sunshine. The food-plant is usually some species of Viola. 
 Besides the six insects enumerated above A, dia, Linn. 
 (Weaver's Fritillary), and A. niobe^ Linn. (Niobe Fritillary), 
 have been claimed as British, but the claim is not usually 
 allowed. In the Northern Hemisphere the genus is a 
 common one extending even to the confines of eternal 
 snow; it is scarce, however, south. of the Equator. 
 
 A. selene, Schiff. (Small Pearl-bordered Fritillary) (Figs. 
 63 to 66), is the last and usually the least of its genus 
 
7 6 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The term small is, however, rather misleading, as specimens 
 of euphrosyne occur quite as small as, or even smaller 
 than, typical specimens of the one before us. Selene 
 frequents, speaking generally, the same localities and 
 situations as euphrosyne. In England, however, it is not 
 so common as the latter, but in Scotland is more abun- 
 dant ; it appears on the wing about a fortnight or three 
 weeks later. 
 
 ARGYNNIS SELENE. 
 
 The eggs are laid on the Dog Violet (Viola canind) 
 about June. The larvae appear about July, but soon 
 hibernate at or near the roots of the food-plant, and 
 reappear in the spring, being full-fed in May, in which 
 month the pupae may be found. The imagines are out 
 in June, possibly at the end of May. 
 
 The larvae (Fig. 66) are about lin. in length, and very 
 closely resemble those of euphrosyne. The ground-colour 
 
ARGYNNIS EUPHROSYNE. 77 
 
 is dark brown, and the spines are yellowish, some of them 
 tipped with black ; the claspers are dingy red, and the 
 head and legs black. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 65), which is attached to the food- 
 plant, is similar to that of euphrosyne and brownish in 
 colour. The abdomen is abruptly curved, and has two 
 rows of short projections representing the subdorsal 
 spines of the larva. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 63 and 64) is similar in shape to 
 euphrosyne, and so closely resembles it on the upper 
 surface that for purposes of identification reference had 
 better be made to the under-surface only (Fig. 64). There 
 the ground-colour of the fore-wings is orange-brown, 
 except at the tip, which is yellow, marked with a rather 
 large patch of dark brown ; the rest of the markings 
 resemble those of the upper surface, but are fainter. On 
 the hind-wings there is the row of silver spots along the 
 hind-margin. Within these is a broad dark brown band, 
 interrupted in the centre by a yellow patch. This band 
 contains a row of spots as on the upper surface. Next 
 comes a band of pearly-white spots, interrupted in the 
 centre, then some dark brown, followed by the yellow 
 band of euphrosyne^ containing three pearly-white spots ; 
 then follow some more dark brown patches, interspersed 
 with several pearly spots. There are thus almost twenty 
 pearly spots (scarcely silver), instead of the nine in euphro- 
 syne. The sexes are similar.. 
 
 A. euphrosyne, Linn. (Pearl-bordered Fritillary) (Figs. 
 67 to 70), is the commonest of the Fritillaries and one 
 of the earliest to appear upon the wing. It is smaller 
 than latona, and much smaller than paphia, aglaia, or 
 adippe^ but in the markings of the upper surface resembles 
 them all very closely. Though in general a wood butterfly, 
 like most of its kind, yet it roams abroad, and may be 
 
7 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 taken in many other situations also. No localities need 
 be given for a butterfly that is usually common through- 
 out this country and in Scotland too. 
 
 The eggs are laid in May and June on the Dog Violet 
 ( Viola canina) and other plants of the same genus. The 
 young larvae appear about the end of June. They feed 
 till about the middle of July, and then hibernate till early 
 in the following spring. Towards the end of April they 
 
 ARGYNNIS EUPHROSYNE. 
 
 become chrysalides, which are attached to the food-plant, 
 and the perfect insects are on the wing during May and 
 early June. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 67), which is about iin. in length, is 
 almost black in ground-colour. It is slightly sprinkled 
 with white on the dorsal surface, while along the spiracular 
 region a number of large whitish spots form a broad line. 
 The head, legs, and spiracles are black, and the claspers 
 and ventral surface dull red. The spines on this caterpillar 
 
ARGYNNIS EUPHROSYNE. 79 
 
 are hairy, and arranged as in the other Fritillaries, but 
 they are short. In colour they are black, except the two 
 dorsal rows, which are yellowish at the base and black 
 at the tip. 
 
 As with the rest of the Fritillaries, the anal extremity of 
 the chrysalis (Fig. 68) is very much curved. In colour it is 
 greyish-brown ; it is stout, and has large wing-cases. The 
 two rows of dorsal spines seen in the larva are repeated 
 on the chrysalis, which is keeled and much angled. 
 
 The perfect insect (Figs. 69 and 70) in large specimens 
 expands about ifin. across the wings, but it is often very 
 much smaller. The costal margin of the fore-wings is 
 convex, and so is the hind-margin of all the wings, which 
 are rounded, not scalloped. The upper surface (Fig. 69) 
 of the wings is^ a rich orange-brown, with black markings 
 arranged as follow : On the hind-margin of all the wings 
 at the end of the nervures, is a row of triangles ; within 
 these, but between the nervures, is a second row; within 
 these again, and between the nervures, is a row of black 
 dots ; still proceeding towards the base of the wings, which 
 is very dark, we find a number of bars joining the nervures 
 in a zigzag manner.. On the under-surface (Fig. 70) the 
 ground-colour is much lighter, and many of the markings 
 are repeated, but more faintly, some of them being brown 
 instead of black. Along the hind-margin of the hind-wings 
 is a row of seven silver spots, fancifully thought to resemble 
 a string of pearls, whence the common name, Pearl- 
 bordered Fritillary. Across the middle of the hind-wings 
 is a broad yellow bar, containing in the centre one large 
 silver spot, and there is one more silver spot, triangular in 
 shape, at the base of the wings, making nine silver spots 
 in all on each hind-wing. This number should be noticed, 
 as it forms one of the few marks of distinction between 
 this butterfly and the last, selene. The dark brown markings 
 
8o THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 mentioned above as present in selene are represented 
 in euphrosyne by reddish markings not very different from 
 the ground-colour, and therefore not so conspicuous as 
 the same markings are in selene. The sexes are similar. 
 A. latona, Linn. (Queen of Spain Fritillary) (Figs. 
 71 and 72), though one of the rarest of British butterflies, 
 has nevertheless been taken in a considerable number of 
 localities. It is seldom, however, that more than one 
 individual is captured in the same locality at one time. 
 This and the fact that most of the recorded specimens have 
 
 ARGYNNIS LATONA. 
 
 come from the south-eastern counties lends plausibility to 
 the theory that they have migrated from the Continent, 
 where they are common. But still it is very probable that 
 latona does breed here sometimes, and we should be 
 pleased to find it making a more settled abode amongst 
 us, for it is a beautiful insect and one that graces the far 
 too meagre list of British butterflies. The greatest number 
 of captures has been made in Kent, Suffolk, Essex, and 
 the Isle of Wight ; but Cambridge, Devon, Dorset, Hants, 
 Norfolk, Surrey, Sussex, and Yorkshire have afforded 
 specimens at least singly. To give some idea of the 
 
ARGYNNIS LATONA. 8 1 
 
 numbers in which latona has been taken in England during 
 the last twenty-one years, the pages of The Entomologist 
 have been consulted for that period, and the following is 
 the result: 1871, one in Devon; 1872, at least seventy, 
 chiefly in Kent quite a " latona-yzzx " ; 1874, sixteen, all 
 in Kent, but a little doubt has been thrown upon the 
 captures; 1876, one in Kent and one in Sussex; 1880, 
 eighteen near Dover; 1881, one in Essex; 1882, twenty- 
 five near Dover ; 1885, two in Sussex. 
 
 The eggs are laid in August, or even September, on the 
 Wild Pansy (Viola tricolor), and also on the Dog Violet 
 ( V. canind) and Sweet Violet ( V. odoratd) ; Sainfoin 
 (Onobrychis sativa\ too, and Borage (Borago officinalis) 
 have been mentioned as food-plants. The caterpillar 
 comes out in about fourteen days, but soon retires to 
 hibernate near the ground under the protection of the 
 herbage round the food-plant. In the latter part of spring 
 it begins feeding again, and enters the pupa state late 
 in June. The imago is out from July to September, or 
 even October, so that it is one of the latest of our butter- 
 flies to remain on the wing. 
 
 The caterpillar, which is over an inch in length, bears 
 several series of brownish-pink spines. These spines are 
 short, and resemble those of the larva of the last 
 butterfly, A. euphrosyne (Fig. 67). The colour of the 
 caterpillar is dull smoky-brown, with a pair of dorsal and 
 a pair of lateral yellowish-white stripes. The dark 
 spiracular region is bordered above and below with a 
 somewhat lighter tint. The head is yellowish-brown. 
 
 In shape, this butterfly (Fig. 71) resembles rather 
 closely the male of A. paphia. The costal margin of the 
 fore-wings is convex, the hind-margin concave. The 
 wings are slightly scalloped, the hind-wings a little more 
 deeply than the fore-wings. The ground-colour of the 
 
82 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 upper surface is a rather deep sienna-brown, with very 
 pale fringe, spotted with black at the ends of the nervures. 
 Starting with the hind-margin of all the wings, we have 
 first two fine black lines, then on the fore-wings a double 
 row of black spots two spots between each pair of 
 nervures on the hind-wings three such rows. Within 
 these rows are a few more black spots, and along the 
 costal margin of the fore-wings six black bars. The base 
 of all the wings is dark. On the under-surface (Fig. 72) the 
 fore-wings are lighter, and the markings similar to those on 
 the upper surface, but fainter ; there are a few distinct silver 
 spots at the tip in a rather bright brown ground. The 
 hind-wings, where the chief beauty of the insect lies, are 
 yellowish. Near the margin is a row of large silver spots ; 
 within these is a row of rich dark brown spots with silver 
 eyes, and within these again a number of silver spots, 
 several being very large. All the spots are clearly defined, 
 and their arrangement will be best made out from the 
 illustration. 
 
 A. aglaia, Linn. (Dark Green Fritillary) (Figs. 73 to 76), 
 is possibly not so common as paphia> but rather more so 
 than adippe. It, moreover, does not share to the same extent 
 with the other two their great partiality for woods. It has 
 a liking for ferny hillsides, sand-hills near the sea-shore, and 
 so on. The eggs are laid in August on the Dog Violet 
 {Viola canind) or the Sweet Violet (V. odorata\ and are 
 hatched in about fourteen days. The larvae, after feeding 
 for a time, hibernate near the roots of the food-plants, and 
 reappear in the spring to finish feeding, being full-fed in 
 June. The pupae may be found in that month and the 
 next, while the imago is out in July and August. It is 
 fairly common throughout England and Wales, occurring 
 in abundance in irregularly scattered localities. It is 
 common in Scotland. 
 
ARGYNNIS AGLAIA. 83 
 
 The caterpillar (Fig. 75), which is nearly if in. in 
 length, has, like paphia^ six rows of long, hairy spines, 
 black in this species. All the rows are represented on 
 
 74 
 
 ARGYNNIS AGLAIA. 
 
 the central segments, but there are fewer spines towards 
 the two extremities, where, too, the caterpillar tapers 
 somewhat. The two spines on the second segment are 
 simple, short, and pointed over the head, which is black 
 
 G 2 
 
84 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 and shining. The ground-colour of the caterpillar is a 
 dark violet-grey, paler at the divisions between the seg- 
 ments. There is a slender black dorsal line, bordered on 
 each side with dull yellow, and the lateral surfaces are 
 thickly marked with black. The spiracles are black and 
 grey-edged. Below each is a yellowish-red blotch, followed 
 by a thin yellowish line, while the ventral surface is dark 
 brown. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 76), which is suspended from the 
 under-surface of a leaf, has, like paphia^ the abdominal 
 part very much curved, the segments of it being well 
 denned and bearing on the dorsal surface two rows of 
 points, calling to mind to some extent the rows of spines 
 on the larva. The anterior part is black, marked a little 
 with yellowish-brown, while the rest of the body is brown 
 and brownish-yellow. The thorax is humped above and 
 the wing-cases are prominent below; the spiracles are black, 
 and the whole surface of the chrysalis has a shiny, polished 
 appearance. 
 
 On the upper surface (Fig. 73) of the imago the ground- 
 colour is a rich sienna-brown. The nervures are black, 
 and towards the base of the fore-wings are joined by 
 several irregular black bars. Nearer the hind-margin, 
 which is nearly straight (concave in paphia), is a row of 
 seven black spots, the middle one being smaller than the 
 rest. Outside these again is a row of semi-lunar black 
 markings, followed by two thin black lines swelling out 
 at the nervures. At the base of the hind-wings is a large, 
 irregular dark patch (not so much developed in adippe), 
 which patch is followed towards the hind-margin by a 
 row of five spots, the central one being the smallest ; the 
 rest of the markings resemble those of the fore-wings. 
 The fringe is pale, but black at the nervures ; all the wings 
 are slightly scalloped. On the under-surface (Fig. 74) the 
 
ARGYNNIS ADIPPE. 85 
 
 ground-colour is dull yellow, tinged with red on the basal 
 part of the fore-wings, while the greater part of the hind- 
 wings are rich metallic green, tinged with olive-green 
 towards the centre. The markings of the fore-wings re- 
 semble those of the upper surface, but are less distinct, 
 and there are a few silver marks, especially an indistinct 
 row of spots near the hind-margin. On the hind-wings 
 there is a row of seven bright silver spots near the hind- 
 margin, backed by green crescents, and in the green 
 portion there are fourteen or fifteen bright silver spots. 
 The dark lines on some of the nervures of the upper 
 surface of the fore-wings of the male the point of 
 distinction from the female are not well developed in 
 this species. 
 
 A. adippe, Linn. (High Brown Fritillary) (Figs. 77 to 
 80), like ag/aia, which it very closely resembles on the upper 
 surface, is almost as large as the Silver-washed, but scarcely 
 so fine-looking an insect. It flies almost or quite as strongly 
 as the last-mentioned, but has a different appearance on the 
 wing, owing to the darker ground-colour and markings. 
 Besides favouring the flowers of the bramble with its 
 attentions as is customary with most Fritillaries, it has 
 a great liking for the flowers of the thistle, &c., a taste 
 similar to that of some of its relatives, the Vanessas, and 
 when sunning itself on a head of thistles or a spray of 
 bramble-blossoms, its capture is easy, whereas it is a 
 difficult matter to take it on the wing. 
 
 In August the eggs are laid on the Dog Violet ( Viola 
 canina\ the Sweet Violet (V. odorata\ and the Pansy 
 ( V. tricolor]. In about fourteen days they hatch, and the 
 larvae, after feeding for a time, retire like those of the 
 rest of the genus to the roots of the food-plants, or to 
 the dead leaves, and so on, that may usually be found 
 lying round them. There they spend the winter, 
 
86 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 appearing again in the spring and being full-fed in June. 
 The pupae may be found in that month and the next, 
 while the imago is on the wing in July and early 
 August. 
 
 Adippe frequents woods and hill-sides in most parts 
 of England and Wales, but is local, though often plentiful 
 where it occurs at all. It does not, as some insects do, 
 become commoner as we proceed southwards, but, as with 
 the preceding butterfly, ag/aia, the spots where it is common 
 are scattered here and there through the country Lincoln- 
 shire, Westmoreland, and the New Forest being three 
 amongst others. It is not a Scotch insect. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 80) is about the same size as that of 
 aglaia, and, like it, tapers towards the extremities. The 
 spines, too, are similar in number and disposition, but 
 in this case are yellowish-brown. The ground-colour is 
 a rich, dark pinkish-brown, the pink showing especially 
 on the lower surface. On the dorsal surface each segment 
 is adorned with two distinct comma-shaped (*) black 
 marks separated by a much lighter streak. The hairy head 
 is a dull lightish brown, and so are the legs and claspers. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 79), which is similar in shape to that 
 of the rest of the genus, has a very dark brownish tinge 
 with golden marks. 
 
 The upper surface of the imago (Fig. 77) so closely 
 resembles that of aglaia in ground-colour, markings, 
 shape, and margins, that at first sight no difference can 
 be detected ; but a closer examination shows that the 
 dark blotch at the base of the hind-wings of aglaia is 
 replaced in adippe by less compact black markings, 
 though the base of the wings is often very dark too. 
 In the row of five black spots mentioned as occurring 
 on the hind-wings of aglaia, the one nearest the costal 
 margin and the middle one are small or wanting in 
 
ARGYNNIS ADIPPE. 
 
 adippe, whereas the central one only is small in aglaia. 
 On the under-surface (Fig. 78) the fore-wings very closely 
 resemble those of aglaia ; but the markings at the tip 
 
 79 
 
 ARGYNNIS ADIPPE. 
 
 are tinged with reddish-brown in this, whereas they are 
 tinged with green in the other, and contain in adippe 
 one or two indistinct silver marks, but the marginal row 
 
88 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 of silver spots is absent. The great point of distinction 
 is found on the hind-wings. There is very little green 
 at the base, and this is tinged with reddish-brown. 
 Between the marginal row of seven silver spots (backed 
 with reddish-brown instead of green) and the other silver 
 markings is a row of rust-red spots with silver eyes, 
 which row is entirely absent from aglaia. 
 
 As in paphia, the male may be known from the female 
 by its having black lines on some of the nervures of the 
 upper surface of the fore-wings. A variety of adippe, 
 which is, however, rarely seen, has yellowish spots instead 
 of silver. It has been named cleodoxa, Ochsenheimer. 
 
 A. paphia, Linn. (Silver-washed Fritillary) (Figs. 81 to 
 85), will doubtless be allowed by everyone to hold undisputed 
 possession of the first place among the Fritillaries. This 
 position it owes to its size, the bold outline of its wings, the 
 rich sienna-brown upper surface with distinct black markings, 
 and above all to the colouring of the under-surface of 
 the hind-wings metallic green with traces of the markings 
 of the upper surface, a shifting purplish tinge here and 
 there, and ill-defined silver streaks blending with the rest 
 to form a most harmonious whole. Paphia is a strong 
 flyer, and not easily taken in a fair chase; but it has a 
 liking for the flowers of the bramble, and the collector's 
 best chance is to watch it down on a bush, and then, with 
 a careful and judicious sweep of the net, to take it there. 
 If a hurried, careless stroke is made, the insect, if secured 
 at all, will scarce die unavenged ; for a rent in the net 
 made by the bramble-hooks will often be the result of 
 such a stroke. Quiet woodland glades are the haunt of 
 this not uncommon species, and if specimens are wanted, 
 there they must be sought. It seems to be present in 
 most large woods in England and Wales, but is less 
 common in Scotland. 
 
ARGYNNIS PAPHIA. 
 
90 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The eggs are laid at the end of July or beginning of 
 August on (or near) the Sweet-scented Violet ( Viola 
 odorata\ and the Dog Violet (V. canind}\ the Raspberry 
 has also been mentioned as a food-plant. The larvae hatch 
 in a fortnight, so that they are out in August. They 
 retire to the surface of the ground amongst the herbage 
 in September, and appear again in the spring, being 
 full-fed about the end of May or beginning of June, during 
 which month the pupae may be found suspended from 
 the stem of some low bush, often the bramble. The 
 imago is out from June till August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 85) tapers considerably in both directions, 
 but especially towards the head ; this is small and black, 
 marked with brown, except on the top, which is much 
 lighter. The segments of the body, which are clearly 
 distinguished, are adorned each with a ring of spines. 
 These spines form eight rows along the caterpillar, though 
 only the middle segments are represented in all the 
 eight, and the fourth on each side when present is 
 very short, being in fact more of the nature of a tubercle. 
 The second segment carries two spines, which are much 
 longer than the rest, and point forward over the head. 
 The spines are rust-coloured with black hairs and tips. 
 The ground-colour of the larva is rich brown, having a 
 somewhat smoky tinge on the ventral surface and claspers. 
 The legs are black. There are two distinct yellowish 
 dorsal lines ; on each segment are several subdorsal 
 blackish streaks, and a large black spot in front of the 
 dorsal pair of spines. The spiracles are black. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 84) is stout and very much angled ; 
 there is a large hump on the keeled thorax. The anterior 
 extremity is two-pointed, or two-eared as it is often called, 
 and the back is very much curved. The abdominal 
 segments and thorax are adorned with tubercles, which 
 
MELI1VEA. QI 
 
 look as if they had taken the place of some of the spines 
 of the larval stage. The colour is greyish, with darker 
 markings ; and, as with several of its near relatives, the 
 surface has in many places a golden lustre. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings is much arched, 
 the hind-margin of all the wings is slightly scalloped, and 
 that of the fore-wings rather concave. The fore-wings of the 
 male (Fig. 81) are much less scalloped than those of the 
 female (Fig. 83). The ground-colour is rich sienna 
 in the male, duller in the female. In the male there 
 is a broad, raised, black line along four of the 
 nervures of the fore-wings. On all the wings the nervures 
 are connected towards the base by black bars, and there 
 are two rows of spots, parallel to the hind-margin, two 
 spots occurring between each pair of nervures ; on the 
 hind-wings these spots are almost round, and very regular. 
 Each nervure bears near its extremity a diamond-shaped 
 black spot. On the under-surface (Fig. 82) the fore- 
 wings are pale yellowish-brown, with black spots, and a few 
 greenish ones at the tip ; the hind-wings have been 
 described above. 
 
 There is a beautiful variety of the female named valezina^ 
 Esper, in which the upper surface is dull brownish-green. 
 In addition to the usual markings, which are made 
 indistinct by the dark ground-colour, there are some 
 whitish patches near the tip of the fore-wings. The 
 New Forest is a good locality for this variety, but it is 
 sometimes taken in Devon and elsewhere. 
 
 Melitaea, Fabr. 
 
 This genus contains three British species M. aurinia, 
 M. a'nxta, M. athalia which may be characterised as 
 having on the upper surface the usual orange-brown 
 ground-colour, chequered with black, but as having below 
 
92 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 yellow or white spots, instead of silver ones. The antennae 
 are knobbed, and the costal margin of the fore-wings is 
 almost straight. The larvae have short, blunt spines, with 
 black bristles. When hatched, they bind together with 
 silken threads a few leaves of the food-plant, making a 
 kind of tent, under whose protection they live and feed. 
 This they continue to do, taking new and larger dwellings 
 as they grow, till towards the end of summer, when they 
 descend the food-plant and make down among the thicker 
 herbage close to the ground a stronger dwelling-place, in 
 which they pass the winter in companies, appearing again 
 to finish feeding in early spring, when they separate and 
 discard their customary shelter. The pupae, which are 
 suspended by the anal extremity by means of tiny hooks 
 fastened to a pad of silk usually on the food-plant, are 
 stout, and without any anterior points or keels, either 
 dorsal or lateral, in this respect differing considerably from 
 the genus Argynnis. The sexes are similar. The genus 
 Melitaa is well represented in the Northern Hemisphere, 
 except in high latitudes, but does not extend to Africa 
 or South America. 
 
 M. aurinia, Rott., M. artemis, Fabr. (Greasy or 
 Marsh Fritillary) (Figs. 86 to 89), obtains its first English 
 name from the shiny, smeared, appearance of both surfaces 
 of the wings, making the insect look very much as if it was 
 affected with grease. The second English name has re- 
 ference to the localities to which the butterfly is rather 
 partial. It delights to sun itself on the many flowers to 
 be found in damp meadows and marshy spots, where it 
 may easily be caught, for even if it takes wing its flight 
 is weak. The conspicuous larva is often "stung," and 
 falls a victim to the larvae of a species of Microgaster 
 (an ichneumon-fly), of which twenty or more may be 
 feeding within it at once. 
 
MELI1VEA AURINIA. 93 
 
 In early June the eggs are laid on the lower leaves of 
 the Devil's-bit Scabious (Scabiosa sucrisa) usually, but at 
 times on the Field Scabious (Knautia arvensis)^ Narrow- 
 leaved Plantain (Plantago lanceolatd), and Foxglove 
 (Digitalis purpurea), while the larvae will feed in confine- 
 ment on the Honeysuckle. The eggs are hatched in about 
 a fortnight, and the larvae, when about half-grown, retire 
 and hibernate during the winter. They are full-fed about 
 the end of April or beginning of May. After spending 
 about a fortnight as chrysalides, the perfect insects 
 emerge during May, and remain on the wing that month 
 and the next. 
 
 This local butterfly is probably to be found in most 
 counties in England and Wales, and in some places in 
 Scotland ; but its presence is regulated by the supply 
 of its commonest food-plant, the Devil's-bit Scabious, and 
 the damp spots which it and its food-plant both affect. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 86) is about lin. or i*in. long, and has 
 the segments distinct. The colour is black, except on 
 the ventral surface, which is very dark brown, the claspers 
 are lighter, the legs are black, and so is the head, the 
 latter being shiny and covered with black hairs. The 
 body, which is covered with short hairs, is sprinkled with 
 white dots, arranged roughly in three lines : one dorsal 
 and two spiracular, the latter being the clearer. The short, 
 hairy spines are as many as eleven on the middle segments, 
 but less at the two extremities. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 87) is short and stout, with a 
 broad head. The back is much curved, and the anal 
 extremity bent forward as in illustration. The colour is 
 white, changing to orange as the time for emergence 
 approaches. The wing-cases, which are slightly produced 
 in front, are marked with black, and there are black mark- 
 ings on the leg and antennae cases, head, and dorsal 
 
94 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 surface. A few orange dots are also to be found with the 
 black. 
 
 On the upper surface of the imago (Fig. 88), starting 
 from the outer margin, we get first the black margin, then 
 a row of yellow semi-lunar spots ; next, a broad brownish- 
 orange band, divided by the nervures, and each division 
 on the hind-wings containing a black dot ; next follows a 
 band of yellow spots, with broad black boundaries ; within 
 this, on the fore-wings, are a few spaces, some yellow and 
 some orange, while the rest of the hind-wings is chiefly 
 black. On the under-surface (Fig. 89) the markings are 
 very similar, but the black is either very much toned down 
 or reduced to fine lines. 
 
 M. cinxia, Linn. (Glanville Fritillary) (Figs. 90 to 93), 
 is an extremely local butterfly in England, though plentiful 
 on the -Continent. Its stronghold is in the Isle of Wight, 
 and it is seldom taken elsewhere. Other localities that have 
 been mentioned are the New Forest, Kent, Wilts, Cam- 
 bridgeshire, Lincolnshire, Northants, Yorkshire, and Fife. 
 It usually flies slowly, and may be easily caught. 
 
 During May and June the eggs are laid in clusters 
 on the Narrow-leaved Plantain (Plantago lanceolata] and 
 possibly on some other plants, such as those mentioned 
 for M. athalia. . The larvae, while still small, retire in 
 companies for the winter into a retreat of leaves bound 
 together with silk. They reappear in the spring, and are 
 full-fed about the end of April. After about a fortnight, 
 the insect leaves the chrysalis, which is attached to the 
 food-plant or to some object near. The imago is on the 
 wing during May and June. 
 
 The larvae of cinxia and of the other butterflies of the 
 genus Melitcea are very conspicuous, and we may wonder 
 why they do not all fall victims to birds and other enemies 
 to the caterpillar tribe. It is, however, the opinion of 
 
MELITVEA CINXIA. 95 
 
 many that hairy or spiny caterpillars are not usually eaten 
 by birds ; but whether that is so or not, there is doubtless 
 here again an instance of " protective resemblance." The 
 caterpillar (and to a great extent the chrysalis too) re- 
 sembles very closely indeed the young flower-heads of the 
 plantain, when they begin to appear among the leaves, 
 and on a cursory glance one would be very readily taken 
 for the other. Ichneumons, however, sometimes find out 
 the caterpillars and " sting " them, the fly this time, in 
 some cases at least, being much larger than the one that 
 attacks M. aurinia, a single grub only being nourished 
 apparently by one cinxia caterpillar. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 90) so closely resembles that of M. 
 aurinia that it is difficult to distinguish between them ; 
 the head, however, is red instead of black, and the white 
 dots are arranged in a double row encircling the caterpillar 
 at the divisions between the segments. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 91) is short and stout, with a broad 
 head. It is nearly smooth, and, as with M. aurinia^ the 
 back is very much curved, and the anal extremity 
 points forwards. The head is almost black, with a few 
 yellowish marks. The colour then shades off posteriorly 
 through a blackish-bronze to yellowish. There are four 
 orange dots on the head in the form of a square, and 
 a few yellowish ones on the wing-cases. Besides these 
 there is a dorsal line of orange dots, one on each segment, 
 as well as two or three lateral lines of a similar colour, the 
 one nearest the dorsal line being distinct, the others not. 
 There are also some black dots on each segment. The 
 rather distinct antennae-cases are marked with alternate 
 black and white dots. 
 
 On the upper surface the imago (Fig. 92) resembles 
 very closely indeed that of the next butterfly, M. athalia. 
 In both the ground-colour is rich orange-red, with a kind 
 
96 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 of gridiron-like chequering of black. Perhaps there is 
 rather more black in athalia, but the point of distinction 
 on the upper surface is the presence in cinxia of a line of 
 black dots (absent in athalia) parallel to the hind-margin 
 of the hind-wings. The under-surface (Fig. 93) less closely 
 resembles that of athalia. The fore-wings are orange, 
 with a yellow outer margin and tip. The hind-wings have 
 first a line of yellow spaces along the outer margin, then a 
 line of orange ones with black dots, next a line of yellow 
 ones with black dots, followed by a line of orange spaces 
 enclosing one yellow space, and the base of the wings is 
 yellow, with black dots. There are besides several black 
 dots not yet mentioned, especially on the fore-wings. The 
 markings are distinct, for many of the spaces referred to 
 are defined by clear black lines or nervures. This butterfly 
 varies considerably in different specimens. 
 
 M. athalia, Rott. (Heath Fritillary or Pearl-bordered 
 Likeness Fritillary) (Figs. 94 to 97), gets its first common 
 name from the kind of locality the imago frequents 
 heaths and openings in woods. The second name is not 
 a good one, as it leads to confusion with two species 
 of Argynnis. M. athalia, though very local, is usually 
 abundant where it occurs at all. Its chief home is 
 in the south of England : it is rare in the north. It 
 has been taken abundantly in parts of Cornwall, Devon, 
 Sussex, Kent, and Stafford, and has occurred in Bucks, 
 Essex, Gloucester, Suffolk, and Wiltshire. Like the last 
 butterfly it varies considerably in its markings, and a 
 good series will be required for the cabinet. 
 
 The Heath Fritillary is later than the other two 
 species of the genus. The eggs are laid in July, on 
 several plants, among them being the Narrow-leaved 
 Plantain (Plantago lanceolata), the Broad-leaved Plantain 
 (P. major), Wood Sage (Teucriitm Scorodonia\ Germander 
 
93 
 
 MELIT^A AURINIA (86 TO 89), M. CINXIA (90 TO 93), 
 AND M. ATHALIA (94 TO 97). 
 
98 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Speedwell (Veronica Chamcedrys), Cowwheat (Melampyrnm 
 pratense], Foxglove (Digitalis purpurea\ and perhaps 
 Heath. The larvae emerge in about a fortnight, and 
 after feeding for a short time hibernate till the end of 
 April. They are full-fed about the end of May or 
 beginning of June, and after remaining in the chrysalis 
 state about three weeks the butterflies emerge, and 
 continue on the wing till July. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 94) is about ijin. in length. The 
 dorsal surface is black, and the ventral pinkish-grey ; 
 both surfaces are thickly covered with white dots, 
 forming transverse rows on the divisions between the 
 segments, which are distinct. The head is black, with 
 white points, the legs are black, and the claspers grey. 
 The spines, which are yellowish-brown, not black as in 
 the other two species of the genus, are eleven in 
 number on the central segments, but less at the two 
 extremities. 
 
 In shape the pupa (Fig. 95) resembles that of aurinia 
 broad head, curved back, wing-cases slightly produced 
 ventrally, and anal extremity pointing forwards. The 
 colour is almost white, with black and orange markings ; 
 the leg-cases have black markings ; the thorax has two 
 black marks edged with orange. The dorsal surface of 
 the abdomen is banded alternately with black and orange. 
 
 A typical athalia very closely resembles aurinia on the 
 upper surface (Fig. 96), but has no row of black dots on 
 the hind-wings. Below (Fig. 97) the resemblance is close 
 also ; but the markings are less clearly outlined, and in 
 the hind-wings the compartments contain no black dots. 
 The middle lightest band on the hind-wings has a slight 
 silver tinge; the rest of the markings on both wings 
 are yellow and orange, those on the hind-wings being 
 arranged roughly in bands. 
 
VANESSA. 99 
 
 Vanessa, Ochsenhetmer. 
 
 The British Vanessas form a well-defined group of 
 butterflies, possessing, amongst other marked similarities, 
 a great brilliancy and richness of colouring, such as we 
 usually associate with the denizens of countries much 
 more favoured with sunny weather than our own. They 
 are seven in number, and are known as the Comma, 
 V. C-album ; Large Tortoiseshell, V. polychloros ; Small 
 Tortoiseshell, V. urticce, ; Peacock, V. io ; Camberwell 
 Beauty, Vanessa antiopa ; Red Admiral, V. atalanta ; 
 Painted Lady, V. cardui. 
 
 For richness, yet simplicity, of colouring the palm must 
 no doubt be given to the Camberwell Beauty, with its 
 wings of deep chocolate edged with cream; the striking 
 contrast of the black, scarlet, and white of the Red 
 Admiral giving that insect a good second place ; though 
 perhaps many may prefer to both the more gorgeous 
 Peacock, well-named after the bird whose eye-spots it 
 has so closely simulated. The other four, though coming 
 some distance behind, are nevertheless sufficiently bril- 
 liant with their rich, russet ground-colour relieved by 
 markings of black, white, and blue. The outlines of all, 
 except the Painted Lady and the Red Admiral, are in- 
 dented, and this indentation is carried to the extreme in 
 the case of the Comma, as a reference to Fig. 99 will 
 shew. There is very little difference between the male 
 and female in any of the species of this genus. 
 
 The Camberwell Beauty is unfortunately scarce, though 
 it is found occasionally but, as a rule, singly throughout 
 England. The Comma and the Large Tortoiseshell are 
 none too often found. The Red Admiral, Peacock, and 
 Small Tortoiseshell, are common enough everywhere, and 
 the other the Painted Lady is fairly so. All are strong 
 
 H 2 
 
100 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 flyers and bold insects, haunting the gardens and even 
 streets of our towns, as well as sylvan glades and flowery 
 hillsides, where butterflies are usually to be found. When 
 intent on sipping the nectar of flowers or it may be, 
 in the case of antiopa^ the juices of over-ripe fruit 
 they may often be taken with the hand. 
 
 The Peacock and indeed all the Vanessas delight to 
 sun themselves upon the heads of thistles and other 
 similar plants, and may there be watched alternately 
 opening and closing their wings, one moment displaying 
 all the colours of the rainbow, and the next, may be, 
 a deep, funereal black. Then is the time with a down- 
 ward sweep of the net to secure the prize; but, should 
 the attempt fail, one would need the speed of the wind 
 to get another stroke, unless, as . is very likely, the insect 
 should wantonly return to the same neighbourhood. 
 
 A point worthy of note in connection with the contrast 
 between the brilliant colouring of the upper surface and 
 the sombre tints underneath is the means afforded thereby 
 for the insect's protection. Though, for instance, the 
 Large Tortoiseshell would be readily enough seen when 
 displaying its upper surface on the bark of an elm-tree, 
 let it once close its wings and it would need a practised 
 eye indeed to detect its presence. 
 
 The caterpillars vary somewhat in colour and in the 
 arrangement of the dots, or lines, or both, with which 
 they are marked, but they are all alike in being adorned 
 with spines. The caterpillar of the Large Tortoise- 
 shell feeds on the elm for which reason the perfect 
 insect is sometimes called the Elm Butterfly and also 
 on the willow, which is the food-plant of the larva of 
 the Camberwell Beauty/ That of the Comma feeds on 
 various plants, the hop, red currant, elm, willow, and 
 nettle being amongst them. The Painted Lady larva 
 
VANESSA. 1 01 
 
 affects thistles and the nettle ; while the other three keep 
 almost entirely to the latter. All the caterpillars are some- 
 what conspicuous, and therefore readily found. They can 
 easily be reared, and imagines in perfect plumage may be 
 thus secured. But should several of the caterpillars be 
 seen with one intent hurriedly moving away from the 
 food-plants, let these be taken, for they are just on the 
 point of turning into chrysalides, and the perfect insect 
 may from them be obtained without the trouble of rearing 
 the caterpillars. 
 
 The chrysalides of all the Vanessas are similar in form, 
 being very angular, and adorned with metallic, usually 
 golden, spots, whence the term chrysalis, derived from 
 a Greek word meaning "gold," was bestowed upon them, 
 and has been since extended to the pupae of all butter- 
 flies. The chrysalides of this genus are suspended by 
 their anal extremities, without any covering whatever to 
 protect them from the weather; indeed, such a covering 
 would be quite unnecessary, as the pupal state is passed 
 in the height of summer. 
 
 The perfect insects are on the wing during the later 
 months of summer and the early autumn. As the cold 
 weather approaches, they retire to some sheltered spot, 
 and there hibernate during the winter, appearing again 
 towards the end of spring, when the eggs are laid 
 which are to produce the summer's brood. Often one 
 a Small Tortoiseshell especially that has taken refuge 
 in the roof of some large building, is roused from its 
 winter's sleep, and flutters about quite out of place, 
 when the room has become unusually warm, may be on 
 the occasion of some Christmas festivity. 
 
 On account of their ability to live through the winter, 
 we should look with peculiar favour on the Vanessas 
 and a few other butterflies that hibernate like them, for. 
 
102 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 they are the first to tell us of the summer that is coming, 
 and the last to remind us of that which has passed. 
 
 V. C-album, Linn. (Comma) (Figs. 98 to 101), on 
 account of the deep indentations and therefore jagged 
 outline of its wings, might at first sight be easily mistaken 
 for a dilapidated specimen of the Large or Small Tortoise- 
 shell, but it will not be long before their more sought 
 after relative is recognised and, with good luck, cap- 
 tured. V. C-album should be looked for in open glades 
 of woods or along country hedgerows, especially where 
 brambles grow, for it has a great partiality for these plants. 
 Powerful flight would hardly be expected as an accom- 
 paniment of deeply-indented wings, but such is one of 
 the features of this butterfly, which at times may be 
 seen sailing aloft round the tops of the trees, just as 
 is often the case with other species of its genus. 
 
 Though at one time widely distributed over England 
 and Wales and in many places common, V. C-album 
 seems now to be gradually becoming scarcer and scarcer. 
 The districts round which it chiefly centres appear to be 
 North Wales and the counties on each side of the 
 English and Welsh borders. Outside these localities 
 collectors, if they find it at all, will do well not to expect 
 to meet with it in numbers. 
 
 It is uncertain whether C-album is single- or double- 
 brooded. The winter is passed in the perfect state, and 
 the butterflies reappear about May. They are seen from 
 that date onwards, but the chief flight occurs in Septem- 
 ber and October. The larvae, which feed principally on 
 the Hop (Humulus Lupulus), the common Nettle 
 (Urtica dioica), and the Red Currant (Ribes rubruni), 
 may be found in July and August, and perhaps in the 
 spring, while the pupae occur in September, if not before 
 also. 
 
VANESSA C-ALBUM. 
 
 10 3 
 
 The full-grown larva (Fig. 101), the "silver bug" as 
 it used to be called in Sussex when it was common in 
 the hop-gardens there, is about iiin. in length, and 
 
 VANESSA C-ALBUM. 
 
 is armed with short bristle-bearing spines. Ot these 
 there are four on the third and fourth segments, 
 seven on segments five to twelve, and four on the 
 
104 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 thirteenth. The coloration, which is very elaborate, is 
 thus described by J. Hellins : " The ground-colour is black 
 dotted with red, the head black ; the second segment has 
 a fine red dorsal line ; segments three to six have each 
 a transverse red patch on the back, and the subdivisions 
 lined in red, and their dorsal and subdorsal spines red ; 
 then comes on segments seven to eleven a broad dorsal 
 band of white, with a dusky blackish dorsal line, and 
 some short black streaks ; here the dorsal and subdorsal 
 spines are white ; on twelve this white band ends in a 
 wedge shape ; thirteen is black, but its spines are white ; 
 the lateral row of spines all red, the subspiracular row 
 pink ; the spiracular region is marked with an upper and 
 lower waved red line, with a red slanting streak behind 
 each spiracle connecting the two; the spiracles are con- 
 spicuous, being black ringed with white ; the belly 
 blackish with some red-brown marks ; legs blackish." 
 The head bears two short horns. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 100) is about fin. long, and has 
 two ears to the head. There is a prominent 
 projection on the thorax, succeeded by a hollow, after 
 which the contour follows a convex arch to the anal 
 extremity. Each side has a subdorsal row of nine small 
 points with reddish tips, and the wing-cases are pro- 
 minent. The colour is purplish-brown, with a greyish 
 line down the back of the abdomen, which also bears six 
 V-shaped marks. There are six silver spots behind the 
 thorax and a brown stripe along the spiracles ; the under- 
 surface of the abdomen bears some dark marks. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Fig. 99) is nearly straight, and the hind-margin of all the 
 wings very jagged. The inner margin of the fore-wings 
 has a deep hollow. The colour of the upper surface is 
 brownish-orange, with a broad band of redder brown 
 
VANESSA POLYCHLOROS. 105 
 
 along the hind-margin of the wings. The fore-wings 
 have seven dark brown spots ; the hind-wings have 
 three brown spots near the base, and an extra band 
 of brown. The under-surface (Fig. 98), which is 
 mottled with brown, has on each hind-wing a white 
 mark resembling a comma or C, which gives the 
 insect its name. Some specimens have a pale ochreous 
 ground-colour to the under-surface, while others have it 
 dark grey. The former may belong to the suspected early 
 brood. 
 
 V. polychloros, Linn. (Large Tortoiseshell, or Elm 
 Butterfly) (Figs. 102 to 105), is one of our larger and 
 finer butterflies, not so gorgeous indeed as some, but suffi- 
 ciently striking and handsome nevertheless. It is widely 
 but very sparingly distributed through England and Wales, 
 and has been taken in Scotland near Melrose, in Kincar- 
 dineshire, in Aberdeenshire, and in Argyll, at least. It 
 would be of little use to give localities in England, but 
 it may be noted that the Large Tortoiseshell is considered 
 to occur in the East and in the Midlands more abundantly 
 than elsewhere. It must, however, in any case be looked 
 upon as one of our scarcer butterflies. 
 
 The eggs are laid in May on a considerable number 
 of different trees, the Elm (Ulmus) of one species or 
 other being that usually selected. Other food-plants 
 mentioned by various authorities are Sallow, Willow, and 
 more than one species of osier, all belonging to the genus 
 Salix, the Aspen (Populns tremuld}^ the Cherry (Prunus 
 cerasui), and two Pears, the White Beam-tree (Pyrus Aria) 
 and the Common Pear (Pyrus communis). The larvae 
 are full-fed soon after the middle of June and the 
 imagines are out about mid-July. They retire early in the 
 autumn to hibernate for the winter, and reappear about 
 May or a little earlier. 
 
io6 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 103), which is about 2 in. in length, 
 bears short, branched spines, yellowish-brown in colour, 
 
 VANESSA POLYCHLOROS. 
 
 with black points. The third and fourth segments possess 
 four, the fifth to the twelfth seven, and the thirteenth four. 
 
VANESSA URTICLE. 1 07 
 
 The ground-colour is black ; the dorsal surface is thickly 
 sprinkled with brown, and down the centre of it is a fine 
 black streak. The sides are very thickly sprinkled 
 with brown and so is the ventral surface, there being 
 on these parts, indeed, more brown than black. The 
 head and legs are black, and the spiracles are of the 
 same colour surrounded with brown ; the claspers are 
 brown, with dark markings. The larva is slightly hairy. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 102), about lin. in length, has the 
 head eared and a large projection on the thorax which 
 is laterally keeled. This is followed by a deep hollow 
 bearing six gilt spots, and then by a well-arched abdomen, 
 each side of which has a subdorsal row of sharp dark- 
 coloured points. The colour is a warm brown, lighter 
 on the abdomen, which has on each side a row of tiny 
 black spots on each segment. The anal spike is outlined 
 in black and white. 
 
 The imago (Fig. 105) has the costal margin of the 
 fore-wings arched and the hind-rnargin of all the wings 
 rather deeply indented. This insect much resembles the 
 small one described below ; the ground-colour, however, 
 is duller. The spot near the tip of the fore-wings is 
 cream instead of white, and there is an extra black spot 
 near the anal angle of the fore-wings. The marginal 
 blue spots, moreover, are found chiefly on the hind- 
 wings. The under-surface (Fig. 104) very closely resembles 
 that of V. urtic<z. This butterfly varies considerably in 
 size. 
 
 V. urticae, Linn. (Small Tortoiseshell) (Figs. 106 to- 
 109), unlike its larger relative, is usually common, but, 
 on account of its rich colouring, none the less welcome. 
 Timidity is not one of its attributes, and it may often be 
 seen in flower-gardens, where few blossoms surpass it in 
 beauty. Like V. antiopa it has been observed at sugar. 
 
108 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 During May and June the eggs of this insect are laid 
 on the two common Nettles ( Urtica dioica and U. urens), 
 and hatch in about a fortnight, the earlier larvae being 
 full-fed in June. After a week or two as pupre the 
 imagines appear, and are found on the wing during late 
 summer and early autumn. They then hibernate, re- 
 appearing at the return of spring. As a matter of fact, 
 it would be difficult to name a period during the butterfly- 
 season when urticce cannot be found. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 109), about ijin. in length, is, like all 
 its relatives, spine-bearing. The spines, which are short 
 and of a brownish colour, with black branches, are dis- 
 posed four on the third and fourth segments, seven on 
 segments five to twelve, and four on the thirteenth. 
 Black is the ground-colour of the dorsal surface, which 
 is thickly studded with small yellow dots, sometimes 
 forming a medio-dorsal yellow stripe, along the 'centre 
 of which runs a fine black line. Yellowish-brown 
 is the colour predominating on the rest of the body, 
 which carries two lateral yellow stripes, one above 
 and the other below the spiracles. These are black 
 set in a yellow ring. The head and legs are shining 
 black, and the whole of the larva is downy. Consider- 
 able variation is shown in the colouring of individual 
 specimens. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 108) is some tin. long, the head is 
 eared, the thorax rises to a sharp-pointed projection and 
 is keeled laterally, the abdomen is arched and bears two 
 subdorsal lines of sharp spines, while the mid-dorsal line 
 has slight indications of the mid-dorsal spines on the 
 larva. The ground-colour is yellowish-brown thickly 
 sprinkled with darker brown. Many specimens are very 
 much gilt, especially on those points which are 
 prominent. It has lately been noticed that the colour 
 
VANESSA URTIC^E. 
 
 109 
 
 of the chrysalis varies considerably in accordance with 
 the colour of surrounding objects. 
 
 107 
 
 VANESSA URTIC^E. 
 
 V. urticcz (Figs. 106 and 107) has a nearly straight costal 
 margin to the fore-wings, while the hind-margin of all the 
 wings is scalloped and somewhat angled. The ground- 
 
110 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 colour of the wings is reddish-orange approaching to scarlet, 
 with a blue and black border. The fore-wings contain 
 six black spots, three being along the costal margin. 
 These three are separated by yellow patches, and there 
 is a white spot near the tip of the fore-wings, which 
 distinguishes this butterfly from V. polychloros. There 
 is a brown patch at the base of each wing. The under- 
 surface (Fig. 106) is tawny, thickly marked with dark 
 brown. 
 
 Vanessa io, Linn. (Peacock) (Figs, no to 113), 
 while one of the most beautiful of the Vanessas is also 
 one of the commonest. It is, however, very powerful on 
 the wing, and none too easily caught; but, as imagines 
 are reared from the eggs or larvae without difficulty, 
 collectors cannot do better than adopt this interesting 
 plan of obtaining a series for their cabinets. 
 
 Urtica dioica, the common Nettle, is the plant selected 
 by io on which to deposit her eggs. They are laid in 
 April and May, and hatch in about a fortnight. The 
 larvae feed during June and July, pupae are found in 
 July and August, while the imagines appear in August, 
 fly for a time, then hibernate and reappear in the spring. 
 
 Though the larva of io (Fjg. no) has the spines charac- 
 teristic of the genus they are differently disposed, being 
 situate two on the third and fourth segments, four on 
 the fifth, six on segments six to twelve, and four on the 
 thirteenth. The spines are long, branched, and deep 
 black : there is no medio-dorsal series. The ground- 
 colour is velvety-black, and each segment has several 
 rows of tiny white dots. The head, legs, and anal claspers 
 are black, but the ventral claspers are reddish. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. Hi) is over lin. in length; the head 
 carries two long ears ; the thorax is laterally keeled, and 
 bears a high dorsal protuberance, while the abdomen 
 
VANESSA IO. 
 
 Ill 
 
 has on each side a subdorsal line of sharp dark-tipped 
 spines. In colour the pupa varies from brownish to 
 
 brightish yellow, and is thickly sprinkled with purplish 
 brown] dots, the prominent points being marked with 
 the same colour. 
 
112 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings (Fig. 113) is slightly 
 convex, and the hind-margin of all the wings angled. 
 The ground-colour of the fore-wings is scarlet, becoming 
 brown near the hind-margin. On the hind-wings the 
 scarlet is only found in the centre ; the rest is brown. 
 Each wing contains the eye-spot from which the insect 
 takes its name. There are also near the costal margin 
 of the fore-wings two black patches, in the shape of half- 
 crescents. The under-surface (Fig. 112) is a mixture of 
 dark browns and black, appearing at a little distance 
 almost perfectly black. 
 
 V. antiopa, Linn. (Camberwell Beauty) (Figs. 114 to 
 117), is one of those butterflies which every entomologist 
 hopes some day to take, but whose appearance is so 
 capricious that its capture may well be underlined in the 
 fortunate collector's note-book. It almost always appears 
 singly, so that the capture of one by no means implies 
 that others are in the neighbourhood. 
 
 During the last twenty-one seasons (to take the records 
 in The Entomologist only) but one year 1872 can be 
 fairly called an "antiofia-year." In that season at least one 
 specimen, but often a considerable number, was recorded 
 from every county in England, except Cumberland, 
 Westmoreland, Salop, Rutland, Hereford, Northampton- 
 shire, Bedford, Monmouth, Oxon, Wilts, Worcester, and 
 Dorset ; while captures are also mentioned from Wales, 
 Ireland, and Scotland as far north as Aberdeen. The 
 next season, 1873, yielded a fair number of specimens 
 from twelve counties, Worcester and Cumberland this time 
 being amongst them. We have but one record in 1874, 
 seven in 1875, an( * f ur m ^76 these twelve occurring 
 in Hants, Gloucester, Surrey, Kent, Essex, Norfolk, Yorks, 
 Northumberland, Dumfries, and Antrim. In 1877 there 
 were six records ; in 1878, three; in 1879, none; in 1880, 
 
VANESSA ANTIOPA. 113 
 
 twenty-eight, half being in the Home Counties Essex, 
 Middlesex, Surrey, and Kent and one in Oxon, which 
 has not yet been mentioned; in 1881, five, three of 
 them being in Middlesex; in 1882 and 1883, none; in 
 1884, three, one being in Dorset; in 1885, three; in 
 1886, one; in 1887, three; in 1888, eleven; in 1889, 
 seven; in 1890, none; and in 1891 and 1892, one each. 
 From the returns furnished it would seem therefore that 
 the counties most favoured by this exquisite butterfly 
 have been Kent, Surrey, Essex, Hants, Sussex, Middlesex, 
 Yorks, Cambs, and Norfolk ; while Westmoreland, Salop, 
 Rutland, Hereford, Northants, Bedford, Monmouth, and 
 Wilts have been entirely unrepresented. 
 
 Antiopa may appear at most unlikely times and in 
 most unexpected places. It sometimes feeds at night, 
 for records exist of its having been taken both at sallows 
 and at sugar. One of the characteristics of this butterfly 
 is a decided partiality for ripe fruit, for it has been found 
 feeding on ripe gooseberries, plums, pears, peaches, and 
 greengages at least. Like some others of its kind it has 
 been seen to settle on a freshly-watered road; while a 
 manure-heap and dried cow-droppings as well as trees 
 affected by the larvae of the Goat-moth (Cossus ligniperdd) 
 have lured it to its doom. Antiopa is by no means shy 
 of visiting our streets, and even here its fondness for 
 things sweet has not deserted it, for the attraction of a 
 stray sugar-tub or an empty rum-cask has afforded its 
 pursuer opportunity to approach. 
 
 In spring after the winter's sleep is over the eggs of 
 this butterfly are laid on the White W r illow (Saltx alba\ 
 and occasionally on the Birch (Betula alba) and Nettle 
 (Urtica dioica). The larvae are found in June and July, 
 the pupae in July, and the imagines from August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 115) is about ifin, in length and has 
 
 i 
 
114 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 long branched black spines, four on the third and fourth 
 segments, six on segments five and six, seven on 
 
 VANESSA ANTIOPA. 
 
 segments seven to twelve, and four on the thirteenth. 
 The ground-colour is velvety-black, with a dark red 
 
VANESSA ANTIOPA. 115 
 
 blotch on segments four to eleven, and all the body 
 except these blotches is densely covered with soft grey 
 hairs. The black dorsal line is continued, though much 
 narrower, through the coloured blotches. The head and 
 legs are black and the claspers reddish. 
 
 The portly pupa (Fig. 114) has its ears rather short, 
 the thoracic bump pronounced, and the back of the 
 abdomen much arched and bearing a mid-dorsal line 
 of tiny points. On each side of this is a subdorsal line 
 of much longer spines, the pair on the highest part of 
 the abdomen being longest. Each wing-case bears three 
 projections, two forming a lateral keel to the thorax and 
 the other being at the tip of the wing-case. The 
 colour is brown, freckled with darker brown. All the 
 points are black-tipped and each segment of the abdomen 
 bears laterally several black dots. The under-surface of 
 the anal hook is black. The specimen from which 
 this description was made measured lin. in length. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Figs. 116 and 117) is nearly straight till it approaches 
 the tip, and the hind-margin of each of the wings bears 
 a couple of prominent angles. The colour of the upper 
 surface is deep chocolate, edged from the tip of the fore- 
 wings to the anal angle of the hind-wings with creamy- 
 white speckled with black. Near this band the ground- 
 colour becomes almost black and contains a row of blue 
 spots. There are two cream-coloured spots on the costal 
 margin of the fore-wings near the tip. The under-surface 
 (Fig. 1 1 6) has the same cream-coloured markings, but 
 within the band the colouring is similar to that of the 
 whole of the under-surface of V. io. The pale margin 
 varies considerably in depth of colouring; some specimens 
 having it nearly white, and others of quite a yellow tint. 
 The former used to be looked upon as natives, and 
 
 I 2 
 
Il6 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 the latter as immigrants. It seems likely, however, that 
 all may have yellow borders at first, which become paler 
 after hibernation. 
 
 V. atalanta, Linn. (Red Admiral) (Figs. 118 to 121), 
 is another very powerful flyer, and at times given to 
 soaring. It is, perhaps, more difficult to take than the 
 Peacock, unless it should be observed sucking the nectar 
 from flowers. So intent is it sometimes in this occupa- 
 tion, that it may be quite easily removed from the 
 blossom with the fingers. Like others of its genus it 
 sometimes visits at night the sugar that has been placed 
 as a lure for moths. Though usually very generally 
 distributed throughout Great Britain and Ireland, it is 
 very much more common in some seasons than in 
 others. During last season 1892 atalanta favoured us 
 with its presence in more than the usual numbers. 
 
 The eggs are laid in May and June on the common 
 Nettle (Urtica dioica\ while the larvae have also been seen 
 feeding upon Pellitory-of-the-Wall (Parietaria officinalis}. 
 In June, July, and August the larvae are found, and the 
 chrysalides in the last two months, while the imagines 
 are on the wing from August until October, and again 
 till June after the winter's sleep is past. 
 
 When full-grown, the larva (Fig. 119) is about i^in. 
 long, and has the characteristic spines. It feeds in a 
 tent-like structure formed of the leaves of its food-plant, 
 held together with silk. Though specimens often closely 
 approximate to cardui in general appearance, the spines, 
 which vary greatly in colour, are longer than those of 
 that species, but not so long as those of to or antiopa. 
 Their disposition is four on the third and fourth seg- 
 ments, seven on segments five to twelve, and four on 
 the thirteenth. So far as the ground-colour is con- 
 cerned, this varies through black-brown, russet-brown, and 
 
VANESSA ATALANTA. 
 
 117 
 
 soft grey, to greyish-green. There are usually two yellow 
 lateral stripes, the upper being narrower than the lower, 
 
 VANESSA ATALANTA. 
 
 and on each segment is a pair of distinct black blotches 
 one on each side. The head and legs are black, and 
 the claspers brown like the ventral surface. 
 
Il8 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The plump pupa (Fig. 118) is about lin. long, with 
 the ears on the head reduced to rounded prominences. 
 The thorax bears a central protuberance, and is laterally 
 keeled. There is the usual pair of subdorsal rows of 
 spines, though these are rather blunter than in urtica, 
 and the medio-dorsal spines of the larva are reproduced 
 in miniature. In colour the pupa is whitish-grey, with a 
 delicate pale purple bloom. The dorsal points are gilt, 
 and the nervures faintly outlined on the wing-cases. 
 This to my mind is one of the most delicately beautiful 
 of our butterfly pupae. 
 
 V. atalanta has the costal margin of the fore-wings 
 arched ; while the hind-margin of all the wings is scalloped, 
 that of the fore-wings having a concavity as in V. cardui. 
 On the upper surface (Fig. 121) the ground-colour of 
 the wings is black. The fore-wings are crossed by a band 
 of scarlet, which is continued as a margin to the hind-wings, 
 where it contains some black dots. There are five white 
 spots at the tip of the fore-wings, and a blue one at the 
 anal angle of the hind-wings. On the under-surface 
 (Fig. 120) the fore-wings have the scarlet band and the 
 white spots together with a little blue, while the hind- 
 wings are a delicate mixture of cream, blue, brown, and 
 black. 
 
 V. cardui, Linn. (Painted Lady) (Figs. 122 to 125), 
 approaches somewhat to V. antiopa in the capriciousness 
 of its appearance ; it is, however, usually much more 
 abundant, and does not as a rule occur singly, as is 
 generally the case with the latter butterfly. Some seasons 
 it may be particularly scarce throughout the kingdom, and 
 altogether absent from many localities; while in other 
 seasons again it occurs quite plentifully. In 1892 after 
 the appearance of a considerable number of hibernated 
 specimens in the spring, entomologists were delighted 
 
VANESSA CARDUI. 
 
 to find a corresponding abundance of the fresh brood 
 in the autumn. It may be expected throughout Great 
 Britain and Ireland. 
 
 125 
 
 VANESSA CARDUI. 
 
 As may be gathered from the specific name, the Thistle 
 is the plant on which the eggs are usually deposited, but 
 both the Nettle (Urtica dioica) and the Mallow (Malva 
 sylvestris) are sometimes visited. The females commence 
 
120 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 ovipositing about June, and the larvae first appear the 
 same month, but may be found till September. The 
 first chrysalides are to be obtained in July, and the 
 imagines come out in August. They are on the wing till 
 October, then retire for the winter, and fly again in the 
 spring till about June. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 123) is about i^in. long, and is 
 furnished with yellowish-white spines (having black 
 branches), arranged four on the third and fourth seg- 
 ments, seven on segments five to twelve, and four on 
 the thirteenth. The ground-colour is black, bedewed 
 with yellow spots, the ventral surface being reddish. A 
 bright yellow line is found just below the spiracles, and 
 a much fainter one, formed of dots, just above them. The 
 spiracles are black, surrounded with a whitish-yellow ring. 
 There is a medio-dorsal thin black line, bordered on 
 each side by a line made up of yellow dots. The head 
 is black, and the legs and claspers are dark red. The 
 body is slightly hairy. On Buckler's authority, the 
 mallow-fed larva of this species is densely covered with 
 long hairs. Like the larva of atalanta, this caterpillar 
 makes itself a shelter with the leaves of its food-plant. 
 
 In length the pupa (Fig. 122) measures something under 
 i in., and in outline closely resembles the rounded 
 chrysalis of atalanta^ the ears and thoracic bump 
 being blunt. On the abdomen is a central row of short 
 blunt spines, followed on each side by a subdorsal row 
 of larger ones. As to colour, some specimens are dull 
 brown, black dotted, while others are much paler and of 
 a greenish tinge. The former have some dark markings ; 
 and the chrysalis of cardui is always noted for its golden 
 appearance. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Fig. 125) is arched, and the hind-margin of all the wings 
 
LIMENITIS SIBYLLA. 121 
 
 is scalloped ; while the concave general outline of the 
 hind-margin of the fore-wings gives the insect a very 
 graceful appearance. The ground-colour consists of 
 various shades of reddish-brown, irregularly marked with 
 black. There are five white spots near the tip of the 
 fore-wings, and five black ones near the margin of the 
 hind-wings. On the under-surface (Fig. 124) the fore- 
 wings are marked much in the same way, but in some- 
 what lighter tints. The hind-wings are delicately pencilled 
 with brown and cream, and there are five beautiful eye- 
 spots corresponding to the five black spots on the upper 
 surface. Contrary to usual custom, the under-surface is 
 more beautiful than the upper. 
 
 Limenitis, Bdv. 
 
 The genus Limenitis is represented in Britain by one 
 species only, the group of butterflies to which this genus 
 belongs being more plentiful in the East. The imago 
 has but four perfect legs, the anterior pair being unfitted 
 for walking. As in the Vanessas, the larva is spinous, 
 and the pupa angled ; the wings, however, are not angled 
 but scalloped. The larva is suspended, head downwards, 
 by the anal extremity. 
 
 L, Sibylla, Linn. (White Admiral) (Figs. 126 to 129), 
 has little relationship to the Red Admiral, notwithstanding 
 the similarity of their common names. There is, however, 
 some kind of resemblance between the two insects ; both 
 have a very dark smoky-black ground-colour, crossed in 
 the case of the Red Admiral by a scarlet band, and in 
 the butterfly before us by a white one. The bands, how- 
 ever, do not correspond, for they are in opposite directions. 
 The under-surfaces of both, though bearing no resem- 
 blance to one another, are exceedingly beautiful, forming 
 in each case a mosaic of most delicate colouring. 
 
122 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The White Admiral is, unfortunately, not at all 
 common. It is unknown in Scotland, and indeed in 
 England except in the southern part. It has been taken 
 in Lincolnshire, Suffolk, Essex, and Kent, on the east ; 
 in Sussex, Hampshire and the Isle of Wight, and 
 in Dorset, on the south ; and in the following inland 
 counties : Surrey, Buckingham, Northampton, Gloucester, 
 and Worcester ; but these should, perhaps, now be 
 narrowed down to Hants and the Isle of Wight, 
 Northants, Suffolk, and Essex. In those localities it may 
 be sought for in the rides and glades in oak-woods, 
 sailing along which its peculiarly graceful flight has 
 always been a subject of delight to the lover of Nature. 
 Like the Fritillaries, it is fond of settling on the bramble- 
 flowers, and may there be taken if the net is handled 
 with the requisite skill. 
 
 The eggs are laid in July, on the upper leaves of the 
 Honeysuckle {Lonicera Periclymenum). The larva comes 
 out in a fortnight, and, after feeding for a time, hiber- 
 nates till the spring. Newman has graphically described 
 how each little larva draws together, to make a winter 
 house, the edges of the leaf on which it has been 
 feeding, having first fastened the leaf to the stem to 
 prevent its falling to the ground in the autumn. In this 
 hammock, which hangs free when the leaf has broken 
 away from the stem, it passes securely through the 
 winter. It begins feeding again in April, and is full-fed 
 by the end of May or beginning of June. The pupa 
 may be found during June, and the imago comes out 
 at the end of it or beginning of July, and is on the 
 wing during the latter month in oak-woods in the 
 southern part of England, as mentioned above. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 126), which is i^in. or more in length, 
 is spinous, but not in the same way as are the larvae 
 
LIMENITIS SIBYLLA. 
 
 I2 3 
 
 of the Fritillaries or the Vanessas, since the spines occur 
 only on the dorsal surface. There are no spines on the 
 second segment, two long ones on the third, fourth, sixth, 
 eleventh, and twelfth, four short ones on the thirteenth, 
 and two short ones on all the rest except the head. The 
 
 LIMENITIS SIBYLLA. 
 
 spines are rufous, with light bases and pink tips, and 
 bear black hairs. The head is flat, pinkish, bristly, and 
 produced above into two ear-like processes. The ground- 
 colour of the larva is dark green dorsally, paler laterally, 
 and bright green on the ventral surface. The legs are 
 
124 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 brownish, and the claspers pale green, with a pinkish 
 circle round them near the body. The back and sides 
 of the caterpillar are sprinkled over with yellow warts. 
 There is a lateral yellowish spot on each segment, and 
 a whitish line below the spiracles, which are white. The 
 divisions between the segments of the body are distinct. 
 
 When full-fed the larva suspends itself to a layer of 
 silk that it has already deposited on the midrib of a leaf. 
 After hanging for a day or two it changes into the very 
 singularly-shaped pupa shown in Fig. 127. It is very 
 angular indeed, the wing-cases project a great deal, and 
 the thorax bears in the centre a projecting keel. But 
 what most imparts the singular appearance to the larva, 
 is the large flat projection on the back behind the thorax. 
 
 The processes on the head of the larva are reproduced 
 in the pupa. The anterior part of the body is dark 
 brownish-green, adorned with metallic stripes and spots ; 
 the horns on the head are brown, and so is the posterior 
 part of the body, except the dorsal surface of the 
 abdomen, which is bright green. 
 
 The wings of the perfect insect (Fig. 129) are scalloped, 
 and the costal and hind margins of the fore-wings are 
 nearly straight. The upper surface is dark smoky-brown. 
 The fringe is white, except at the extremities of the 
 nervures. There is a band of about fifteen bluish-white 
 spots stretching across each pair of wings from the costal 
 margin of the fore-wings to the inner margin of the hind 
 ones. There are also four other white spots on the 
 fore-wings. The chief beauty of the insect, however, is 
 to be found on the under-surface (Fig. 128), where the 
 white spots are reproduced with a few additions to their 
 number ; but the ground-colour is a rich sienna-brown, 
 tinged here and there with a darker brown, and bearing 
 a number of black dots and bars. The base and inner 
 
APATURA IRIS. 125 
 
 margin of the hind-wings are whitish-blue. The knobs 
 of the antennae are tipped with brown, and but slightly 
 thickened. The sexes are similar. 
 
 A variety sometimes occurs in which the arrangement 
 of the under-surface is very much altered, and in which 
 the upper surface is without the white spots. 
 
 Apatura, Fabr. 
 
 In the genus Apatura the larva seems to be inter- 
 mediate between the genus Limenitis and the Ringlet 
 group. It resembles the latter in having no spines, and 
 in tapering towards both extremities, especially towards 
 the anal one, which is slightly bifid. In shape it is 
 limaciform, or slug-like. It differs from the Ringlets, and 
 resembles the last genus, Limenitis^ in having on the head 
 two processes somewhat resembling ears. The pupa is 
 neither angled nor spine-bearing ; it is very much flattened 
 laterally, and is suspended by the tail. The imago some- 
 what resembles that of the last butterfly (Limenitis sibylld}, 
 but it has one or two eye-spots, which remind us of the 
 Ringlet group. The wings are large and powerful, and 
 the flight is strong. There are but four legs adapted for 
 walking, the anterior pair being only slightly developed. 
 The genus is represented in Britain by one species only. 
 
 A. iris, Linn. (Purple Emperor) (Figs. 130 to 133), no 
 doubt derives his English name from the purple robe with 
 which he is adorned, but the " Empress," though similarly 
 marked, is without the purple sheen which gives the glory 
 to her mate. This monarch of the butterfly tribe adopts as 
 his throne the topmost branch of an oak, where he sits 
 aloft in the sunshine, occasionally sailing away almost out 
 of sight, doing battle with his peers, the monarchs of the 
 neighbouring oaks, and returning as a rule to the identical 
 spray from which he started. While the Emperor is there 
 
126 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 enthroned, it is clear that the collector, however much he 
 may covet the prize, must be satisfied with the view alone. 
 To sweep him from his seat, a net with a handle 2 oft. 
 or more in length used to be recommended a handle, of 
 course, that could be fitted together and taken to pieces 
 again like a fishing-rod or the handle of a chimney-sweep's 
 brush. But apart from the difficulty of carrying such a 
 weapon to the field of operations it must have been 
 extremely awkward to use, and few indeed, I fancy, would 
 be the Emperors captured by its aid. The collector obtains 
 specimens now by taking advantage of a well-known though 
 very un-butterfly-like taste this insect has acquired. Most 
 butterflies feed, if they feed at all, on the nectar of flowers, 
 and possibly this one does sometimes, for he has been 
 taken at sugar ; but the Emperor has often been easily 
 caught while intently regaling himself from a muddy pool, 
 from animal droppings, or from the dead and putrefying 
 bodies of stoats, rabbits, birds, and so on, that are usually 
 to be found in woods. Knowing this, and knowing also 
 that Emperors are to be found in the locality, the would-be 
 possessor may usually obtain them without much difficulty. 
 The Purple Emperor, however, is not to be found 
 everywhere. It should only be sought for in oak- 
 woods, and in those only in the midland, southern, and 
 eastern counties of England; that is to say, roughly 
 speaking, south of a line drawn from the Humber to 
 Devonshire. The following counties have been mentioned 
 as supplying specimens : in the east Lincoln, Suffolk, 
 Cambridge, Essex, and Kent; in the south Middlesex, 
 Surrey, Sussex, Berks, Hants and the Isle of Wight, 
 Wilts, Somerset, Dorset, and Devon; in the midlands, 
 Bedford, Huntingdon, Buckingham, Oxford, Northampton, 
 Nottingham, Warwick, Leicester, Hereford, Gloucester, 
 and Monmouth. 
 
APATURA IRIS 
 
128 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The eggs are laid in July on the Sallow or Goat 
 Willow (Salix Caprea), and possibly on the Poplar and 
 the Oak. They hatch in about a week-and-a-half, and 
 the larvae feed till the autumn, and then hibernate 
 when about in. long, fastened with silk in a fork of the 
 food -plant, where they much resemble a small twig. 
 Whe"n leaves reappear on the Sallow, they commence 
 feeding again, and are full-fed at the end of May or 
 the beginning of June; the chrysalis may be found in 
 the latter month, and the imago in the next. 
 
 The handsome larva (Fig. 131) is, when full-grown, 
 about 2 in. in length. The tapering body and the horns 
 on the head give it a very slug-like appearance, and the 
 resemblance is heightened by the way the body contracts 
 when the animal is annoyed. The dorsal surface is 
 bright green ; the ventral surface, legs, and claspers 
 are bluish -green. The segments are subdivided into 
 sections, each of which bears a row of yellow points. 
 There is a yellowish stripe on each side in the region 
 of the spiracles, which are pink. On each side also are 
 seven oblique yellow stripes edged posteriorly with pink, 
 the third pair almost meeting on the back. The two 
 horns are green, brownish at the tips, and bluish in front. 
 A whitish line passes down them behind, and extends 
 through several segments along the back. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 130), which is suspended from the 
 midrib of a leaf of the food-plant, is without angles or 
 spines. It is whitish-green in colour, all the edges being 
 marked with even lighter lines. The wing-cases, too, are 
 veined with the lighter colour. There are two short 
 anterior horns, with dark tips, and the oblique lateral 
 lines of the larva are repeated in a whitish tint on the 
 pupa. It is liin. or more in length, about Mn. from 
 back to front, but only about iin. through from side to side. 
 
APATURA IRIS. 129 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Fig. 133) is convex, and the hind-margin concave and 
 scalloped ; the hind-wings are scalloped. The ground- 
 colour is smoky-brown above, and the fringe white. 
 There is a somewhat interrupted white band extending 
 from the centre of the fore-wings to near the inner 
 margin of the hind-wings, as well as about nine white 
 spots near the tip of the fore-wings. There is a light 
 line near the outer margin of all the wings, and in this 
 region the ground-colour is darker. A reddish mark 
 will be seen near the tip of the hind-wings, and others 
 at the anal angle, near which is a black spot circled 
 with red and having a few blue scales in the centre. 
 The under-surface (Fig. 132) is much more beautiful than 
 the upper. The ground-colour is very much lighter. 
 The white markings resemble those on the upper sur- 
 face; but there is a band of rich dark brown on each 
 side of the white stripe on the hind-wings, and three patches 
 of the same colour are to be seen on the costal margin 
 of the fore-wings. The hind-margin of the hind-wings 
 is pinkish-white, while the eye-spot of the upper surface 
 is repeated, but smaller, and with a brighter blue centre. 
 There is besides a much larger eye-spot on the under- 
 surface of the fore-wings black surrounded with orange, 
 the centre being blue as before. The body, legs, and 
 palpi are nearly white ; the tongue is pale green. The 
 male, in certain lights, has its wings suffused with a rich, 
 deep purple hence the common name. In the female, 
 the purple glow, as stated above, is absent, but she is 
 often larger than her mate. 
 
 A. iris varies somewhat in the development of the 
 white markings, and specimens now and again occur in 
 which they are nearly or quite absent. 
 
130 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Danais, Fabr. 
 
 D. erippus, Cr. (Black-veined Brown) (Figs. 134 and 
 135), though probably but a visitor from over the 
 Atlantic, is certainly a welcome one, for it is a grand 
 insect, reminding us both by its size and by its appear- 
 ance of those which we are wont to consider as 
 exotics. As a matter of fact, it has a wide geographical 
 range, extending from North Canada to the Amazon, 
 and is evidently of a very accommodating disposition, 
 for we find it naturalised in several parts of Australasia, 
 and in 1876 it made its appearance in England. In 
 that year three were taken in Sussex, one at Poole, and 
 one at Neath in South Wales; in 1881 a male was taken 
 near Maidstone on 2ist September; in 1885 one was 
 taken in Dorset, one at Plymouth, five in Cornwall in 
 September, and one at Ventnor ; in 1886 five were taken 
 one at Swanage in August, one at the Lizard, another 
 at Swanage in September, a male at Bournemouth, and 
 a specimen at Castle Martin, Pembrokeshire. Besides 
 these, one was taken in October, 1886, in Guernsey, and 
 one the same month in Gibraltar, while one had been 
 taken in September of that year at Oporto. In 1887 
 two were captured in September at Worthing, and one 
 at La Vendee in France. 
 
 In St. Louis, U.S.A., the eggs are laid in early May, 
 and the imago appears about mid-June, and again, 
 from a second brood, in October. The females from 
 the latter brood hibernate till spring. Food-plants in 
 America are various species of Asclepias ; perhaps in 
 England the larvae might feed upon the Periwinkle 
 ( Vinca major and V. minor] or the Oleander (Nerium). 
 
 In colour, the handsome larva, whose appearance may 
 be gathered from Fig. 134, is black, white, and yellow. 
 
DANAIS ERIPPUS. - 131 
 
 The pupa is suspended, as in the Vanessas, and this 
 stage lasts but a short time. 
 
 Fig. 135 was obtained from a photograph of the male 
 imago. The ground-colour is rich orange-brown, the 
 
 135 
 
 DANAIS ERIPPUS. 
 
 nervures being black, which colour also forms a border 
 of considerable depth round the insect. The black 
 border contains numerous white spots. The under- 
 surface is very similar, but much lighter on the hind- 
 
 K 2 
 
132 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 wings. The insect often expands as much as 4*in. The 
 female may be known by its broader nervures and by 
 the absence of a black tuberculous spot which is found 
 on the hind-wings of the male. 
 
 The Ringlets, or Browns. 
 
 These form a well-defined group of eleven butterflies, 
 all, with one exception the Marbled White being some 
 shade of brown marked with no other colours than 
 black, white, and ochreous-yellow. All are adorned with 
 a larger or smaller number of eye-spots near the hind- 
 margin of the wings. The spots are most conspicuous 
 on the under-surface ; indeed, in almost every case the 
 under-surface is much more highly ornamented than the 
 upper. The eye-spots, when fully developed, are very 
 beautiful, and may be seen in perfection on the under- 
 surface of a good specimen of the Ringlet (Epinephele 
 hyperanthes). They are jet-black, with a tiny pure white 
 centre, and surrounded with a pale yellow ring. All the 
 butterflies of this group are small or middle-sized, and, 
 being sober-tinted, cannot compare with some of our 
 larger butterflies, or even with the Blues and Coppers ; 
 but yet many have a quiet beauty of their own. The 
 black marbling on a creamy ground of the Marbled 
 White (Melanargia galatea) is very pleasing, and so 
 are the rich warm browns of Epinephele tithonus^ the 
 Large Heath. The female of the Grayling (Satyrus 
 seme/e), which often attains a considerable size, has a 
 very richly chequered under-surface ; while the eye-spots 
 of the Wall butterfly (Pararge megara) five concentric 
 circles round a white centre are very delicately beautiful. 
 The downy appearance of the two dark butterflies, the 
 Northern Brown (Erebia cethiops) and the Mountain 
 Ringlet (E. epiphron\ and of the pale Marsh Ringlet 
 
MELANARGIA GALATEA. 133 
 
 (Cvnonympha typhori), give one the idea that they 
 require protection against the cold, which is perhaps the 
 case. 
 
 In the whole group there is a great similarity in shape 
 and often in colour of the larvae, which are without 
 spines and taper towards both extremities, but especially 
 towards the anal one, which is bifid. All feed on grasses 
 and pass the winter in the larval stage. 
 
 The pupae are stout, with broad heads, and practically 
 without spines or angles. Normally they are attached 
 by the tail to the food-plant; but frequently they are not 
 suspended at all, and the wrinkled skin of the larva often 
 remains attached to the anal extremity of the pupa. 
 
 The imago usually has elongated knobs to the antennae, 
 and has only four perfect legs adapted for walking. All 
 are weak on the wing and easily caught. In several 
 species the male is distinguished from the female by the 
 presence on the former of a dark bar on the upper 
 surface of the fore-wings near their base. The eleven 
 species are distributed amongst six genera : Melan- 
 argia, Erebia, Pararge, Satyrus, Epinephele, and Cceno- 
 nympha. Erebia ligea (Arran Brown) used to be taken 
 in the Isle of Arran, but is not now usually considered 
 as British. Epinephele hero has also been claimed by 
 some as a native. 
 
 Melanargia, Meigen. 
 
 M. galatea, Linn. (Marbled White) (Figs. 136 to 139), 
 is the only British species of its genus. It is not a White, 
 although in colouring it somewhat resembles one, and its 
 common English name would seem to class it amongst 
 them. Its relationship may be known by its possessing 
 but four perfect legs and by the presence of eye-spots 
 on the wings, which, however, are not very conspicuous 
 
134 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 on the upper surface. On the wing it closely resembles 
 a female Small or Green-veined White, but its flight is 
 weaker, although that of the White is not very strong. 
 
 The Marbled White is an extremely local butterfly, but 
 sometimes common over a very restricted area. It is 
 not a wood insect, and seems to prefer rough, broken 
 ground, like a chalk or limestone hill-side. It need not 
 be sought on such ground exclusively, for I found a 
 considerable number on one occasion, when the sun 
 was not shining, at rest on the grasses or rushes growing 
 in a swampy spot a few miles from Abingdon in Berk- 
 shire. Their position seemed to have been taken up 
 designedly with a view to concealment, for at a short 
 distance it was difficult to distinguish the butterflies from 
 the inflorescence of some of the rushes and grasses. An 
 instance this, probably, of protective resemblance. 
 
 Galatea occurs locally in all the English counties 
 except nine or ten north-midland and northern ones. 
 It is, however, found in Yorkshire. In July the eggs are 
 laid amongst the grass. They are hatched in about 
 three weeks ; but .the young larvae hibernate early near 
 the roots of the grass, and begin feeding again about 
 the end of April. They are full-fed about the beginning 
 of June, in which month the chrysalis may be found. 
 The imago comes out in July. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 137) is about i^in. in length, the head 
 is large, the tail forked, and the body slightly dilated 
 along the sides. The segments are not clearly denned, 
 nor are the sections into which each segment is divided. 
 The ground-colour is dingy ochreous-yellow, sometimes 
 with a dull greenish tinge. There is a rather dark 
 dorsal stripe, and along the spiracular region a band 
 slightly darker than the ground-colour, bounded above 
 and below by a lighter line. The ventral surface, legs, 
 
MELANARGIA GALATEA. 
 
 135 
 
 and claspers are dull ochreous-yellow, resembling the 
 ground-colour, and the mouth and spiracles are black. 
 The body is covered with minute brown dots and 
 numerous pale hairs. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 136) is of the shape common to the 
 group to which it belongs short and stout, without 
 
 136 
 
 MELANARGIA GALATEA. 
 
 angles or points. It is frequently unsuspended. The 
 colour is whitish-brown, the wing- and antennae-cases 
 being freckled with pale brown ; the pupa is marked in 
 places with yellow. 
 
 The imago (Fig. 138) has the costal margin of the fore- 
 wings convex, and the hind-margin of all the wings slightly 
 
136 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 scalloped. The ground-colour is creamy-white and the 
 markings are black, the black and white covering about 
 equal portions of the total area. The arrangement of the 
 two colours can be seen from the illustration. On the 
 under-surface (Fig. 139) the coloration closely resembles 
 that of the upper surface, but many of the black markings 
 are here represented by greyish ones or lines simply. 
 There is an eye-spot near the tip of the fore-wings, while 
 five are found' along the hind-margin of the hind-wings, 
 the one nearest the anal angle having two eyes. 
 
 Galatea varies a little in the development of the black 
 markings, and mention has been made in The Zoologist 
 of a specimen pure creamy-white, in 'colour without any 
 black markings whatever. Now and again the ground- 
 colour is pure white instead of cream, the markings being 
 normal. 
 
 Erebia, Bdv. 
 
 Erebia is a mountain-loving genus, and is in Britain 
 restricted to the northern part of the island. It contains 
 but two British species, E. epiphron and E. (ethiops. 
 In general appearance the two butterflies bear a con- 
 siderable resemblance to one another, and will easily be 
 recognised as congeners. They have black bodies and 
 dark chocolate-brown wings, both body and wings being 
 very woolly in appearance. The genus is better repre- 
 sented in mountainous districts on the Continent; the 
 species, however, are often local and on the wing for a 
 very short time. 
 
 E. epiphron, Knoch, E. cassiope, Fabr., possesses 
 two common names, the Mountain Ringlet and the 
 Small Ringlet ; but as Ccenonympka typhon is sometimes 
 called the Small Ringlet, the former name in this case 
 seems to be preferable. This is the only really Alpine 
 
EREBIA EPIPHRON. 137 
 
 butterfly found in Britain, for the other species of the 
 genus frequents much lower ground. It should be 
 sought for in marshy hollows on the mountain-sides in 
 Scotland and the north of England, and in one locality 
 at least has been taken at a height of 3oooft. above 
 sea-level. Its flight, which only takes place when the 
 sun is shining, is slow and interrupted. Epiphron fre- 
 quently settles and falls to the ground among the grass, 
 where the dark colour of its wings makes it a difficult 
 object to find. If possible, specimens should be obtained 
 soon after leaving the chrysalis, for the wings are very 
 easily damaged. 
 
 In England epiphron is found in the Lake District ; 
 that is, Westmoreland, the north of Lancashire, and the 
 south of Cumberland. There it has been taken in many 
 districts, of which the following have been mentioned : 
 Sprinkling and Styehead Tarns, Gable Hill, mountains 
 near Ambleside, Helvellyn, and Langdale Pikes. In 
 Scotland it "has been taken at Rannoch in Perthshire, on 
 Ben Lomond and Ben Nevis, and at Loch Vennachar 
 near the Trossachs. 
 
 The larva appears to pass the winter in a state of 
 hibernation, like the rest of the Ringlet group. The 
 perfect insects are out from about the middle of June 
 till the beginning of August, the males being a little 
 earlier than the females. Where found, epiphron is 
 usually plentiful, but very local. 
 
 The larva, which feeds on grass, has been described 
 by Newman as pale green in colour, with numerous 
 darker green longitudinal lines shading into the ground- 
 colour, and with a well-defined white line along each 
 side in the region of the spiracles. 
 
 The pupa, which is of somewhat stumpy proportions, 
 is light green anteriorly, and dingy white posteriorly, 
 
138 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 with a brown dorsal streak on the thorax. There are, 
 besides, a few other dark brown marks. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Fig. 140) is convex, while the hind-margin of all the wings 
 is rounded. The colour of the upper surface is a deep 
 chocolate-brown, with a somewhat indistinct copper- 
 coloured band across all the wings parallel to the hind- 
 margin. This band is interrupted at the nervures, and 
 frequently assumes the form of circular coppery patches, 
 especially on the hind-wings. Each of these patches 
 usually contains a small black spot. The colouring of 
 
 140 
 
 EREBIA EPIPHRON. 
 
 the under-surface (Fig. 141) very closely resembles that 
 of the upper ; but the coppery band is even less distinct, 
 especially on the hind-wings, where also the black spots 
 are extremely small. The sexes are similar. Epiphron 
 is variable in size and in the development of the 
 coppery patch and the black spots, which last may 
 have white centres. 
 
 E. aethiops, Esper ; E. medea, Hiibner ; E. 
 blandina, Fabr. (Northern Brown or Scotch Argus) 
 (Figs. 142 to 145), is a rather larger butterfly than 
 the last its wings expanding from i^in. to 2in. but 
 somewhat closely resembles it. Like the last, too, it is 
 
EREBIA ^ETHIOPS. 
 
 139 
 
 generally a mountain-loving insect, though it does not 
 affect such elevations as its congener sometimes reaches, 
 for it is seldom found more than Sooft. above sea-level. 
 It delights in the broken heathery or ferny spots on the 
 lower mountain-sides as well as in marshy spots in 
 similar localities. 
 
 EREBIA ^THIOPS. 
 
 Some few years since, cethiops was considered an ex- 
 tremely rare butterfly, and even now cannot by any 
 means be spoken of as common. The most that can 
 be said is that it is not uncommon in many parts of 
 Scotland, and that it is taken in several localities in the 
 five or six northern counties of England, and commonly 
 at a few spots, such as Castle Eden Dene, in Durham, 
 and Grange, in Lancashire. 
 
140 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The eggs are laid at the end of the summer, and 
 hatch in about a fortnight. The young larvae feed on 
 several kinds of grass till, after the second moult, they 
 hibernate about October. They are full-fed at the end 
 of the following June, and the imago is on the wing 
 in July and August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 144) is stout, thickest in the middle, and 
 tapering towards both extremities, the anal one being 
 slightly bifid. The segments, which are not very distinct, 
 are subdivided into five sections. The body is covered 
 with small warts, emitting tiny hairs. The ground-colour 
 is whitish-brown ; there is a dark medio-o!orsal line, 
 bordered with a tint paler than the ground-colour. On 
 each side below this is a pale stripe, bordered below 
 with a darker margin. The spiracles are black, and the 
 legs and claspers resemble in colouring the rest of the 
 body. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 145) has been described by Buckler 
 as about |in. in length, the wing-cases being long, the 
 body stout, especially in the middle, tapering to the tail, 
 and ending in a blunt, flat spike. The thorax is rounded, 
 and the head and eye-cases are prominent. At first the 
 anterior part of the body is pinkish-grey, and the posterior 
 dull yellow with dark dorsal stripe and other lines, and 
 spiracles also as in the larva ; but later the anterior part 
 changes to a dark brown. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Fig. 142) are convex, as is also the hind-margin; the hind- 
 wings are very slightly scalloped. The fringe is rather 
 light. The ground-colour is a deep chocolate-brown 
 crossed on each wing by a band of a coppery colour. 
 This contains on the fore-wings four black spots, usually 
 white-centred, the third from the costal margin being less 
 constant than the others. On the hind-wings the nervures 
 
PARARGE EGERIA. 141 
 
 divide the band into compartments, in which may be 
 found about four somewhat indistinct eye-spots. The 
 under-surface (Fig. 143) of the fore-wings resembles very 
 closely the upper surface. The hind-wings show four 
 bands of different shades of brown parallel to the 
 hind-margin. The second from the margin is lightest, 
 of a greyish colour, and contains about four tiny white 
 spots ; the next band inwards is the darkest. A long 
 series of this butterfly should be obtained if possible, 
 for it is subject to considerable variation, especially in 
 the eye-spots. The female is lighter than the male, 
 especially on the under-surface and in the coppery band 
 on the upper surface. 
 
 Pararge, Hub. 
 
 The genus Pararge contains two species, egeria and 
 megcera, about equal in size and similar in markings, 
 though egeria is much darker than the other. They 
 have hairy eyes. 
 
 P. egeria, Linn. (Speckled Wood Butterfly, Wood 
 Lady, or Wood Argus) (Figs. 146 to 149), is a sober- 
 tinted butterfly of middle size. It is a wood-loving 
 insect, to be found in suitable districts throughout 
 England and the south of Scotland. It is, perhaps, 
 not so common as is generally supposed. 
 
 The eggs, which are laid singly late in the summer, 
 are hatched in less than a fortnight. When partly 
 grown the young larvae hibernate, and they are full-fed 
 about the end of March. The pupae may be found 
 early in April, and the imagines come out towards the 
 end of the month. There appears to be a summer 
 brood also, which produces the larvae that live through 
 the winter. 
 
I 4 2 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 147) is about iin. or rather more in 
 length. The head is large, and the body tapers towards 
 both extremities, the anal one being bifid. The divisions 
 between the segments are rather distinct, the segments 
 themselves being subdivided into sections. The surface 
 of the head and body is covered with tiny points and 
 
 148 
 
 146 
 
 147 
 
 149 
 
 PARARGE EGERIA. 
 
 short, stiff hairs. The colour of head, body, legs, and 
 claspers is green, inclining sometimes to a brownish tinge. 
 There is a dark medio-dorsal stripe with light yellowish- 
 white margins, and another resembling it on each side. 
 The spiracles are not conspicuous. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 146), of the usual shape of the group 
 to which it belongs, is either dull green or brown in 
 
PARARGE MEG^ERA. 143 
 
 colour, and marked with dark brown on the wings and 
 dorsal surface, the latter also bearing a few whitish dots. 
 The skin of the caterpillar usually remains attached to 
 the anal extremity of the pupa. 
 
 The imago (Fig. 148) has the costal margin of the 
 fore-wings convex, and the hind-margin nearly straight ; 
 the hind-wings are rather deeply scalloped. The 
 ground-colour of the upper surface is a dull smoky 
 brown, with pale yellow spots, about ten on the fore- 
 wings arranged as in Fig. 148, and six on the hind-wings 
 arranged as follows : one on the costal margin, one near 
 the centre of the wing, and four along the hind-margin. 
 There is a white-centred, black eye-spot near the tip of 
 the fore-wings, and four (one in each of the marginal 
 spots) occur on the hind-wings; but the white centre is 
 usually not present in all four. The under-surface (Fig. 149) 
 somewhat resembles the upper, but is paler, and the 
 markings are less distinct, except the eye-spot on the fore- 
 wings, which is as distinct as that on the upper surface. 
 
 P. megaera, Linn. (Wall Butterfly, Speckled Wall 
 Butterfly, or Gatekeeper) (Figs. 150 to 154). Why this 
 species is called the Gatekeeper, it is hard to say. 
 That it is speckled is certainly true ; but probably many 
 a collector will have made its acquaintance a consider- 
 able time before seeing why the name Wall Butterfly has 
 been bestowed upon it. On one occasion I was parti- 
 cularly struck with the appropriateness of this title. On 
 the top of a hill near Cheltenham one or two Megaeras 
 were disporting themselves flitting from one side to the 
 other of an old wall, while I noticed no others round 
 about. On visiting the same spot a day or two after- 
 wards my friends were still haunting the same individual 
 bit of wall. This lively little butterfly should, however, 
 usually be sought for along sunny lanes and hedgerows, 
 
144 THR BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 and it seems to have a special liking for bits of broken 
 limestone country. It is a fairly common butterfly 
 throughout England and Wales. 
 
 Megcera is double-brooded ; the eggs are laid on grass 
 for the first brood about the end of May. The larvae 
 resulting therefrom are full-fed about mid-July, in which 
 month the pupae are to be found, and the butterflies 
 in August. These butterflies lay eggs again, but the 
 larvae, after feeding for a time, hibernate, and re- 
 commence feeding in early spring ; the chrysalis may 
 be found in April, and the perfect insect is out in 
 May. 
 
 The caterpillar (Fig. 150), which is slightly stouter in 
 the middle, has the anal extremity bifid. The segments 
 are transversely divided into six sections on the dorsal 
 surface. The head and body are covered with tiny 
 warts, each emitting a short hair. The colour is bright 
 green, the head being of a slightly darker shade. There 
 is generally a medio-dorsal stripe a little darker than the 
 body-colour; below this on each side is an indistinct 
 stripe, and below this again a pale stripe. The claspers 
 are green, the legs almost colourless, and the tips of 
 the anal points pink. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 151), which is suspended by the anal 
 extremity, is stout. It is slightly angled, both dorsally 
 and laterally, and there is a double series of six points 
 on the dorsal surface. The ground-colour is bright 
 green, the angles and points being white, tinged with 
 yellow. The pupa is sometimes dark brown. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 152 and 154) has the costal margin 
 convex and the hind-margin of the fore-wings nearly 
 straight. The hind-wings are slightly scalloped. The 
 ground-colour of the upper surface is a rich orange- 
 brown, sometimes darker in the male. All the wings 
 
PARARGE MEG^ERA. 
 
 145 
 
 have a brown margin, and there are two-and-a-half zigzag 
 brown bands across the fore-wings. The base of the hind- 
 
 PARARGE MEG.^RA. 
 
 wings is brown, and there is a brown band outside this 
 patch. In the light band between this and the brown 
 
 L 
 
146 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 margin are four black eye-spots, some, or all, having a 
 white centre. Near the tip of the fore-wings there is also 
 a large, white-centred eye-spot, and often a second tiny 
 one occurs still nearer the tip. A brown band, present 
 in the male only, across the centre of the fore-wings, 
 parallel to the hind-margin, distinguishes the sexes. 
 Compare Figs. 152 and 154. 
 
 The under-surface (Fig. 153) of the fore-wings closely 
 resembles that of the upper surface of the female, except 
 that the eye-spot is surrounded by a narrow line. The 
 under-surface of the hind-wings constitutes the chief 
 beauty of the insect ; it forms a rich network of brown 
 on a yellowish-grey surface and there is a row of six 
 eye-spots parallel with the hind-margin, the spot nearest 
 the anal angle being double-centred. The black spots 
 with white centres are surrounded first by a yellow ring, 
 then by a brown one, then again by a yellow one, and 
 lastly by a second brown one, producing an effect which 
 must be seen to be appreciated. 
 
 Satyrus, Bdv. 
 
 The genus Satyrus contains but one British species, 
 ,S. serne/e, and this even has been placed by some in one 
 genus Hipparchia with the three butterflies that are now 
 usually grouped together in genus Epinephele. The tips 
 of the antennae of S. semele are more rounded than is the 
 case with most of the members of the Ringlet group. 
 
 S. semele, Linn. (Grayling, or Rock-eyed Underwing) 
 (Figs. 155 to 158), is a rather handsome member of the 
 somewhat sombre group of butterflies to which it belongs ; 
 but its chief beauty is to be found on the under-surface. 
 It is, moreover, the largest of the group, female specimens 
 sometimes measuring almost 3in. from tip to tip of the 
 fore-wings. The Grayling's flight, jerky with frequent rests, 
 
SATYRUS SEMELE. 
 
 147 
 
 closely resembles that of the Meadow Brown; but when 
 actually flying it certainly does move somewhat faster than 
 
 SATYRUS SEMELE. 
 
 that insect. There is, however, little difficulty in catching 
 it, unless it should disappear from view when it rests, and 
 
 L 2 
 
148 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 closes its wings on a spot of bare ground. This it is 
 continually doing, and the colour and markings of the 
 under-surface of the wings harmonise so well with the 
 ground, that the insect, when it settles, seems suddenly 
 to have vanished. When bare ground or rock is absent, 
 it sometimes rests upon the fir-tree trunks where these 
 abound. Here we have clearly yet another instance of 
 resemblance to some natural object acquired as a means 
 of protection. 
 
 Semele should be looked for on heaths, in rocky spots, 
 and in other similar uncultivated places, or on high 
 and poor pastures. It cannot be called a common 
 butterfly, though it appears to be distributed throughout 
 the British Isles, and is taken in most of the English 
 counties in suitable localities. 
 
 The eggs are laid about July. The young larvae 
 hibernate at the roots of the grass when quite small, 
 re-appear in late spring, and are full-fed about June, in 
 which month the chrysalis may be found. The imago 
 emerges at the end of June or in July, and continues 
 on the wing till the beginning of September. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 158) is about i$in. in length. It tapers 
 towards both extremities, but especially towards the anal 
 one, which is bifid. The body is practically smooth and 
 yellowish-drab in colour, speckled with very tiny dark 
 marks. There is an almost black medio-dorsal stripe, 
 followed by three other dark stripes on each side, the 
 second being widest and edged with black above and a pale 
 tint below ; the third, which is situated below the spiracles, 
 is very narrow. These stripes are continued on the head. 
 
 The pupa is very smooth, rounded, and swollen, and 
 of a bright reddish-brown colour. The larva sometimes, 
 possibly always, changes to the pupa state below the 
 surface of the ground. 
 
EPINEPHELE IANIRA. 149 
 
 The imago (Figs. 155 to 157) has the costal margin of 
 the fore-wings convex, and the hind-margin nearly straight. 
 The hind-wings are scalloped. The fringe of all the wings 
 is pale, and so is the costal margin of the female. The 
 ground-colour of the upper surface is a rather warm 
 brown, darker along the hind-margin of all the wings. 
 Within this margin is a lighter band, vague in the male, 
 and distinct though not of uniform shade and width in 
 the female. On the female, too, this' light band is again 
 bordered within by a darker shade. As in many species 
 of this group, the male has a darker band (in this case 
 indistinct) across the fore-wings. Both sexes have two 
 black spots, sometimes white-centred, on the lighter part 
 of the fore-wings. On the under-surface (Fig. 156) the 
 fore-wings are of a yellowish tint, except the hind and 
 costal margins, which are brown ; the two eye-spots are 
 repeated, and there is a dark patch about half-way along 
 the costal margin. The hind-wings have a brindled 
 arrangement of black and brown, with a very irregular 
 light band across the entire wing, roughly parallel to the 
 hind-margin. This species is subject to little variation 
 except in size. 
 
 Epinephele, Hub. 
 
 The genus Epinephele contains three species : E. ianira, 
 . tithonuS) and E. hyperanthes, all, the first especially, 
 being common, but sombre, summer butterflies, with a 
 weak, uncertain flight. 
 
 E. ianira, Linn. (Meadow Brown) (Figs. 159 to 163), 
 is the particularly common brown butterfly that in the 
 summer months confronts us at every turn, and, I fear, 
 too often meets with the contempt due to familiarity, which 
 is the fate of most common things ; and certainly its quaker 
 garb of simple though harmonious browns does not tend to 
 
150 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 revive an interest which its plentifulness has destroyed. The 
 collector will nevertheless need to take a large number 
 of specimens, and that for two reasons. In the first place 
 the wings are very fragile, and a small amount of wear 
 usually makes them ragged and the insect unfit for the 
 cabinet. Again, the male differs considerably from the 
 female, and both are subject to a good deal of variation, 
 especially in the depth of the ground-colour. 
 
 The Meadow Brown has a very weak, fluttering style 
 of flight, so that it would be the easiest thing in the 
 world to catch it were it not for its habit of settling 
 every few moments. In this it is wise, for no sooner 
 are its wings closed than it seems to disappear, so closely 
 does the under-surface of the wings resemble in colour 
 the bare ground or the ripening grass of the summer fields. 
 
 The eggs are laid on grass in July or a short time 
 before or after, and hatch in a little under a fortnight. 
 It is not long, however, before the young larvae retire 
 to the roots of the grass to hibernate. They re-appear 
 in May, and are full-fed at the beginning of June, early 
 in which month the chrysalides may be found. The 
 perfect insects begin to appear in the second half of 
 June, and are on the wing till August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 160), which is about liin. in length, 
 has a large head, and a forked tail tinged with pink. 
 There is a slight lateral skin-fold, with an edge lighter 
 than the ground-colour, which is bright green, somewhat 
 lighter on the dorsal surface and darker on the ventral. 
 There is a medio-dorsal dark stripe, as well as slight 
 traces of subdorsal ones. The segments are not clearly 
 marked, nor are the sections into which they are divided. 
 The body is covered with short white hairs. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 159) is stout and but little angled; the 
 anterior extremity is slightly two-eared. The ground- 
 
EPINEPHELE IANIRA. 
 
 colour is pale yellowish-green, touched in places with 
 whitish-yellow. The markings, which vary in intensity, 
 
 159 
 
 163 Female. 
 
 EPINEPHELE IANIRA. 
 
 are brown, and consist of two dorsal and one or two 
 lateral lines of spots, sometimes united, three longitudinal 
 
152 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 streaks on the wing-cases, and a few dots on the cases 
 of the antennae and tongue. The skin sometimes, perhaps 
 always, remains attached to the anal extremity of the 
 pupa, which is not always suspended. 
 
 The costal margin of the imago (Figs. 161 to 163) is 
 convex, the hind-margin of the fore-wings is nearly straight, 
 and the hind-wings are scalloped. The ground-colour is a 
 dark, smoky brown, sometimes extremely dark in the male 
 (Fig. 161), and often varying in the opposite direction in 
 the female (Fig. 163). In the former sex the fore-wings have 
 on their upper surface, near the centre, an orange tinge, 
 which in the female becomes a bright patch, often covering 
 half the wing. The male usually has further an ill-defined 
 dark bar stretching from the base of the fore-wings half- 
 way to their tip. Both sexes bear near the tip of the fore- 
 wings a white-centred black eye-spot, sometimes inclined 
 to be double, within a pale ring in the male and the 
 orange patch in the female. The colouring of the 
 upper surface of the hind-wings is nearly uniform, but 
 there is usually a broad somewhat lighter band, clearer 
 in the female, parallel to the hind-margin. The markings 
 of the under-surface (Fig. 162) are extremely similar to 
 those of the upper surface but much lighter, and the 
 paler band on the hind-wings is more conspicuous, and 
 often contains two or three black spots, representing the 
 eye-spots on most of the butterflies of this group. Besides 
 the variations mentioned, specimens sometimes occur with 
 patches almost white in colour on one or more of the 
 wings; and the distinctions between the male and the 
 female are sometimes almost or quite obliterated. It 
 will thus be clear, as was mentioned above, that a long 
 series will be required for the cabinet, and though each 
 individual may be of little worth in itself, yet a good 
 series may be very valuable indeed. 
 
EPINEPHELE TITHONUS. 
 
 153 
 
 E. tithonus, Linn. (Large Heath, Gatekeeper, or Small 
 Meadow Brown) (Figs. 164 to 167). The first English 
 title is usually employed, for P. megcera is sometimes called 
 
 164 
 
 1 66 
 
 EPINEPHELE TITHONUS. 
 
 the Gatekeeper, and the term Small Meadow Brown is too 
 likely to cause confusion between this butterfly 'and its 
 congener ianira. E. tithonus falls an easy prey to the 
 
154 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 collector's net, for its flight is particularly weak. It should, 
 however, be noticed that it has a special liking for bramble- 
 blossoms, and a careless stroke at a butterfly on such a 
 perch usually results in an unsightly rent in the net. 
 Though the insect before us is not so fragile as E. 
 ianira or E. hyperanthes, a large number of specimens 
 will need to be taken, for like them it varies considerably 
 in size, depth of colouring, and in the number and 
 development of the eye-spots. Though not by any means 
 so universally plentiful as ianira it is a fairly common 
 butterfly in most parts of England, and is found in the 
 south of Scotland. It should be sought for on heaths, 
 by the sides of brambly hedgerows, and in dry fields. 
 
 The eggs are laid on grass in July, and the young 
 larvae appear in August. After feeding for a time they 
 retire, while still quite small, to the roots of the food- 
 plant to hibernate. In May they recommence feeding. 
 They pupate at the end of June, and the perfect insects 
 may be found in July, August, and even September. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 164) is slightly spindle-shaped and has 
 two points at the anal extremity. Both head and body are 
 beset with rough points, each of which emits a short, stiff 
 hair. The segments may be clearly distinguished, and 
 each is transversely divided into sections. The colour is 
 either some tint of green usually dull, or pale brown, the 
 head being tinged with pink. There is a dark medio-dorsal 
 stripe, as well as on each side two pale ones bordered 
 above with a darker tint. 
 
 The stout pupa, less than iin. in length, is pale drab in 
 colour, considerably marked with brown. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 165 to 167) has the costal margin of 
 the fore-wings convex, the hind-margin of the fore-wings 
 nearly .straight, and the hind-margin of the hind-wings 
 scalloped. The ground-colour of the upper surface is a 
 
EPINEPHELE HYPERANTHES. 155 
 
 rich sienna-brown, usually darker in the male. The wings 
 are broadly bordered with brown, of which there is also 
 a patch at the base of the hind-wings. In the male a 
 band of the same colour stretches nearly across the fore- 
 wings almost parallel to the hind-margin. Near the tip 
 of the fore-wings is a black eye-spot with" two white 
 eyes, and sometimes between this spot and the inner 
 margin may be seen one or two black spots, evidently 
 an indication of the more numerous eye-spots in some 
 other butterflies of this group. There is usually a small 
 white-centred eye-spot near the anal angle of the hind- 
 wings, and occasionally one or two black spots as 
 on the fore-wings. Specimens taken with these extra 
 spots should of course be preserved. On the under- 
 surface (Fig. 166) the colouring of the fore-wings closely 
 resembles that of the upper surface. On the hind-wings, 
 the base and the centre of the hind-margin are brown ; 
 the rest of the wing is greyish-brown, containing about 
 five rather indistinct brown eye-spots with white eyes. 
 
 E. hyperanthes, Linn. (Ringlet, or Wood Ringlet) 
 (Figs. 1 68 to 171), is a dark butterfly, about equal in size 
 to ianirci) and often seen flying with it. It is not, 
 however, found everywhere, like ianira, though it is 
 common, and widely distributed. It may be obtained in 
 the southern part of Scotland and in Ireland, as well as 
 locally throughout England. E. hyperanthes haunts woods 
 and shady hedge-rows. It may be easily caught, for its 
 flight is very weak, but specimens for the cabinet should 
 be taken as soon as possible after they have left the 
 chrysalis, for scarcely any butterfly so quickly loses its 
 freshness as the one before us. Owing to the great varia- 
 tion in the eye-spots, a rather long series will be required. 
 
 The eggs are laid singly in July and August on 
 various species of grass. The young larva grows but 
 
156 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 little before hibernating. It recommences feeding in 
 early spring, and is full-fed at the beginning of June. 
 The chrysalis may be found during the same month, and 
 the imago is out during July and August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 168), which is of the form common to 
 this group of butterflies, is very pale brown in colour. 
 There is a medio-dorsal darker brown stripe, and the rest 
 of the dorsal surface is marked irregularly with the same 
 colour. The head, which is rough and hairy, bears three 
 faint brown stripes on each side. The skin-fold above 
 the legs and claspers is nearly white and edged with 
 hairs.; the spiracles are black. The segments are distinctly 
 divided into sections. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 169), which is suspended by the anal 
 extremity, has much the same ground-colour as the larva 
 pale brown. The cases of the wings and antenna? arc- 
 nicely marked with darker brown, and the dorsal surface 
 is ornamented with spots, both large and small, of the 
 same colour. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 170 and 171) has the costal margin 
 convex, and the hind-margin of the fore-wings slightly so ; 
 the hind-wings are scalloped, but not so distinctly as in 
 ianira. The ground-colour of the upper surface is an ex- 
 tremely uniform dark blackish-brown ; that of the under- 
 surface is brown also, but of a lighter and warmer tinge ; 
 the fringe is white. The only adornment is a series of 
 beautiful eye-spots, parallel to the hind-margin of the wings, 
 and most conspicuous on the under-surface (Fig. 171). 
 They are black, with white centres, and surrounded with a 
 very pale yellow ring. The usual number is two on the fore- 
 wings, and five on the hind ones ; but some or all may 
 be indistinct or absent. A third may often be found 
 below the other two on the fore-wings, and the second 
 one, reckoning from the costal margin on the hind-wings, 
 
CCENONYMPHA. 
 
 157 
 
 may have a small one attached to it below. On the upper 
 surface the eye-spots are generally inconspicuous (often 
 invisible, especially in the male), the yellow bordering 
 being usually faint, and the white centre absent from 
 most of the spots. 
 
 169 
 
 Female. 
 EPINEPHELE HYPERANTHES 
 
 Ccenonympha, Hilb.; Chortobius, Guenee. 
 
 Cainonympha, the last genus of the Ringlet group, is 
 represented in Britain by two species, C. typhon and 
 C. pamphilus, which are probably the least conspicuous 
 for beauty among the small company of our butterflies, 
 though the former sometimes rises from this mediocrity 
 when it chances to appear with well-developed eye-spots 
 
158 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 on the under-surface of the wings. This species is, 
 indeed, subject to great variation, while the other, 
 pamphilus, is particularly constant. 
 
 C. typhon, Rott. ; C. davus, Fabr. (Figs. 172 to 175), 
 in common parlance usually goes by the name of the 
 Marsh Ringlet ; it is, however, sometimes called the Small 
 Ringlet, but as this name has also been by some 
 bestowed on E. epiphron, it would probably be well if it 
 were dropped for both, especially as C. pamphilus 
 deserves the name better than either. 
 
 C. typhon is a northern butterfly, frequenting "mosses" 
 or swampy spots on moors and heaths. In Scotland it 
 is often found at considerable elevations, one authority 
 mentioning its occurrence at a height of more than 
 2oooft, above the sea. It is well-known in Ireland, but 
 seems to be absent from the Isle of Man. It is found 
 in North Wales and in suitable spots in the northern 
 half of England (its southern limit being Burton-on- 
 Trent), while it appears to be rather common in 
 Scotland. 
 
 The eggs are laid singly about the end of June, on 
 the White Beak-rush (Rhynchospora alba\ and maybe on 
 one of the Cotton-grasses (Eriophorum\ which has 
 also been mentioned as a food-plant of the larva. The 
 caterpillars come out in about a fortnight and, after 
 feeding for a month or so, hibernate till the next spring. 
 They are full-fed at the end of May, and in the next 
 month the chrysalis may be found. The imago is on 
 the wing from early in June till the end of July, and 
 sometimes in August and September. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 173) has been described as having a 
 wide head covered with tiny warts, and the body tapering 
 somewhat to the bifid tail. The surface is nearly smooth, 
 and the colour brightish green, the body being striped 
 
CGENONYMPHA TYPHON. 
 
 159 
 
 but not the head. There is a medio-dorsal bluish-green 
 stripe, bordered on each side by a narrow yellow one. 
 There are also two lateral yellow stripes, one above and 
 the other below the spiracles. The stripe above the 
 spiracles is bordered on each side with dark green. The 
 legs and claspers, as well as the ventral surface, are dark 
 green. 
 
 172 
 
 COENONYMPHA TYPHON. 
 
 According to Newman, the chrysalis (Fig. 172), which 
 is suspended from the edge of a leaf of the food-plant, 
 is just slightly angled and keeled. The colour is princi- 
 pally bright green, speckled with a whitish-green. The 
 wing-cases are brownish, with a couple of longitudinal 
 darker marks. 
 
 All the wings of the imago (Figs. 174 and 175) are 
 rounded, and the costal margin of the fore-wings is slightly 
 
l6o THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 convex. The fringe is white. The ground-colour is pale 
 drab-brown, somewhat brighter than elsewhere in the 
 central part of the fore-wings. On the under-surface (Fig. 
 175) the wings are still lighter, the hind-wings and the 
 margins of the fore-wings being ash-coloured. On this 
 surface, too, there is a whitish line backed with a darker 
 tint across the fore-wings, and on the hind-wings an 
 irregular one of the same colour starting from the costal 
 margin and stretching half-way or more across the wing. 
 The females are usually lighter than the males, and have 
 a pale mark across the middle of the fore-wings on the 
 upper surface. So far, individuals are pretty constant in 
 their colouring and markings, but we have still to 
 describe the eye-spots, and in these perhaps no member 
 of the Ringlet group is more variable. They may be 
 practically absent from the upper surface, and nearly or 
 quite so from the lower ; or they may be very fully 
 developed on the under-surface. and as many as four in 
 number on the fore-wings and seven on the hind ones, 
 though the numbers are generally two and six. When 
 the eye-spots show at all on the upper surface they are, 
 as a rule, two on the fore-wings and four on the hind 
 ones. The spots are as usual black, with white centres, 
 and surrounded by a pale ring. The variety with the well- 
 developed eye-spots, whose home seems to be in the 
 north of England, is sometimes called philoxenus, Esper, 
 or rothliebiy Staudinger. 
 
 C. pamphilus, Linn. (Figs. 176 to 179), is usually, in 
 non-scientific language, called the Small Heath, though it 
 has another name, not, however, a good one Least 
 Meadow Brown. It is a small butterfly, particularly 
 common and very constant in its colour and markings. 
 It no doubt prefers heaths, downs, commons, and similar 
 situations, but is by no means limited to them ; indeed, it 
 
CCENONYMPHA PAMPHILUS. l6l 
 
 would be hardly possible to have a day with the net and 
 not meet with a Small Heath. But though our little 
 friend is common, and particularly sober-tinted, it has 
 one very great merit, it appears early in the spring, and 
 lingers, with the Small Copper for a companion, till quite 
 late in the autumn, when the majority of the butterfly 
 tribe are either dead or laid-up for their winter sleep. 
 
 No localities need be given for so ubiquitous a butter- 
 fly as the Small Heath; it is found throughout the 
 
 178 
 
 176 ^w 
 
 177 
 
 i?9 
 COZNONYMPHA PAMPHILUS. 
 
 British Isles, the Scotch specimens being finer than those 
 produced farther south. Its flight is extremely weak, 
 and the veriest novice with the net could scarcely find 
 much difficulty in procuring specimens ; but it has the 
 habit, common to many of the Ringlet tribe, of suddenly 
 stopping in its flight, when, on closing its wings, it often 
 seems to disappear as if by magic, in which case its 
 pursuer would scarcely stay to search for it, but would 
 look out for the next comer. 
 
 M 
 
162 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The eggs are laid on several species of grass in May 
 and June. The larvae hatch out in about a fortnight 
 and are full-fed in a month that is to say, usually 
 towards the end of July. The imago would thus appear 
 in August. The earlier brood must no doubt have 
 passed the winter in the larval state. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 176) decreases in girth towards the anal 
 extremity, which is bifid. Oil the back, each segment 
 is divided into transverse sections, which are sprinkled 
 with tiny points. The body is bright green, with a pale- 
 bordered, medio-dorsal, darker green stripe. On each side 
 is a pair of dark green stripes, bordered below with 
 yellowish-green, the lower stripe containing the light 
 brown spiracles. The head is dull green, the anal points 
 are pink, and the legs are tinged with the same colour, 
 while the claspers resemble in tint the ventral surface. 
 
 The chrysalis (Fig. 177), which is suspended by the 
 anal extremity, is bright green, sprinkled with white dots, 
 and the wing-cases bear a dark brown stripe edged with 
 white. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 178 and 179) has all the wings rounded 
 and edged with a pale fringe; the costal margin of the fore- 
 wings is convex. The ground-colour of the upper surface 
 (Fig. 178) is a pale drab-brown, similar to that of the last 
 butterfly, its congener ; but the wings in the butterfly before 
 us have darker brown margins. Near the tip of the fore- 
 wings is a black spot, often indistinct, within a ring slightly 
 paler than the ground-colour. The under-surface (Fig. 179) 
 of the fore-wings closely resembles the upper ; but the black 
 spot has a white centre, and is situated in a bright yellow 
 ring, while a dark line stretches from the costal margin a 
 good way across the wing nearer the base. The hind- 
 wings are ashen-grey, dark near the base, and paler near 
 the hind-margin. Between these two colours is an 
 
COENONYMPHA PAMPHILUS. 
 
 I6 3 
 
 irregular white mark, stretching from the costal margin 
 half-way across the wing. Outside this is a row of about 
 four tiny white spots, each within an inconspicuous brown 
 patch. 
 
 The Small Heath is not subject to much variation, and 
 the male does not materially differ from the female. 
 
 M 2 
 
CHAPTER IV. 
 
 LYC/EN I D/E. 
 
 Thecla, Fabr. (The Hairstreaks). 
 
 DISTINCT group of five small or middle- 
 sized butterflies comprises the genus Thecla 
 7! betuke, T. W-album, T. pritni, T. 
 quercus, and T. rubi. In shape, the perfect 
 insects bear a considerable resemblance to 
 one another. All the species have, near the anal angle 
 of the hind-wings, a more or less developed tail, 
 though not pronounced in the case of T. rubi, and all 
 except the same butterfly are marked on the under-surface 
 with whitish streaks, whence the genus obtains its English 
 name. Both sexes of the imago possess six perfect legs 
 adapted for walking. The larvae are all onisciform (or 
 woodlouse-shaped) ; the head can be entirely withdrawn 
 into the second segment, and the body is so much spread 
 out at the sides that the legs and claspers are quite con- 
 cealed. The stout, rounded pupa is, normally, attached 
 by the tail, and girt. The food-plant is some bush or 
 forest tree, to whose twigs the eggs are attached in the 
 autumn, there to remain intact till the following spring. 
 
THECLA BETUL^E. 165 
 
 except in the case of rubi which passes the winter at 
 the pupal stage. 
 
 T. betulae, Linn. (Brown Hairstreak, or Thecla of the 
 Birch) (Figs. 180 to 184), is the largest of the genus, 
 sometimes expanding more than i^in. from tip to tip of 
 the fore-wings. Although the specific name is derived 
 
 THECLA 
 
 from the Birch (Hetula alba), the Sloe (Prunus spinosa) 
 is as often as not selected as the food-plant, and on 
 that the caterpillar may be fed in captivity. While 
 the Brown Hairstreak has a liking for oak-woods, it also 
 frequently leaves them, giving the collector a sight of its 
 charms as it flits along some country hedgerow, enticing 
 him forward in pursuit. Though there are many localities 
 
1 66 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES, 
 
 in suitable situations up and down England where this 
 butterfly may be taken, yet it is well worth capturing, 
 for it can seldom be described as common. It is 
 present in Ireland, but does not appear to be found 
 in Scotland. 
 
 The eggs are laid in the autumn in September or 
 even October and are firmly attached to the twigs of 
 the food-plant. They remain unbroken till the spring, 
 when the young larvae appear, and feed in May and 
 June, at the end of which month or beginning of the 
 next the pupae may be found. The imago is on the wing 
 from July till September, sometimes continuing even 
 into October. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 180) is woodlouse-shaped, the dorsal 
 surface being arched and sloping abruptly towards the 
 head, but gradually towards the anal extremity. The 
 sides are very much dilated towards the ventral surface, 
 and the brown head is retractile within the second seg- 
 ment. The segments are deeply and clearly separated 
 from one another. The dilatation and dorsal ridge bear 
 pale, stiff hairs. The ground-colour is bright green, 
 marked with two whitish-yellow lines on each side and 
 two oblique lines of the same colour on both sides of 
 each segment. One pair of lines is dorsal, and the other 
 pair runs along the dilatation below the yellowish-white 
 spiracles. The ventral surface, legs, and claspers are 
 greenish. The caterpillar, from which this description 
 was made, a day or so before turning became pale ashen- 
 purple in ground-colour while the markings became quite 
 white. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 181), which sometimes at least is un- 
 suspended and has the last skin attached to the anal 
 extremity, is short, unangled, and dark brown in colour. 
 The wing-cases and anterior extremity are freckled with 
 
THECLA W-ALBUM. 167 
 
 paler brown, and the spiracles are of the same tint, 
 which also appears at the divisions between the abdo- 
 minal segments. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 182 to 184) has the costal margin 
 nearly straight, the hind-margin of the fore-wings simple 
 and not far from straight, while that of the hind-wings is 
 scalloped ; the fringe is white. The hind-wings bear a 
 square projection at the anal angle, and a slightly-curved 
 tail at the extremity of the next nervure. The ground- 
 colour of the upper surface is a deep sepia-brown, with 
 a short black streak, which also shows on the under- 
 surface, across the discoidal cell of the fore-wings. Outside 
 this is a small patch paler than the ground-colour, which 
 in the female (Fig. 183) becomes a broad, curved orange 
 bar, stretching nearly across the fore-wings, and in the 
 same sex some traces of it are also to be found on the 
 hind-wings. The tail and projection are reddish-brown 
 (more distinct in the female), edged with black inside 
 the white fringe. The under-surface (Fig. 184) has a 
 ground-colour of rich greyish orange-brown, not however 
 of uniform tint. On the fore-wings is a darker brown 
 bar parallel to the hind-margin, decreasing in width as 
 it recedes from the costal margin. It has a dark outer 
 edge succeeded by a white line ; this bordering is also 
 repeated less distinctly on the inner edge of the streak. 
 On the hind-wings is a broader irregular band similar 
 in direction and colouring to that on the fore-wings. 
 Within the fringe on the hind-wings is a blackish line, 
 and within this again a red band with three black 
 spots, two being on the anal projection. The legs and 
 ventral surface of the body are white. 
 
 T. W-album, Knoch (White-letter Hairstreak, some- 
 times called Black Hairstreak) (Figs. 185 to 187) is not 
 one of our common butterflies, though it is less scarce 
 
1 68 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 than formerly, and has in places occurred profusely 
 notably, near Ripley, in 1827. Like many another butter- 
 fly, it has a liking for bramble-blossoms, and may there 
 be sought, though it often soars aloft over the elm-trees 
 on which, maybe, its youth was passed. 
 
 Though possibly not a Scotch or Irish butterfly, it is 
 fairly well distributed in England, having been taken in 
 the following counties at least : York, Derby, Nottingham, 
 Stafford, Shropshire, Lincoln, Warwick, Northampton, 
 Suffolk, Cambridge, Hereford, Huntingdon, Buckingham, 
 Gloucester, Worcester, Dorset, Somerset, Berks, Hamp- 
 shire, Surrey, Sussex, Oxon., Middlesex, Kent, Wilts., 
 Essex, and Glamorgan. 
 
 The eggs are laid in late summer or autumn on the 
 bark of one of our two native elm-trees, the Wych Elm 
 (Ulmus montana) and the Common Elm (U. campestris). 
 They hatch in the spring, and the caterpillars may 
 be beaten from the above trees in May and June. The 
 imago appears in June, and is on the wing till August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 185) is shaped like the rest of its 
 genus, the black, shining head being retractile within 
 the second segment. Fine hairs are to be found over 
 the whole of the body, which is bright green in colour, 
 the ridges on the back being yellowish. Each segment 
 bears on each side two pale yellowish oblique lines. 
 The divisions between the segments are distinct. 
 
 Such in substance is Newman's description in "British 
 Butterflies," but in The Entomologist- for 1873, tne 
 same authority describes the larva as dingy-brown 
 dorsally, approaching to red-brown on the sides, and to 
 green in the interspaces of the segments. The ventral 
 area is also greenish. On each side of each segment 
 are two oblique and very ill-defined stripes of a paler 
 shade. Legs -and claspers are pale dingy-green. Buckler 
 
THECLA W-ALBUM. 
 
 169 
 
 gives two figures, practically agreeing in detail with the 
 two descriptions respectively. 
 
 In the same article in The Entomologist the pupa 
 is described as obese and moth-like without angles ; 
 the head rounded and the anal segment incurved and 
 invisible from above. The thorax and abdomen are 
 hairy. The colour of the dorsal or hairy area is reddish- 
 
 186 
 
 THECLA W-ALBUM. 
 
 brown, with a rather broad, medio-dorsal stripe com- 
 mencing behind the thorax and extending to the anal 
 segment. On each side of the dorsal surface of each 
 segment is an oblique whitish mark. The colour of 
 the ventral or smooth portion of the pupa is olive-green 
 at first, but gradually becomes darker and almost black. 
 The costal margin of the imago (Figs. 186 and 187) is 
 nearly straight, the hind-margin is rounded, being very 
 slightly convex. The hind-wings are somewhat scalloped, 
 
1 70 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 the anal angle bearing a roundish projection, the nervure 
 next to it a long black tail, and the next one again a 
 short one ; the fringe is pale. The ground-colour of 
 the upper surface is a deep sepia-brown, and the pro- 
 jection at the anal angle bears a small orange-red spot. 
 It should be noticed that pruni has a series of orange 
 semilunar spots on the hind-wings, otherwise there is a 
 considerable resemblance between the upper surfaces of 
 the two butterflies. The ground-colour of the under- 
 surface (Fig. 187) of W-albnm is pale brown with a white 
 irregular streak across all the wings, that on the hind- 
 wings taking the form of a W. whence the specific name. 
 Outside this streak on the hind-wings is a bright red 
 band of arches bordered inwards with black, and then 
 with a slender white line. Outside the orange band is 
 a series of black spots and one blue one ; next follows a 
 slender white line, and then a black one just inside the 
 fringe. 
 
 T. pruni, Linn. (Dark Hairstreak or Thecla of the Sloe, 
 sometimes called the Black Hairstreak) (Figs. 188 to 190), 
 is by no means a common butterfly, and was, when first 
 discovered in England, early in the present century, 
 confused with T. W-album, which it somewhat closely 
 resembles, and for which, therefore, it is still liable to 
 be mistaken. 
 
 T. pruni is found neither in Ireland nor in Scotland, 
 and in but few counties in England and Wales, these 
 being Berks, Bucks, Hants, Derby, Huntingdon, Mon- 
 mouth, Northampton, and Suffolk. In some localities in 
 these, however, it is occasionally plentiful. 
 
 The eggs are laid in the autumn on twigs of the 
 Sloe (Prunus spinosd)\ they hatch in the spring, the larva 
 being found in May and June, the pupa in the latter 
 month, while the imago appears in June and July. 
 
THECLA PRUNI. 17 I 
 
 The larva (Fig. 188) is of the shape common to the 
 genus, the head, which is brown on the crown and 
 black at the mouth, is retractile within the second 
 segment. There is a shallow, longitudinal fissure down 
 the back, and the segments are distinctly marked. The 
 two ridges on the back, the collar round the second 
 segment, and the dilatations below the spiracles, are 
 fringed with hairs. The colour is pale green. There 
 
 189 
 
 THECLA PRUNI. 
 
 are oblique yellow lines on the segments, and the 
 spiracular region bears a yellow stripe. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Figs. 189 and 190) is nearly straight and the hind- 
 margin rounded. The hind-margin of the hind-wings is 
 slightly scalloped, the last nervure but one being con- 
 tinued into a rather long tail. The border of the wings 
 is black and the fringe whitish. The upper surface 
 (Fig. 189) is dark brown, with two or three semilunar 
 
172 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 orange-red spots near the anal angle of the hind-wings 
 and a tiny blue one at the very corner. The under- 
 surface (Fig. 190) is a light and brighter brown. Within 
 the black border is a fine, light line on the hind-wings, 
 and within this on the same wings is a row of semi- 
 circular black spots, largest near the anal angle, where 
 they are adorned with blue. Within these again is a 
 band of orange-red extending to the fore-wings, where it 
 decreases in width, and disappearing before reaching the 
 tip. This band is followed by a row of black spots, 
 edged towards the base of the wings with bluish-white ; 
 these spots also gradually disappear on the fore-wings. 
 Within these again is an interrupted white line, extending 
 across all the wings roughly parallel to the hind-margin. 
 
 T. quercus, Linn. (Purple Hairstreak, or Thecla of 
 the Oak) (Figs. 191 to 193), is the commonest species 
 of the genus. It is found throughout England, especially 
 in the south, and is well known in Ireland, as well as in 
 Scotland. Besides being the commonest of the genus, it 
 is undoubtedly the most beautiful ; the purple sheen, 
 when its wings are viewed in the proper light, reminding 
 one of the Purple Emperor. The Purple Hairstreak, too, 
 delights to frolic with its mates around the oaks (and 
 sometimes limes and ashes) in its woodland haunts. It 
 usually keeps well out of the way of the net among the 
 higher branches of the trees, but occasionally descends 
 within reach of its expectant foe. 
 
 In July the eggs are laid on the Oak (Quercus Robur) ; 
 they hatch in the following spring, and the larvae arc 
 full-fed in June, at the end of which month the chrysalides 
 may be found. The imago comes out in July and con- 
 tinues into August. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 191), which is of the usual onisciform 
 shape, has a retractile head and distinct divisions between 
 
THECLA QUERCUS. 
 
 173 
 
 the segments. The back is grooved, the sides are 
 dilated, and the whole body is covered with tiny hairs. 
 The colour is brown, the dorsal surface being lighter 
 and having a central dark line edged with yellow. The 
 seven central segments have a light streak with dark 
 edging below. The dilatation below the dark brown 
 spiracles is yellowish. 
 
 THECLA QUERCUS. 
 
 The stout, rounded, reddish-brown pupa is normally 
 suspended from an oak-leaf by the anal extremity, and 
 girt ; but it is sometimes found beneath the surface of 
 the ground. The dorsal surface is darker than the rest, 
 and freckled with still darker brown, and the dark marks 
 on the sides of the larva are reproduced in the pupa, 
 which is covered with very tiny hairs. 
 
 The perfect insect (Figs. 192 and 193) has the costal 
 
174 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 and hind margins of the fore-wings nearly straight and 
 the hind-wings slightly scalloped. These latter bear at the 
 anal angle a blunt protuberance, and at the end of the 
 nervure next to it a short tail. The fringe is white ; 
 the upper surface (Fig. 192) is deep sepia-brown, with a 
 slight purple blush suffusing the whole of the male. In 
 the female the purple is confined to one part only of the 
 fore-wings, near the base and inner margin, but there it is 
 very deep and rich. The under-surface (Fig. 193) is ashen 
 grey. Stretching nearly across the fore- wings is a straight 
 white line backed with brown, and there is an irregular 
 one of the same nature across the hind-wings. Outside 
 this, on the fore-wings, is an interrupted brown streak, 
 with a light edge externally, and fading towards the 
 costal margin. On the hind-wings this streak is paler 
 and has a lighter margin on each side. Near the anal 
 angle are two orange spots, one being black-centred. 
 There is a very fine dark line inside the fringe, and an 
 equally fine white one inside that. 
 
 T. rubi, Linn. (Green Hairstreak, or the Thecla of 
 the Bramble) (Figs. 194 to 196), is the smallest species of 
 the genus, and since it possesses no streak (but a series 
 of dots) on the under-surface, and has a very slightly- 
 developed tail, might easily on first thought be left out 
 of the present genus. It is fairly well distributed through- 
 out England, and is not uncommon in Scotland. 
 
 The caterpillar feeds on the buds and leaves of the 
 Bramble (Ritbus fruticosus), on the Broom (Cytisus 
 scoparius), and on Dyer's Weed (Genista tinctoria). 
 T. rubi is on the wing in May and June, the larva is 
 found in June and July, and the winter is passed in the 
 pupal stage. 
 
 Like the rest of the genus the larva (Fig. 194) is wood- 
 louse-shaped and has a small retractile head. The body 
 
THECLA RUBI. 175 
 
 is green, and has a dorsal dark green stripe with paler 
 centre, and a yellow lateral stripe. The yellow streaks 
 on the dorsal protuberances are edged with dark green 
 below. The short hairs give a soft appearance to the larva. 
 
 The pupal stage is assumed just below the surface of 
 the ground, the stout dark brown chrysalis being covered, 
 except on the wing-cases, with short dark hairs. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago (Figs. 
 195 and 196) is nearly straight, as also is the hind-margin. 
 The hind-wings are scalloped, and bear at the anal angle 
 a blunt projection. The tail is only slightly developed ; 
 
 *4 
 
 195 
 
 THECLA RUBI. 
 
 the fringe is pale. The colour of the upper surface is 
 a rich, dark brown, with a small red spot on the anal 
 projection. The dark nervures show up rather clearly. 
 On the under-surface (Fig. 196) the ground-colour is a 
 rich emerald-green, with the inner edge of the fringe 
 of all the wings and the costal margin of the fore-wings 
 brownish. There is also a rather broad brown band 
 along the inner margin of the fore-wings. A line of 
 white dots crosses all the wings ; but they may be nearly 
 absent, especially from the fore-wings. There is a dark 
 spot on the anal projection. 
 
176 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Polyommatus, Bdv. (The Coppers). 
 
 Members of the genus Polyommatu* may easily be 
 distinguished by the refulgent metallic coppery tint of the 
 upper surface of their wings. A tendency, rather con- 
 spicuous in P. phlceas, to develop a tail on the hind-wings 
 shows the close relationship of this genus to the Hair- 
 streaks, Thecla. Since it seems now hopeless to expect 
 the Large Copper (P. dispar) to turn up again, the 
 above-named P. phlceas is the sole representative left to 
 us of this beautiful genus. P. virgaurece, Linn. (Golden 
 Copper), though not a native, is an occasional visitor 
 amongst us, as also may be P. rutilus, Wer. (Continental 
 Large Copper), the nearest ally to our extinct Large 
 Copper (P. dispar). 
 
 P. dispar, Haw. (Large Copper) (P^igs. 197 to 199), till 
 about the middle of the present century used to be taken 
 in one or two localities in the Fen Districts in the east 
 of England. The last capture seems to have been made 
 in 1847 or 1848. Reports of its occurrence since have 
 more than once appeared, but no capture has been 
 authenticated, and it is to be feared that the Large Copper 
 is now absolutely extinct. This is the more to be regretted, 
 as the species is not absolutely identical with any Conti- 
 nental species. L. dispar was, in fact, an insect exclusively 
 British. Such being the case, the number of specimens 
 is necessarily limited, and the fortunate possessors are 
 able to realise a high price for them. On the i6th May, 
 1892, as recorded in The Entomologist, p. 142, seven speci- 
 mens were sold, and fetched in the aggregate 15 i8s. 6d., 
 or on the average 2 55. 6d. each. One female sold for 
 ^4 i os. ; while a male, without either antennae or 
 abdomen, realised ^i 8s., a poor female i, and a 
 chipped male, showing the under-surface, ^i IDS. The 
 
POLYOMMATUS DISPAR. 
 
 177 
 
 home of the Large Copper used to be at Whittlesea Mere, 
 in Cambridgeshire, and at Yaxley and Holm Fens, in 
 Huntingdonshire, while it has been taken at Benacre, 
 in Suffolk, and at Bardolph Fen, in Norfolk. The drainage 
 of the Fens has no doubt a good deal to do with its 
 
 POLYOMMATUS DISPAR. 
 
 extinction ; but it may be due more to the large numbers 
 taken by collectors, the discovery of the larva, and the 
 burning of the herbage of the reclaimed Fens. 
 
 The eggs appear to have been laid in August, on the 
 leaves of the Great Water-dock (Rumex Hydrolapathum}. 
 
 N 
 
178 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The young larvae soon retired for the winter, passing 
 that period in continual danger from the floods. They 
 were full-fed in June, the chrysalides could be found in 
 July, and the imagines were out till August. 
 
 The larva had a convex dorsal surface and a flat 
 ventral one hiding the legs and claspers. The segments 
 were clearly divided, and the tiny head was retractile 
 within the second. The colour was green, with a darker 
 stripe down the back. 
 
 The stout, blunt chrysalis, which was suspended by 
 the anal extremity, and girt, has been described as being 
 first pale green and then ashen, and as having a black 
 dorsal line, and two short white ones on each side. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Figs. 197 to 199) is nearly straight, and their tip rather 
 pointed. The hind-margin of the fore-wings is rounded, 
 and of the hind-wings a little undulating. The ground- 
 colour of the upper surface is a very rich copper. In 
 the male (Fig. 198) the hind-margin of the fore-wings is 
 black, and there is a black streak half-way between the 
 margin and the base, while between this again and the 
 base is a black dot. The hind-wings have a notched 
 black hind-margin and a black streak half-way between 
 the hind-margin and the base. The female (Fig. 199), 
 which is larger than the male, has on all the wings a 
 similar but broader hind-margin. Parallel with this, on 
 the fore-wings, is a row of seven black spots, and in the 
 discoidal cell are three of the same colour, decreasing in 
 size towards the base of the wing. On each hind-wing 
 there is a copper band within the black hind-margin, 
 and the rest of the wing, except the nervures, is 
 either black or densely sprinkled with black scales. 
 The ground-colour of the under-surface (Fig. 197) is, on 
 the fore-wings, light orange-red, with a bluish-grey hind- 
 
POLYOMMATUS PHLCEAS. 179 
 
 margin. There are numerous black spots, many of which 
 have a whitish circumference. The ground-colour of 
 the hind-wings is bluish-grey, with an orange-red hind- 
 margin. Here again are many black spots, all possess- 
 ing a pale circumference. The Large Copper was not 
 subject to much variation. 
 
 P. phlceas, Linn. (Small or Common Copper, or, 
 as Gilbert White calls it, the Small Golden Black-spotted 
 
 POLYOMMATUS PHLCEAS 
 
 Butterfly) (Figs. 200 to 202), at any rate appears little 
 likely to become extinct. It is a delightful little creature, 
 for besides being remarkably rich in colouring, it is 
 early on the wing, and, not content with displaying 
 its beauties in the summer, braves the rain and storms 
 of early autumn, before which most butterflies disappear. 
 The apprentice in the collector's craft will hail it with 
 delight, for not only is its flight weak, but if only 
 
 N 2 
 
l8o THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 the eye can follow the little gem as it alternately opens 
 and closes its wings, any number of strokes of the 
 net may be taken without the insect displaying much 
 concern. 
 
 No localities need be given for a butterfly which is 
 common everywhere and in many diverse situations ; it 
 seems, however, to prefer heaths and other open, uncul- 
 tivated spots. 
 
 The Small Copper appears to be three-brooded, the 
 larvae resulting from the last brood passing the winter in 
 that stage. The eggs are laid on the leaves of various 
 species of Dock, amongst them being the Broad-leaved 
 Dock (Rumex obtusifolius\ the Common Sorrel {R. Ace- 
 tosa\ the Sheep's Sorrel (R. Acetosella\ and the Fiddle- 
 dock (R. pulcher). They hatch in about a fortnight, 
 and the larvae are full-grown in about three weeks. The 
 three flights of imagines appear in April, June, and 
 August or September. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 200) resembles in shape that of the 
 Hairstreaks : the dorsal surface is convex and the ventral 
 flat, concealing the legs and claspers. The segments are 
 distinctly separated, and the small, brown head is re- 
 tractile within the second. The green body is covered 
 dorsally with very tiny flesh-coloured dots, each emitting a 
 brown bristle, and sometimes bears a faint brownish 
 medio-dorsal line. 
 
 The stout, blunt chrysalis is suspended by the anal 
 extremity, and girt. Except the anterior ventral part, 
 the surface is covered with very short, flesh-coloured hairs. 
 The colour is pale whitish-brown, sprinkled with numerous 
 darker brown markings, which arrange themselves so as to 
 form seven series, one being medio-dorsal and six lateral. 
 The antenna-, leg-, and wing-cases are also adorned with 
 dark markings. 
 
LYC^NA. l8l 
 
 The costal margin of the fore- wings of .the imago 
 (Figs. 201 and 202) is nearly straight; the hind-margin of 
 the fore-wings is nearly straight also and entire, that of the 
 hind-wings is a little waved, the anal angle having a slight 
 protuberance, and the nervure next it bearing an indica- 
 tion of a tail. The upper surface of the fore-wings (Fig. 
 202) is bright copper-red, with a broad black hind-margin 
 and about ten black spots. The hind-wings have a notched 
 black band on the hind-margin, within which is a copper 
 band, and the rest of the wing is very dark, Avith indica- 
 tions of black spots. The under-surface (Fig. 201) of the 
 fore-wings resembles the upper, but the ground-colour 
 has no metallic lustre, and the hind-margin is reddish- 
 grey. The ground-colour of the hind-wings is also 
 reddish-grey, with an indistinct coppery band parallel 
 with the hind-margin, and a considerable number of 
 small, dark brown spots. This butterfly is subject to a 
 good deal of variation, in both the size and distinctness 
 of the black spots as well as in the ground-colour, which 
 is occasionally silvery-white instead of copper. 
 
 Lycaena, Treitschke (The Blues). 
 
 In the genus Lyccena we have ten very beautiful butter- 
 flies, though in most cases they are somewhat small : 
 Z. batica, Z. agon, Z. astrarche, L. icarus^ L. bellargus, 
 L. corydon, L. argiolus, L. semiargus, Z. minima, and 
 L. arion ; while by some, Z. argiades, Pall, (the Short- 
 tailed Blue), which has been a few times taken, is claimed 
 as an eleventh. The blue colour, which though various 
 in shade is often very intense, is usually only present to 
 any great extent in the males ; the females are generally 
 brown with but a sprinkling of blue scales, and those 
 chiefly at the base of the wings. One species, Z. astrarche, 
 has not a particle of blue in either sex, while the female 
 
1 82 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 of L. argiolus has that colour almost as well developed 
 as the male. 
 
 The larvae are . all what is called onisciform that is, 
 woodlouse-shaped the head being small and retractile 
 within the second segment, which is somewhat flattened, 
 as are also the eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth ; while the 
 segments between have each a pair of prominences, forming 
 two ridges along the back with a slight hollow between 
 them. The sides are dilated below the spiracles, and the 
 ventral surface is flat, hiding the legs and claspers. 
 
 The pupae are rather slender and practically without 
 points or angles. Normally they are attached by the anal 
 extremity, and girt ; but the larva often turns without 
 attaching itself at all, and at times even below the surface 
 of the ground. Several species are almost, or quite, con- 
 fined to chalk districts ; but others are less fastidious in 
 that respect. 
 
 A beginner will doubtless find this genus one of the 
 most confusing of those into which our butterflies are 
 divided, as many of the species bear a very close resem- 
 blance to one another ; and especially is this the case with 
 a few of the females, those of L. icarus, L. bellargus, and 
 L. corydon sometimes almost defying separation. The 
 following table may perhaps be found of use for purposes 
 of identification : 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES OF THE GENUS LYC.KNA. 
 
 A. a. Hind-wings tailed ; under-surface streaked, 
 
 not spotted batica. 
 
 b. Hind-wings minutely tailed ; under-surface 
 silvery-white, with tiny black spots argiades. 
 
 B. Possessing marginal red spots, and a white 
 dash on the under-surface of the hind-wings : 
 
 a. Having no spots between the discoidal spot 
 and the base of the wing 
 
LYC^ENA B^ETICA. 183 
 
 1. Metallic spots near hind -margin of hind- 
 wings, white dash obsolete csgon. 
 
 2. Metallic spots absent ; no blue scales- 
 
 on either male or female astrarche. 
 
 b. Having about thi'ee black spots near the 
 base of the hind-wings ; females very similar 
 
 1 . Fringe white icarus. 
 
 2. Fringe dark at the nervures, the 
 sprinkling of blue scales on the upper 
 surface of females of the same tint as the 
 blue of the corresponding males 
 
 i. Male intense sky-blue bellargus. 
 
 ii. Male pale silvery blue -corydon. 
 
 C. Without red spots or white dash : 
 
 a. Upper surface cold sky-blue argiolus. 
 
 b. Upper surface dark purple-blue, female brown serniargus. 
 
 c. Very small, brown, male sprinkled with 
 silvery-blue minima. 
 
 d. Large, brown suffused with blue, a band of 
 black spots near the middle of the upper sur- 
 face of all the wings arion. 
 
 L. baetica, Linn. (Long-tailed Blue, or Pea-pod Argus) 
 (Figs. 203 and 204), though now usually included in the 
 list of British butterflies, has been taken on but few 
 occasions in this country, and is probably but a straggler 
 amongst us. It was first captured, I believe, in England, 
 in 1859, a season in which it was abundant in France, 
 and was taken in the Channel Islands. L. bcetica is 
 widely distributed, being common in South-eastern and 
 South-central Europe. The tails, together with the streaky 
 appearance of the under-surface of the wings and the 
 arrangement of the blue colouring of the upper surface, 
 cause this butterfly to have much the look of a Thecla. 
 
 As will be seen from the following list of captures 
 recorded in The Entomologist, few specimens have been 
 captured in England: 1859, Brighton; 1878, Freshwater, 
 
184 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Isle of Wight; 1880, Aldwick, near Bognor; 1882, 
 Bournemouth; 1886 or 1887, Heswall, Cheshire. 
 
 L. batica is on the wing at the end of the summer 
 and in the autumn, and the eggs lie dormant during 
 the winter. In England the larvae might feed perhaps 
 inside the pods of the field pea and other leguminous 
 plants. 
 
 The larva, of the usual Lycana shape, varies through 
 brownish, brownish-green, to bright green. There is a 
 dark medio-dorsal stripe, as well as a white lateral one 
 
 LYOENA BjETICA. 
 
 below the yellow spiracles. The sides bear oblique lines, 
 dark above and paler below. 
 
 The pupa is yellowish or reddish, with brown dots, 
 which are especially numerous on the head. The spiracles 
 are black, and there is a dark line extending along the 
 posterior part of the front of the pupa. It is suspended 
 from the food-plant, and girt. 
 
 The imago (Figs. 203 and 204) has the costal and 
 hind-margins of the fore-wings slightly convex ; the hind- 
 wings bear a long tail at the extremity of the nervure next 
 the anal angle. The colour of the upper surface (Fig. 
 203) is dull brown shot with blue, that colour being more 
 
LYC^ENA ARGIADES. 185 
 
 concentrated in the female. Parallel to the hind-margin of 
 the hind-wings is a row of pale-edged spots, the two nearest 
 the anal angle being much brighter than the rest, the last 
 but one especially so. These are more strongly developed 
 in the female, which sex has also a line of whitish spots 
 parallel to these. The under-surface (Fig. 204) is pale 
 drab, thickly streaked with a darker tint and with a 
 whitish band parallel to the hind-margin of all the 
 wings, and about a third of the way in. There are 
 near the anal angle of the hind-wings two large black 
 spots edged on the outer side with metallic-green. 
 
 L. argiades, Pall. (Short-tailed Blue), though possibly 
 a native of England, has been recorded no more than five 
 times: two in 1874, two miles from Frome ; and three 
 in 1885, a female, August i8th, at Bloxworth Heath, 
 Dorset, a male, August 2oth, at the same place, and 
 another specimen on August 2ist near Bournemouth. 
 It may be that others have been taken and wrongly 
 classified, as this butterfly closely resembles both agon 
 and icarus on the upper surface. The food-plant is the 
 Narrow-leaved Bird's-foot Trefoil {Lotus major). Argiades 
 should be sought for from May till August. There may 
 be as many as three broods in a season, the spring 
 brood producing the largest specimens. 
 
 The costal margin of the male imago is convex, and 
 the hind-margin of all the wings entire, except for a 
 minute tail near the anal angle of the hind-wings. Inside 
 the white fringe is a narrow, dark line. The under- 
 surface is pale silvery-blue, with black dots, and in 
 general appearance somewhat closely resembles the under- 
 surface of L. argiolus. 
 
 L. aegon, Schiff. (Silver-studded Blue) (Figs. 205 to 208), 
 though one of the smallest of our Blues, is, as far as the 
 male is concerned, one of the handsomest. It should 
 
1 86 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 be sought for on heaths, downs, and commons, and 
 in such situations seems to be fairly well distributed 
 throughout England. It is by no means confined to 
 chalk, the sandy downs of Surrey, indeed, being amongst 
 its favourite haunts. 
 
 The eggs are laid in the summer on the Birds-foot 
 (Ornithopus perpusillus\ and hatch in the following spring. 
 The larvae, which have also been seen feeding on the 
 common Furze (U/ex europceus], are full-fed about the 
 middle or end of June, when the pupae may be found. 
 The butterflies appear the next month and continue 
 into August. 
 
 The colour of the larva (Fig. 205), which is of the 
 shape common to the genus, is bright yellowish-green. 
 Along the back is a dark stripe with whitish edges ; near 
 the head this line assumes the form of three spots, and 
 behind these it bears four white dots. On each side is 
 a subdorsal yellowish line bordered by rather dark green 
 ones. There is a whitish line on the lateral dilatation, 
 and above it a series of indistinct oblique yellowish 
 streaks. The twelfth segment bears two rather conspicuous 
 warts, and the body is covered with fine, short hairs. 
 Its length is not much over Am. 
 
 The pupa, which is less than in. in length, has the 
 larval skin attached to the anal extremity, and does not 
 seem to be very well adapted for suspension. It is 
 unangled and smooth, but not shining. The abdomen 
 is swollen, and the wing-cases are long and prominent. 
 It is dull green in colour, with a line of dark marks 
 shaped like arrow-heads down the back. 
 
 The wings of the imago (Figs. 206 to 208) are long 
 and slender, and the margins are entire, those of the 
 fore-wings being slightly convex. The fringe is white. 
 The colour of the upper surface of the male (Fig. 207) 
 
LYC/ENA /EGON. 
 
 I8 7 
 
 is deep blue, with a rather broad black band inside the 
 fringe. The upper surface of the female (Fig. 208) is dark 
 sepia-brown, sometimes tinged with blue, and with a more 
 or less developed line of spots fringed with red along the 
 hind-margins. If the blue tinge is absent, the female very 
 closely resembles L. astrarche on the upper surface. The 
 under-surface (Fig. 206) is bluish-grey in the male, brown- 
 ish-grey in the female. In each case there is a band of red 
 
 205 
 
 206 
 
 207 
 Male. 
 
 LYC^NA ,EGON. 
 
 spots parallel to the hind-margin of all the wings. There 
 is a line of black spots outside the red and of black 
 arches beyond it. Each fore-wing contains besides seven 
 white-margined black spots, and each hind-wing about 
 a dozen such spots. Some, or all of the black spots 
 forming the series near the hind-margin of the hind- 
 wings have a bright silvery-green metallic centre, whence 
 the common name. 
 
1 88 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 L. astrarche, Bergstrasser, medon, Esper, agestis, 
 Hiibner, idas, Haw. (Brown Argus) (Figs. 209 to 211), 
 although belonging to the family of Blues, has not a 
 particle of blue about it. This inconspicuous little 
 butterfly is well distributed, and usually plentiful in 
 England and the southern half of Scotland ; but so 
 greatly does it vary with change of latitude that many 
 have been the discussions and controversies amongst 
 naturalists as to whether the different forms should 
 constitute one, two, or even three species. The weight 
 of the evidence seems, however, to be in favour of 
 considering them all to belong to one, though the 
 southern and typical form is double-brooded, while the 
 others pass through the cycle of changes but once in a 
 season. 
 
 The eggs of the typical form are laid twice in the 
 year, about May and August, in small groups on the 
 under-surface of the leaves of the Common Rock-rose 
 (Helianthemum vulgare), and also on the Hemlock Stork's- 
 bill (Erodium ciciitarium\ The larvae of the second 
 brood pass the winter in that stage, and assume the 
 pupal form about the end of April. The imagines of 
 the typical form appear in May and again in August ; 
 but those of the northern forms do not appear till the 
 end of June. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 209) is about in. in length and of 
 the form common to the genus. The colour is pale 
 green with a medio-dorsal brownish-purple stripe, and on 
 each side very faint pale oblique stripes, which, in the 
 northern form at least, disappear when the larva is 
 nearly full-grown. There is also a lateral pink stripe 
 on each side, edged with darker pink above and still 
 darker below. The pale, inconspicuous spiracles are 
 situated in the uppermost pink stripe. The dorsal 
 
LYC^ENA ASTRARCHE. 189 
 
 projections and lateral dilatations bear white hairs. The 
 ventral surface is green, with white hairs, the claspers 
 are yellowish, and the legs are marked with black. Mr. 
 Buckler thought that in the typical form the green was 
 
 210 
 LYC^ENA ASTRARCHE. 
 
 more lively and full than in the Scotch form, and the 
 pink along the lateral region darker, inclining to purple. 
 The chrysalis is not much over ^in. in length. That 
 of the northern form has been described as being rather 
 
 212 
 
 213 
 
 LYC^ENA ASTRARCHE, VAR. ARTAXERXES. 
 
 thick, smooth, but not shining. The colour is bluish- 
 green except the abdomen, which is dull yellowish. On 
 each side is a white-centred pink stripe, and a black 
 curved streak is found on each side of the head. The 
 larval skin remains attached to the anal extremity. 
 
1 90 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Figs. 210 and 211) is straight, and the hind-margin of 
 both fore- and hind-wings rounded and entire. The fringe 
 is white, slightly marked with brown at the nervures. The 
 colour of the upper surface is dark sepia-brown. In the 
 typical form there is a black discoidal spot on the fore- 
 wings, and a row of red arched spots inside the margin of 
 all the wings. On the under-surface (Fig. 211) the ground- 
 colour is greyish-brown. Inside the margin comes a 
 row of black spots, edged with white externally and with 
 red internally. The red is bounded by black arches 
 edged with white towards the base of the wing. Within 
 this marginal black, red, and white band there are on 
 the fore-wings about seven white-edged black spots, and 
 on the hind-wings about a dozen. The white dash on 
 the hind-wings is conspicuous. This, the typical form, is 
 seen at its best on the downs in the south of England. 
 
 As we proceed northwards, the black discoidal spot 
 on the fore-wings becomes surrounded with white, the 
 red spots grow less and less distinct, and gradually 
 disappear from the fore-wings, while the black centres to 
 the spots on the under-surface become smaller. At this 
 stage the little butterfly acquires the varietal name 
 salmacis, Steph. (Castle Eden Argus, or Durham 
 Argus). 
 
 Proceeding farther north and crossing the Border into 
 Scotland, the red marks will be found to have quite 
 disappeared from the upper surface of the fore-wings, 
 and almost from the hind ones ; the discoidal spot on 
 the fore-wings is now pure white, and the under-surface 
 extremely delicate, for the black centres have altogether 
 disappeared from the white spots. We now have var. 
 artaxerxes, Fabr. (Scotch Brown Argus) (Figs. 212 
 and 213). 
 
LYC^NA ICARUS. IQI 
 
 L. icarus, Rott, L. alexis, Hiib. (Common Blue) 
 (Figs. 214 to 218), is the brilliant little butterfly that 
 is so familiar to us throughout the summer, and joins 
 the Small Copper and Small Heath in many a sportive 
 gambol in the sunshine. It is found everywhere through- 
 out the British Isles, and nearly everywhere is very 
 common. 
 
 215 
 
 216 
 
 LYC^ENA ICARUS. 
 
 The eggs are laid on the Bird's-foot Trefoil (Lotus 
 corniculatus}, and on Ononis aruensis and no doubt 
 O. Spinoza^ the two Common Rest-harrows. There are 
 more broods than one during the season, and the winter 
 appears usually to be passed in the larval stage. The 
 butterflies are on the wing from May to October. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 214), which is a little over |in. in 
 length, is covered with tiny hairs. It is dark green in 
 
IQ2 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 colour, but paler on the dorsal ridges. The dilatations 
 below the spiracles are yellowish, the spiracles themselves 
 being pale green. The small, black, and shining head 
 is hidden beneath the second segment. There are three 
 pale, oblique, lateral lines on each side of each segment. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 215), about in. in length, is perhaps 
 seldom suspended and girt, as is normally the case with 
 members of the family. It is nearly cylindrical. The 
 skin is delicate and shining, usually pale green in colour, 
 and having a dark green line down the back of the 
 abdomen. The rounded wing-cases have a slight brown 
 tinge; the head is pale brown, and the spiracles are 
 light. There are some minute bristles about the anterior 
 extremity. 
 
 The margins of all the wings of the imago (Figs. 
 216 to 218) are entire, the costal and hind ones of the 
 fore-wings being very slightly convex in fact almost straight. 
 The fringe is pure white. The colour of the upper surface 
 of the male (Fig. 217) is brilliant blue of a purple tinge, 
 and a very narrow black line separates this colour from 
 the fringe. The upper surface of the female (Fig. 218) 
 is dark sepia-brown more or less tinged with blue, and 
 having a band of spots edged with red inside the hind- 
 margin of all the wings. The under-surface (Fig. 216) is 
 grey, bluish in the male, browner in the female. There 
 is the band of red spots near the hind-margin, having 
 a row of black spots outside them and a row of black 
 arches behind. The fore-wing bears beside nine white- 
 edged black spots, and the hind-wing about a dozen of 
 a similar nature. The white dash is well developed. 
 The females vary considerably in the amount of blue 
 and in the development of the red spots on the upper 
 surface, and a good series will be required for the 
 cabinet. 
 
LYCjENA BELLARGUS. 
 
 193 
 
 . L. bellargus, Rott, L. adonis, Fabr. (Adonis Blue, 
 Clifden Blue, or Dartford Blue) (Figs. 219 to 221). 
 The brilliant sky-blue of the upper surface of the male 
 of this species far surpasses in purity and intensity the 
 blue of any other member of the genus. It is a south 
 of England butterfly, and is there almost entirely confined 
 to the chalk. It has been taken in Bucks, Lancashire, 
 
 LYC^NA BELLARGUS. 
 
 Somerset, Gloucestershire, Devon, Dorset, Hants and 
 the Isle of Wight, Sussex, Surrey, Kent, and Argyll. 
 
 The eggs are laid on the Horseshoe-vetch (Hippocrtpis 
 comosa) twice in the year, the insect being double-brooded. 
 The first flight of butterflies takes place about the end 
 of May or beginning of June, and the second about the 
 middle of August. The larvae resulting from the second 
 
 o 
 
194 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 brood are full-fed in the spring, and produce the earlier 
 flight of butterflies. 
 
 The larva, which, when fully grown, is about fin. in 
 length, is of the usual Lycana shape, with a double 
 series of dorsal humps on segments three to ten. The 
 colour is deep green. The dorsal humps all bear a 
 yellow dash, and the succession of dashes forms on each 
 side an interrupted dorsal yellow line, while a line of 
 the same colour near the edge of the lateral dilatation 
 surrounds the caterpillar, except near the anterior 
 extremity. There is besides a row of yellow dashes 
 below the spiracular dilatation and above the feet. The 
 spiracles are black, and the head is very nearly so. 
 There is, according to Mr. W. Buckler, very little 
 difference between the larva of this butterfly, L. bellargus, 
 and that of L. corydon except that in the latter the 
 ground-colour is a yellower green, and the hairs are 
 light brown instead of black. The larvae seem to like to 
 bury themselves just below the surface of the ground, 
 where they form a rudimentary cocoon before taking the 
 pupa state. 
 
 The pupa is without points or angles. The wing-cases 
 are long, and they and the thorax are somewhat shining, 
 but the abdomen has a roughened appearance ; the 
 surface is slightly hairy. At first the wing-cases are 
 greenish, while the rest of the body is of a browner 
 green; afterwards the whole body takes on a brownish- 
 yellow tinge. 
 
 The costal and hind margins of the fore-wings of the 
 imago (Figs. 219 to 221) are slightly convex. All the 
 wings are entire, and the fringe is white, with dark marks 
 at the nervures. The upper surface of the male (Fig. 220) 
 is bright sky-blue, with a fine black line separating that 
 colour from the fringe. Close to this line on the hind- 
 
LYC^ENA CORYDON. 195 
 
 wings is a small black dot between each pair of nervures. 
 The upper surface of the female (Fig. 221) is a dull, 
 smoky brown, with a sprinkling of sky-blue scales near 
 the base of the wings. There is a small, dark, discoidal 
 spot on the fore-wings, and a marginal row of red spots 
 with black centres and black circumferences on the hind- 
 wings : the red spots, though present, are very indistinct 
 on the fore-wings. The under-surface (Fig. 219) is pale 
 brown, with the marginal row of red spots as on the 
 upper surface. Besides these there are about nine white- 
 edged black spots on each fore-wing and about a dozen 
 on each hind-wing. The hind-wings also bear a white 
 discoidal spot and the characteristic white dash. 
 
 L. corydon, Fabr. (Chalk-hill Blue) (Figs. 222 to 227), 
 after L. arion is one of the largest of our Blues. The 
 male also is one of the handsomest, the blue of its wings 
 reminding one of the silvery moonlight on a clear, frosty 
 night. It is a chalk-loving insect, and though not entirely 
 confined to that kind of country, must usually there be 
 sought. Its chief home is in the south of England, 
 where in some districts it is plentiful. Roughly speaking, 
 it has been found in most of the counties south of a line 
 joining the Wash to the Bristol Channel, as well as in 
 Glamorganshire, Lancashire, Cumberland, Westmoreland, 
 and Lincolnshire. 
 
 The eggs are laid on several plants of the order Legu- 
 minoscz, such as the Kidney Vetch (Anthyllis vulneraria), 
 Bird's-foot Trefoil (Lotus corniculatus), and Clover, or 
 Trefoil (Trifolium). The larvae are full-fed about the 
 middle of June or earlier, and the butterflies are on the 
 wing in June, or even before, and continue into July 
 and August. 
 
 The larva (Figs. 222 and 223) very closely resembles 
 that of L. bellargus, the only difference, as mentioned 
 
 o 2 
 
196 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 before, consisting in the yellower green ground-colour of 
 L. corydon, and the light brown hairs of the same larva 
 instead of the black ones of L. bellargus. 
 
 224 
 
 226 
 
 Male 
 
 LYC^NA CORYDON. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 224) is without angles or keels. Several 
 larvae observed during the past summer (1892) did not 
 suspend themselves before assuming the chrysalis form, but 
 retired just beneath the surface of the ground, and, having 
 
LYC/ENA ARGIOLUS. 197 
 
 drawn together the loose earth with a few threads of silk, 
 there turned. The anterior part of the chrysalis and the 
 wing-cases are dull pale green, while the posterior part is 
 dingy yellow. The abdomen is covered with very short hairs. 
 
 The costal and hind margins of the fore-wings of the 
 imago (Figs. 225 to 227) are very slightly convex; all the 
 margins are entire. The fringe is white, with dark marks 
 at the end of the nervures. The upper surface of the 
 male (Fig. 226) is very pale silvery-blue, becoming dark 
 brown towards the hind-margin, with a series of dark dots 
 inside the same margin, fairly distinct on the hind-wings. 
 The upper surface of the female (Fig. 227) is dark smoky- 
 brown, with a small discoidal black spot on each fore- 
 wing, and a marginal series of red spots, which are 
 somewhat indistinct on the fore-wings, but on the hind- 
 wings are black-centred and bounded above with black 
 arches. The blue scales with which the base of the 
 wings of the female are sprinkled are of the same tint 
 as the blue of the male. On the under-surface (Fig. 225) 
 the markings can scarcely be distinguished from those 
 of L. beliargus, but possibly the markings of L. corydon 
 may be a little less distinct, and the black spots on 
 the fore-wings may be a little larger than is the case 
 with L. beliargus. 
 
 L. argiolus, Linn. (Azure Blue or the Holly Blue) 
 (Figs. 228 to 231), commences the division of the Blues 
 from which the red spots are absent. Its home is in 
 the south of England, but it has been found in Durham 
 and the Lake Districts. 
 
 The eggs a"re laid on the flower-stalks of Holly-flowers 
 (Ilex Aquifoliuni], on the Ivy (Hedera Jfetix), and 
 probably on the Alder Buckthorn (Rhamnus Frangula\ 
 the Dogwood (Cornus sanguinea\ and the Spindle-tree 
 (Euonymus europ&us). There are two broods usually, 
 
198 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 and it almost seems that the earlier one affects holly- 
 blossoms, while the latter prefers to feed on the ivy. 
 The first flight of butterflies occurs at the end of 
 April and in May. The eggs are laid on the holly, 
 and the larvae feed on the flower-buds, young berries, and 
 young leaves. They are full-fed in about a month, and 
 the pupae, which are fastened to the leaves, come out 
 in about eighteen days. The second flight occurs in 
 July or August The second brood of larvae feeds for 
 about forty day in August and September, the winter 
 being gast in the pupa stage. 
 
 The full-grown larva (Fig. 228) is about $in. long, and 
 of the usual Lycana shape. It exhibits considerable 
 variation as regards colour. One form is green with a 
 paler streak on the dorsal ridges and thin, double, 
 oblique lines on the sides, with a yellowish-white 
 margin to the sub-spiracular dilatation. The head is 
 almost black. The round spiracles may be described as 
 flesh-coloured, and the skin is covered with yellowish 
 warts each emitting a white hair. The green of the 
 ground-colour varies, and some individuals are marked 
 with pink or black. The food-plant has something to 
 do with these differences. While the larva is not feeding, 
 and waiting for the pupal change, the colour becomes 
 greyish-pink. 
 
 The pupa, which is about sin. in length, is stout and 
 has on the dorsal surface of the thorax the slightest 
 trace of a keel ; the wing-cases are long. The colour is 
 pale brownish-yellow, except the wing-cases which are 
 grey. These latter are smooth, whereas the rest of the 
 body is covered with tiny brown hairs. The markings 
 are a dark-brown line on the back of the thorax, which 
 is continued down the abdomen as a series of dashes. 
 The abdomen also bears a sub-dorsal series of larger 
 
LYOENA ARGIOLUS. 
 
 I 99 
 
 dark brown marks, while the thorax bears oblique 
 rows of small brown spots. Tiny brown spots are 
 also to be found on the wing-cases, which are outlined 
 in brown. 
 
 All the wings of the imago (Figs. 229 to 231) are entire, 
 and the costal and hind margins are convex. The fringe 
 is white, with black marks at the ends of the nervures in 
 
 228 
 
 230 
 
 231 
 
 Male. 
 
 Female. 
 
 LYCLENA ARGIOLUS. 
 
 the female (Fig. 231), and of those of the fore-wings in 
 the male (Fig. 230). The upper surface of the male is 
 pale sky-blue, somewhat resembling L. bellargus, but not 
 at all approaching it in intensity of colouring. There is 
 a black line between the blue and the fringe, which line 
 increases in width on the fore-wings towards the tip. 
 The female, whose ground-colour is similar to that of the 
 
200 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 male, except that the wings are sprinkled with black 
 scales, has on the fore-wings a wide black margin, 
 broadest at the tip. On the hind-wings also the tip 
 is black, and there is after that a small black spot 
 between each pair of nervures. The under-surface 
 (Fig. 229) is pale whitish-blue in colour, with faint 
 black, linear discoidal spots on all the wings, and 
 besides, on the fore-wings about eight small black 
 marks, and on the hind-wings about fifteen. Many of 
 the marks on both wings have a slightly paler circum- 
 scription. 
 
 232 233 
 
 LYC-fcNA SEMIARGUS. 
 
 L. semiargus, Rott, L. acis, Schiff. (Mazarine 
 Blue) (Figs. 232 and 233), is one of the least common 
 of our butterflies, and possibly can scarcely be said to 
 be a British butterfly at all at the present moment, 
 though some years ago it used to be fairly common. 
 In the first half of the century it could be taken in 
 several counties Lincoln, Cambridge, Warwick, Glou- 
 cester, Hereford, Monmouth, Glamorgan, Somerset, 
 Dorset, and Hants ; but no locality could be given for 
 it now, though perhaps it may still be present in some 
 undisturbed districts, especially as it might be passed 
 over on the wing, from its resemblance to one or two 
 
LYC^ENA MINIMA. 2O1 
 
 other Blues. Till a few years ago it held its ground in 
 a locality near Cardiff, but seems now to have quite 
 disappeared from there also It is out in June and July. 
 The costal and hind margins of the wings of the imago 
 (Figs. 232 and 233) are convex and entire; the fringe is 
 white. The upper surface of the male is a fine purple- 
 blue, becoming black just inside the fringe ; the nervures 
 are dark. The upper surface of the female is dark 
 brown. The under-surface (Fig. 232) is greyish-brown 
 
 235 
 
 -'37 
 LYC^NA MINIMA. 
 
 with pale blue scales towards the base of the wings. 
 On each wing besides a black discoidal streak edged 
 with white there are several white-edged black spots 
 five on each fore-wing and nine on each hind-wing. 
 
 L. minima, Fues., L. alsus, Fabr. (Bedford Blue, or 
 Little Blue) (Figs. 234 to 237), is far the smallest of 
 the Blues and, indeed, of all our butterflies. It is 
 moreover inconspicuous, and certainly cannot be said 
 to make up in beauty what it lacks in size. Though 
 
202 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 usually met with on the chalk and limestone, L. minima 
 is widely distributed over Great Britain ; but it is not 
 present everywhere throughout the island. 
 
 The eggs are laid about mid-June on the flower-heads 
 of the Kidney Vetch (Anthyllis vulnerarid). The young 
 larvae come out in less than a week, and feed by pre- 
 ference on the seeds. They are full-fed at the end of 
 July, and suspend themselves for pupation, but do not 
 turn till the beginning of the next June. The imago 
 comes out after two or three weeks, and lives but a 
 short, time. 
 
 The full-grown larva (Fig. 234), which is about in. 
 long and of the usual Lyeana shape, is brownish flesh- 
 colour, some specimens having a pinkish tinge, some 
 inclining to chocolate. The dorsal stripe is of a deeper 
 tint than the ground-colour. On each side is a sub- 
 dorsal line consisting of a series of dark brown marks. 
 The edge of the lateral dilatation bears a whitish stripe, 
 which is continued round the anal extremity. The 
 caterpillar is covered with short, dark brown hairs ; the 
 head is black. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 235), which is not much more than 
 in. long, is sometimes, at least, not suspended. The 
 colour is light stone-colour, with tiny black specks. A 
 black, somewhat broken stripe runs down the back, and 
 is followed on each side by a row of short, oblique 
 black dashes. All parts of the body, except the cases of 
 wings, legs, and antennae, are covered with whitish hairs ; 
 the wing-cases are marked with grey. 
 
 The costal and hind margins of the wings of the imago 
 (Figs. 236 and 237) are convex and entire ; the fringe is 
 white and unmarked. The upper surface (Fig. 237) is 
 dull sepia-brown, sprinkled with silvery scales in the male; 
 the under-surface (Fig. 236) is pale grey, of a bluish tinge 
 
LYC^ENA ARION. 203 
 
 in the male. On each wing is a pale discoidal streak. 
 The fore-wings also bear a row of seven small, white- 
 edged black spots, while the hind-wings have about 
 eleven of a similar nature scattered somewhat irregularly 
 over each wing. 
 
 L. arion, Linn. (Large Blue) (Figs. 238 and 239), is 
 a local butterfly, and by no means common where it 
 occurs at all. It may be sought for on rough, broken 
 ground on hill sides, in old quarries, on flowery 
 commons, and in other similar spots. Should arion be 
 
 LYCLENA ARION. 
 
 sighted, an easy capture will probably be made, for its 
 flight is somewhat weak. Its large size and dark 
 appearance will easily distinguish it on the wing from 
 the rest of the Blues. 
 
 The imago appears at the end of June or beginning 
 of July, and the eggs are laid about the same time on 
 Wild Thyme (Thymus serpyllum\ usually on the flowers. 
 They hatch in about a week, but little appears to be 
 known of the larva or pupa, and it is not certain in 
 what state the insect passes the winter. 
 
 L. arion unfortunately seems to be dying out in 
 
204 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 England, though Newman and others mention its having 
 occurred in the following counties in some localities 
 in considerable numbers : Bedford, Huntingdon, Bucking- 
 ham, Northampton, Hereford, Gloucester, Somerset, 
 Devon, Dorset, Wilts, Hants, Shropshire, and Kent. 
 
 The costal and hind margin of all the wings of the 
 imago (Figs. 238 and 239) are convex, the hind-wings 
 are slightly inclined to be scalloped, and the fringe is 
 white. The upper surface (Fig. 239) is a kind of steel- 
 blue, or a dark blackish-brown suffused with blue scales. 
 The blue scales, however, are confined to the central 
 portion of the wings, the margins being left darker by 
 their absence. Near the centre of the wings are several 
 distinct black spots, as well as a few others less distinct. 
 Their arrangement will be seen from the illustration. As 
 no other of our Blues possesses spots of this nature, they 
 will be sufficient for the recognition of the one before us. 
 The under-surface (Fig. 238) is pale brown in colour, 
 with a double row of indefinite black spots near the 
 hind-margin of all the wings, and within these a con- 
 siderable number of black spots with white circum- 
 ferences about nine on each fore-wing and thirteen on 
 each hind-wing. The sexes are similar. 
 
CHAPTER V 
 
 E R YC I N I D >E. 
 
 Nemeobius, Steph. 
 
 1MEOBIUS is the only European genus of 
 the family Erycinida, and the genus is 
 represented by but the one species here 
 described, which may be distinguished by 
 the males possessing four perfect legs, 
 while the females have six. 
 
 N. lucina, Linn. (Figs. 240 to 243), is usually called 
 the Duke of Burgundy Fritillary, an unfortunate title, 
 since it at once gives a wrong idea of the insect's 
 position among our butterflies. The difficulty might be 
 avoided, perhaps, by dropping the word Fritillary, and 
 calling it the Duke of Burgundy simply. It is a pretty 
 little butterfly, closely resembling the Fritillaries in general 
 appearance, and, like many of them, making sylvan scenes 
 its home. In such spots it may be taken, flitting along 
 the hollows and pathways. There are numerous localities 
 for it throughout England, from north to south, but it 
 cannot be said to be distributed generally, and need not 
 be expected away from woods. 
 
206 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The eggs are laid at the beginning of June on the 
 under-side of the leaves of the Cowslip (Primula vert's) 
 or Primrose (Primula vulgaris}. The larva may be found 
 from June till August or September, the winter being 
 passed in the pupal stage. The imagines come out in 
 June. 
 
 240 
 
 243 
 
 NEMEOBIUS LUCINA. 
 
 The larva is woodlouse-shaped (Fig. 240). The colour of 
 the head is shiny orange-brown, of the body dark yellowish- 
 brown down to the spiracles paler below them. The 
 body is downy and, especially on the back, bears many 
 warts, each of which emits a bundle of stiff, curved hairs. 
 There is a dark, interrupted dorsal stripe of blackish 
 hairs, and on each side are two lateral ones. The spiracles 
 are outlined in black. 
 
NEMEOBIUS LUCINA. 207 
 
 The stout, rounded pupa (Fig. 241) which is attached 
 by the anal extremity to the food-plant, and girt, is very 
 pale brown in colour, covered with numerous black spots, 
 and having a dark streak on the costal margin of the 
 wing-cases. The whole body is covered with rather long 
 brown hairs. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Figs. 242 and 243) is nearly straight, and the hind- 
 margin slightly convex. The hind-margin of the hind- 
 wirigs is scalloped, but not deeply, while the anal angle 
 has an indication of a protuberance. The fringe is white, 
 with brown spots at the ends of the nervures ; the body 
 is black. The dark brown ground-colour of the upper 
 surface (Fig. 243) is relieved on the fore-wings by three 
 irregular bands of orange spots, the marginal ones being 
 black-centred. On the hind-wings the marginal baqd is 
 continued, and has large black centres ; but between this 
 band and the base of the wings are only a few orange 
 spots. The ground-colour of the under-surface (Fig. 242) 
 is much lighter. The marginal band is repeated on all 
 the wings, but does not show up so distinctly. The 
 markings on the rest of the fore-wings resemble those 
 on the upper surface ; on the hind-wings, however, 
 between the marginal band and the base, are two bands 
 of large and clear dark-edged white spots. Owing to the 
 presence of these spots and the richer ground-colour, the 
 under-surface is much more beautiful than the upper. 
 
CHAPTER VI. 
 
 HESPERI ID/E. 
 
 The Skippers. 
 
 (HE Hesperiidcc constitute a distinct and 
 very interesting little group, falling natur- 
 ally at the end of the butterflies, and 
 serving as a kind of connecting-link between 
 them and the moths, which they some- 
 what closely resemble in many points. The Skippers 
 have stout bodies and rather thick wings; the heads are 
 broad, and the roots of the antennae distant. The 
 antennae themselves are either curved at the end, some- 
 thing like those of the Foresters and Burnets among the 
 moths, or terminate in a short hook. The flight of the 
 Skippers is not continuous, like that of a normal 
 butterfly, but in short, sharp jerks ; while at rest the 
 hind-wings are held in an almost horizontal position, the 
 fore-wings being kept nearly vertical. The shape of the 
 larvae and pupae also reminds us of the moths. The 4 
 larvae too feed under the shelter of leaves, which they 
 fasten together with threads of silk. The slender, un- 
 angled pupae are contained in rudimentary cocoons, also 
 
SYRICHTHUS MALVjE. 209 
 
 between leaves of the food-plant. The imagines 'have 
 six perfect legs adapted for walking. The following 
 artificial key to the species of the Hesperiidce may be 
 found useful : 
 
 A. Sexes similar ; ground-colour black or brown. 
 
 1. Black with white spots S. malvce. 
 
 2. Black with yellow spots C. paleemon. 
 
 3. Dark brown, with darker brown marking, 
 
 and a few small white spots N. tages. 
 
 B. Male distinguished from the female by a 
 black bar on the fore- wings ; ground-colour rich 
 orange-brown. 
 
 a. Small ; without hooks to antennae. 
 
 1. Colour uniform; bar on male, long, con- 
 tinuous, curved, distinct ; under- side of 
 
 antennae, pale buff, not dark H. thaumas. 
 
 2. Colour uniform; bar on male, short, 
 broken, usually indistinct ; under-side of 
 
 tips of antennae black H. lineola. 
 
 3. With a fan-like arrangement of light 
 markings on fore-wings H. action. 
 
 b. -Larger ; with hooks to antennae. 
 
 1. Under-surface yellowish, almost uniform H. sylvanus. 
 
 2. Under-surface darker, with square white 
 markings H. comma. 
 
 Syrichthus, Bdv. 
 
 The genus Syrichthus is represented by the single 
 species following : 
 
 S. malvae, Linn., S. alveolus, Hiibner (Grizzled 
 Skipper) (Figs. 244 and 245), is a fairly .common little 
 butterfly in grassy spots near woods in England and 
 parts of Scotland. When on the wing it is very difficult 
 to follow, and so does not fall an easy prey to the 
 pursuer. Should a capture be effected, it must be 
 remembered that a Skipper- is not like an ordinary 
 butterfly, and no attempt should be made to kill it by 
 
210 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 pinching the thorax; such a proceeding would almost 
 certainly destroy the beauty of the specimen. All 
 Skippers had better be boxed and taken home, or 
 killed in the cyanide-bottle on the spot. 
 
 The perfect insect is out in May, and continues but 
 a short time upon the wing. The eggs are laid about 
 the beginning of June on the Bramble (Kudus fruticosus}, 
 the Strawberry-leaved Potentilla (Potentilla Fragariastntm). 
 and perhaps on the Musk Mallow (Malva moschata), 
 the Raspberry (Rubus Idaus\ the Wild Strawberry 
 (Fragaria vesca\ and possibly one or two species of 
 Potentilla besides that mentioned above. The eggs hatch 
 
 244 
 
 245 
 
 SYRICHTHUS MALV^. 
 
 in nine or ten days, and the pupae may be found about 
 September. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 244), which is between 4in. and 3 in. 
 in length when full-grown, is somewhat spindle-shaped. 
 The body is yellowish-green, with a reddish tinge on the 
 fore-part of the back, and is covered with short hairs. 
 There are indistinct dorsal, subdorsal, and spiracular 
 lines, and the head is dark brown. 
 
 The long, smooth, unangled pupa is contained in a 
 slight cocoon between bramble-leaves fastened together 
 by threads of silk. The dorsal surface bears reddish- 
 brown hairs. The ground-colour is reddish-grey, the 
 wing-cases having a pinkish tinge and the dorsal surface 
 
NISONIADES TAGES. 211 
 
 of the abdomen being brownish. On the anterior parts 
 of the pupa are some dark brown marks, and there is 
 a row of spots across each segment of the abdomen. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Fig. 245) is nearly straight, the hind-margin of all the 
 wings is slightly convex, and the fringe is black and 
 white. The colour of the upper surface is black, 
 chequered with variously-shaped white marks. The 
 under-surface resembles the upper, but is paler. The 
 sexes are similar. There is a variety in which several 
 of the spots on the upper surface of the fore-wings 
 coalesce and give the butterfly a very distinctive appear- 
 ance. This goes by the name of 6". mahm var. 
 lavatera. 
 
 Nisoniades, Hilbner ; Thanaos, Boisduval, 
 
 Like Syrichthus, Nisoniades is represented by but a 
 single species. 
 
 N. tages, Linn. (Dingy Skipper) (Figs. 246 and 
 247), though not so common as the last butterfly, is 
 found throughout England and in parts of Scotland. It 
 should -be sought for on dry banks, on hill-sides, and 
 in similar localities. It is common in the south-east 
 corner of England. 
 
 The imagines come out in May. The eggs are laid 
 about the end of the month on the Bird's-foot Trefoil 
 (Lotus corniculatus}. They hatch early in June, and 
 the larvae are full-grown at the end of July, producing, 
 probably, a second flight of butterflies. 
 
 The full-grown larva (Fig. 246) is somewhat spindle- 
 shaped and from fin. to n'n. in length. It is yellowish-green, 
 shagreened with dark points. The dorsal stripe is of a 
 darker green and is followed on each side by a sub- 
 dorsal, pale, dark-edged one. The small spiracles are 
 
 p 2 
 
212 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 red and the spiracular line is whitish-green. The head 
 is dark brown. 
 
 The unangled pupa is green on the thorax, but tinged 
 with red on the abdomen. 
 
 The costal margin of the imago (Fig. 247) is nearly 
 straight, and the hind-margin of all the wings slightly 
 convex. The fringe is brown, as is also the ground- 
 colour of all the wings. On the fore-wings are two 
 rows of dark brown spots, the one nearest the base 
 being interrupted. The hind-wings are of a much 
 darker brown ground-colour, with a few indistinct 
 pale markings. Inside the fringe on all the wings is a 
 
 NISONIADES TAGES. 
 
 fine dark line, succeeded inwards by a row of tiny 
 whitish dots. The under-surface is pale whitish-brown, 
 with a few indistinct whitish dots, consisting principally 
 of a line just inside the fringe. The sexes are similar. 
 
 Hesperia, Boisduval. 
 
 Hesperia contains five British species H. thaumas, 
 H. lineola, H. actaon, H. sylvanus, H. comma, all of 
 them possessing a rich orange-brown ground-colour, and 
 the males in each case having a black bar near the 
 base of the fore-wings, distinguishing them from the 
 females. The last two, which are considerably larger 
 
HESPERIA TRAUMAS. 
 
 2I 3 
 
 than the others, have their antennae terminated in a 
 hook. All five butterflies have a concave bend on the 
 hind-wings near the anal angle. 
 
 H. thaumas, Hufn., H. linea, Fabr. (Small Skipper) 
 (Figs. 248 to 250), is pretty generally distributed throughout 
 England by the sides of hedgerows, on commons, and 
 in many other situations ; but owing to its small size and 
 
 249 
 Male. 
 
 250 
 Female. 
 
 HESPERIA THAUMAS. 
 
 inconspicuous colouring is probably seldom seen except 
 by entomologists. 
 
 The eggs are laid towards the end of July, and the 
 young larvae come out early in August. They feed on 
 grasses, two that they take to well being the Meadow 
 Soft-grass (Holcus lanatus) and the Slender False Brome- 
 grass (^Br achy podium sylvaticuni). After spending the 
 
214 Tf BOOK OF BRITISH HUTTERFLIES. 
 
 winter as larvae they spin up during June, and the 
 perfect insects emerge in July. 
 
 The full-grown larva, which is under lin. in length, 
 has a flattened ventral surface and tapers a little towards 
 both extremities. The body is light green, the head 
 being darker and rough. On the fore-part of the body- 
 are numerous extremely fine black points. The dorsal 
 stripe is of a darker green than the general colour, 
 with a stout paler green line down the centre of it 
 and a similar one still paler on each side. The sub- 
 dorsal line is pale green, and the spiracles are reddish, 
 while below them is a whitish line. 
 
 The pupa, which is about fin. in length, is, when it 
 has not long turned, similar in colouring and marking 
 to the larva, and very closely resembles the pupa of 
 H. actaon, but the beak projecting from the head is 
 shorter and less sharply-pointed than is that of the last 
 named. 
 
 The costal margin of the imago (Figs. 249 and 250) is 
 nearly straight. Near the anal angle of all the wings is a 
 concave hollowing of the margin most pronounced on the 
 hind-wings ; the fringe is pale. The ground-colour of the 
 upper surface is rich orange-brown sprinkled with black 
 scales on the hind-wings and at the base and hind-margin 
 of the fore-wings. Just inside the fringe is a distinct black 
 line. The male (Fig. 249) is distinguished from the female 
 (Fig. 250) by the black bar near the base of the fore- 
 wings. The under-surface is very plain, being greyish- 
 brown with a good sprinkling of black scales. 
 
 H. lineola, Och. (New Small Skipper) (Fig. 251), was, 
 in 1891, added to the list of British Butterflies. Before 
 that time it had been confused with H. thaumas, which it 
 very closely resembles, with which it usually flies, and with 
 whose time of appearance on the wing it almost or quite 
 
HESPERIA LINEOLA. 215 
 
 coincides. It was already known to have a wide range in 
 Europe, extending from Scandinavia in trie north to the 
 extreme south, and even beyond the Mediterranean into 
 North Africa. 
 
 With regard to localities, those at present known are 
 Leigh, Harwich, and Benfleet, Essex; Shoeburyness; South- 
 end; Fens of Huntingdon; Cambridgeshire; near Sudbury, 
 Suffolk ; as well as in Jersey. 
 
 Each female lays on an average at least thirty to forty 
 eggs, which she deposits in July or August inside the 
 sheath formed at the junction of the grass-blades with the 
 stem. The larvae appear in the middle of the following 
 April and feed on grass, a genus that they take to readily 
 being Triticum. Towards the end of June the pupal state 
 
 gfc 
 
 FIG. 251. HESPERIA LINEOLA. FIG. 252. HESPERIA THAUMAS. 
 
 is assumed and lasts three weeks or rather less, the 
 imagines appearing about mid-July. 
 
 Mr. F. W. Hawes, to whose description of the early 
 stages of lineola in The Entomologist ', xxv., p. 177, we 
 are indebted for the following, says that the larva is 
 yellowish-green, having a rather broad dorsal stripe of 
 darker green, which stripe is continued as a distinct 
 brown mark over the head to the mouth ; the head 
 has also two other marks, one on each side of the 
 central brown one. There are two thin subdorsal yellow 
 stripes, and a light line traverses each side just below the 
 
2l6 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES, 
 
 spiracles; the segmental divisions are yellow, and the belly 
 and legs of a deeper and clearer green. It feeds at dusk, 
 and no doubt during the night, near the tops of the 
 blades of grass. The resemblance of the full-grown larva 
 to a grass-blade is very remarkable. 
 
 When full-fed the larva spins the grass stems together 
 low down by a network of white silk and changes to a 
 long yellowish-green pupa, in which the dorsal stripe of 
 the larva is retained. 
 
 By comparing lineola (Fig. 251) with thaumas (Fig. 252), 
 it will be seen that the bar on the upper surface of the 
 fore-wings of the male is in the former short, divided, 
 and usually indistinct ; while in the latter it is long, 
 curved, continuous, and very distinct ; that the under- 
 surface of the tip of the antennae is black in the former, 
 buff in the latter ; that the fulvous patch on the under- 
 surface of the hind-wings near the anal angle present in 
 thaumas is wanting in lineola^ and that the coloration of 
 the upper surface of lineola is much more suffused than 
 that of its congener. 
 
 H. actaeon, Rott. (Lulworth Skipper) (Figs. 253 to 
 256), is one of the most local of our butterflies, being 
 found only in certain spots along the south coast of 
 England, between Swanage and Sidmouth, the best-known 
 localities being Lulworth Cove, where the butterfly was first 
 discovered in 1832, and Burning Cliff, between that place 
 and Weymouth. It used sometimes to be very abundant 
 in detached sheltered spots facing south, but is probably 
 less common now than formerly. //. actteon is an active 
 little butterfly, very difficult to follow in its flight, but it 
 may often be taken in dull weather resting on teasles, 
 thistles, and brambles. Specimens for the cabinet ought 
 to be secured within a few hours at most after leaving 
 the chrysalis 
 
HESPERIA AC1VEON. 
 
 217 
 
 The larva feeds on the Heath False Brome-grass 
 (^Br achy podium pinnatum), Couch-grass (Triticum repens), 
 and probably other grasses. It is full-fed about the end 
 of June, and the imagines come out about mid-July and 
 sometimes continue into September. 
 
 The full-grown larva (Fig. 253) is between fin. and 
 i in. in length, and tapers somewhat to both extremities. 
 
 254 
 
 HESPERIA ACTION. 
 
 The head is large, brown at first, then paler; the colour 
 of the body is whitish-green, with a darker streak on 
 the back edged with yellow, and down the centre of 
 this streak is a pale line. A narrow yellow line 
 follows this on each side, and below that is a broader 
 one of the same colour. The spiracles are flesh- 
 coloured, and are contained in a pale streak. 
 
2l8 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 254) is ?in. in length ; it is pointed in 
 front, while the anal extremity is flattened and furnished 
 with hooks. The tongue-case is free from the body. 
 The colouring resembles that of the larva, but as the 
 time approaches for the imago to appear it becomes 
 pinkish anteriorly, then purplish, while the dorsal surface 
 of the abdomen assumes a brownish colour. As the 
 change approaches more closely, the colours become 
 darker still. 
 
 The imagines (Figs. 255 and 256) very closely resemble 
 those of H. thaumas, but they are rather thickly sprinkled 
 with black scales, and there is a fan-like series of light 
 yellowish spots on the fore-wings. 
 
 H. sylvanus, Esper. (Large Skipper) (Figs. 257 to 
 261), is the largest member of the group, but except 
 by entomologists is probably seldom seen, owing to its 
 inconspicuous colouring and abrupt, jerky style of flight. 
 It is, however, pretty generally distributed throughout 
 England, especially in the south. It should be sought 
 for in grassy spots, by road-sides, and so on particularly 
 near woods. 
 
 The eggs are laid in July, and the larvae come out in 
 the same month and feed on the Broad-leaved Hairy 
 Woodrush (Luzula pilosd) as well as on various grasses, 
 amongst them being Cock's-foot-grass (Dactylis glom- 
 erata\ Couch-grass (Triticum repens], and Soft-grass 
 (Holcus lanatus). The larvae make for themselves silken 
 hibernacula amongst the grass-blades in early autumn, 
 and in them pass the winter. They are full-fed in May, 
 and the imagines come out in that month or the next. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 257), which is of the shape common 
 to the group, is, when full-fed, over lin. in length and 
 bluish-green in colour, with a darker stripe down the 
 back and a light one in the spiracular region above the 
 
HESPERIA SYLVANUS. 
 
 2I 9 
 
 feet. The head is large and of a bright pinkish-brown 
 colour. 
 
 The pupa (Fig. 258), which is more than fin. in length, 
 is purplish-brown in colour, and is to be found enclosed 
 in a blade of grass, the edges of which have been drawn 
 together with silken threads. It has a prominent point 
 
 258 
 
 259 
 
 HESPERIA SYLVANUS. 
 
 at the anal extremity, and the end of the long tongue- 
 case is detached from the body. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Figs. 259 to 261) is nearly straight, but possibly a little 
 concave ; the hind-margin of all the wings is rounded, 
 except near the anal angle of the hind-wings, where there 
 
220 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 is a rather conspicuous concavity ; the fringe is pale yellow. 
 The ground-colour of the upper surface is a bright orange 
 brown, edged with a considerable width of brown along 
 the hind-margin. The same colour is also found at the 
 base of the hind-wings and even of the fore-wings of 
 the female (Fig. 261), leaving the bright orange more or 
 less as a series of spots, except on the fore-wings of 
 the male, where there is a considerable patch of this 
 lighter colour, crossed by the black streak which distin- 
 guishes the male (Fig. 260) from the female. The 
 nervures are black. On the under-surface (Fig. 259) the 
 ground-colour is lighter and the markings are diffused. 
 There is a dark mark near the base of the fore-wings 
 in both sexes. The antennae are hooked. 
 
 H. comma, Linn. (Silver-spotted Skipper) (Figs. 262 
 to 264), closely resembles the last, but is more brightly 
 and distinctly marked, especially on the under-surface. 
 It is not nearly so common as H. sv/ranus, being chiefly 
 restricted to the southern part of England. Its life- 
 history, too, is not well known. 
 
 The eggs are laid late in the summer and hatch about 
 March in the next year. The larvae are said to feed on 
 the Bird's-foot (Ornithopus perpiisillus} and the Bird's-foot 
 Trefoil {Lotus corniculatus\ and possibly on other plants 
 of the order Leguminosa. The imago appears in July or 
 the next month. 
 
 It has been mentioned from the following counties 
 where it may sometimes occur abundantly : In the Mid- 
 lands, in Berks, Bucks, Derby, Gloucester, Northants and 
 Oxon ; in the east, in Cambridge, Hertford, and Kent ; 
 in the south, in Devon, Dorset, Hants, Wilts, Surrey, and 
 Sussex ; and in the North, in Yorkshire. 
 
 The margins of the imago (Figs. 262 to 264) are similar 
 in shape to those of H. sylvanus, except that the hollow 
 
CARTEROCEPHALUS. 
 
 221 
 
 near the anal angle of the hind-wings may be a little 
 deeper ; the fringe is perhaps paler than in the last-named 
 butterfly. In general arrangement the ground-colour and 
 markings of H. comma resemble those of H. sylvanus, 
 but the contrast is greater and the spots are smaller, 
 so that the markings seem more distinct. There is 
 considerable difference however on the under-surface 
 (Fig. 262). H. comma has a much greyer ground-colour, 
 
 262 
 
 Male. 
 
 Female. 
 
 HESPERIA COMMA. 
 
 and is marked with very distinct, somewhat square 
 whitish spots. The black mark on the fore-wings dis- 
 tinguishes the male (Fig. 263) frorii the female (Fig. 264). 
 The antennae are hooked. 
 
 Carterocephalus, Laderer. 
 
 In Britain Carterocephalus is represented by one species 
 only. 
 
222 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 C. palaemon, Pall., C. paniscus, Fabr. (Chequered 
 Skipper) (Figs. 265 and 266), is not a common butterfly, 
 its home being in a few eastern and east-midland counties 
 Lincoln, Suffolk, Huntingdon, Northampton, Notting- 
 ham, and Oxford. It also occurs in the south, in 
 Hampshire, and has been reported from North Wales. 
 
 The eggs are laid and hatched in June. The larv;t 
 feed on the Slender False Brome-grass (Brvckypodium 
 sylvaticum\ the Hairy Brome-grass (JBromus asper\ and 
 probably on other grasses also. The winter is passed 
 
 265 266 
 
 CARTEROCEPHALUS PAL^MON. 
 
 in the larval stage, the pupal state being taken in April 
 The perfect insects appear about May. 
 
 The larva (Fig. 265), which is over lin. in length when 
 full-grown, is pale bluish-green in colour, with several 
 longitudinal lines, many of them indistinct. The chief 
 lines are a darker green dorsal one with whitish edging, 
 then a bread paler green one, next a dark green one, 
 and then a whitish one. The head and second and 
 third segments have dark marks at first, but they 
 become green eventually. During hibernation the larva 
 
CARTEROCEPHALUS PAL^EMON. 223 
 
 becomes smaller, and loses much of the green from its 
 colouring. 
 
 The slender pupa is about fin. in length. It has a 
 sharp anterior spike, and a flat anal one bearing hooks. 
 In colour it is pale cream, with a narrow dark brown 
 dorsal line. Below this, on each side, are two rust- 
 coloured lines, and a third in the region of the spiracles. 
 The tongue-case is dark brown. 
 
 The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago 
 (Fig. 266) is nearly straight, and the hind-margin convex. 
 The hind-margin of the hind-wings has the concavity 
 near the anal angle which is characteristic of all the 
 Skippers except the two already described ; the fringe is 
 brown. The antennae are curved at the tip, but not 
 hooked. The ground-colour of the upper surface is 
 nearly black. Besides a row of indistinct orange spots 
 near the hind-margin, there are about ten bright orange 
 spots of various shapes on each fore-wing and about 
 four on each hind-wing. The under-surface is richer 
 than the upper the ground-colour is lighter, the spots 
 are more numerous, and many are edged with a fine 
 dark line. 
 
CHAPTER VII. 
 
 COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR, 
 
 ||S a help to the inexperienced collector the 
 following calendar has been drawn up, so 
 that he may always have at hand for refer- 
 ence a convenient list of the larvae, pupae, 
 and imagines that he may expect to meet 
 with on his excursions. It must be understood that 
 several of the names were included with a good deal of 
 reserve, but this will only spur on the genuine ento- 
 mologist to add new facts to those already known. In 
 consulting the calendar allowance must always be made 
 for the forwardness, or otherwise, of the season, as this 
 may make two or three weeks' difference in the time of 
 appearance of any particular insect, especially the early 
 ones. A further point to note is that eggs of butterflies 
 that hibernate as imagines should not be sought for 
 till the spring. 
 
 January and February. 
 
 Butterfly-life is at a standstill during these months, 
 the winter being passed in a state of hibernation, which 
 may take place at either of the four stages egg, larva, 
 
COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR. 
 
 225 
 
 pupa, or imago ; but, as far as each species is concerned, 
 the state in which the winter is passed is invariable, 
 though precocious individuals may sometimes outstrip 
 their fellows in development. 
 
 Thecla betulce 
 W-album 
 pruni 
 quercus 
 
 Lyccena cegon 
 Hesperia lineola 
 comma 
 
 [Lyccsna bcetica\ 
 
 Larvae. 
 
 Aporia cratagi 
 Argynnis selene 
 
 euphrosyne 
 
 latona 
 
 aglaia 
 
 adippe 
 
 paphia 
 Melitcea aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 athalia 
 
 Limenitis sibylla. 
 Apatura iris 
 Melanargia galatea 
 Erebia epiphron 
 
 cethiops 
 Pararge egeria 
 
 megcera 
 Satynis semele 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Leucopjiasia sinapis 
 Pieris brassicce 
 
 raps 
 
 napi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Pupae. 
 
 Epinephele ianira 
 
 tithonus 
 
 hyperanthes 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Polyommatus phlceas 
 Lyccena astrarche 
 
 icarus 
 
 bellargus 
 
 corydon 
 
 minima 
 
 arion 
 
 Nisoniades tages 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 actcson 
 
 syl-vanus 
 Carterocephalus palceinon 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Thecla rubi 
 Lyccena argiolus 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Syrichthus malva 
 
226 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Imagines. 
 
 Colzas hyale Vanessa urticce 
 
 edusa io 
 
 Gonopteryx rhamni antiopa 
 
 Vanessa C-album atalanta 
 
 polychloros cardui 
 
 Nothing is known of the state of hibernation of Lycana 
 aris, while there is considerable doubt about that of 
 Hesperia comma^ Pararge egeria^ P. megara> Ccenonympha 
 pamphilus, Lyccena arion, Carterocephalus palamon, Colias 
 hyale^ and C. edusa. 
 
 Occasionally a few butterflies may be found on the 
 wing, having been deceived as to the time of the year 
 by an exceptionally warm and bright day. The butterflies 
 so deceived will belong to the group that hibernates in the 
 imago stage, or will be one of the common Whites, Pieris 
 brassica, P. rapa, or possibly P. napi y P. rapce being the 
 earliest of the three upon the wing. 
 
 March. 
 
 Though we are able to say that the winter's sleep of 
 the butterfly-world is beginning to get a little disturbed, 
 yet during March very few advances are made from the 
 state of affairs at the end of February. No new butter- 
 flies enter the pupa state (except, perhaps, Polyommatus 
 phl&as) ; but, should the weather be open, we may 
 expect some of the hibernating larvae to commence 
 feeding. Amongst them we might perhaps find Melitcea 
 aurinia, M. einxia, M. aihalia, Argynnis euphrosyne^ 
 A. se/ene, Pararge egeria, P. megcera^ Polyommatus phl&as, 
 and Theda rubi. Hesperia comma may be expected to 
 leave the egg this month. 
 
COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR. 
 
 227 
 
 The following imagines may possibly be seen, as 
 there are records of their having occurred during this 
 month or earlier : Pieris rapa, Gonopteryx rhamni^ 
 Vanessa C-album, K polychloros, V. urticce^ V. io, 
 V. antiopa, and Lyccena argiolus. 
 
 April. 
 
 With the advent of April the work of the entcmologist 
 commences in earnest, especially if the weather happens 
 to be genial. 
 
 Larvae. 
 
 Aporia cratcegi 
 Argynnis selene 
 
 euphrosyne 
 
 latona 
 
 aglnia 
 
 adippe 
 
 paphia 
 
 Melitcea aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 athalia 
 
 Limenitis sibylla 
 Apatura iris 
 Melanargia galatea 
 Erebia epiphron 
 
 cethiops 
 
 Pararge megcsra 
 Satyrus semele 
 Epinephele ianira 
 
 Epinephele tithonus 
 
 hyperanthes 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Lyc&na astrarche 
 
 icarus 
 
 bellargus 
 
 corydon 
 
 minima 
 
 arion 
 
 Nisoniades tages 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 lineola 
 
 actceon 
 
 sylvanus 
 
 comma 
 Carterocephalus palcemon 
 
 Of the above-named butterfly-larvae many will be 
 feeding, though a few will usually wait a week or two 
 longer before trusting our uncertain climate. 
 
 Papilio machaon, 
 Pieris brassiccs 
 
 rapes 
 
 iiapi 
 
 Pupae. 
 
 Pieris daplidice 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Argynnis euphrosyne 
 Q 2 
 
228 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 P U PJE con fin ued. 
 
 Melitcea aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 Pararge egeria 
 
 megcera 
 Theda rubi 
 Lyccena astrarche 
 
 Pieris brassicce 
 
 rapes 
 
 napi 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis euphrosyne 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 polychloros 
 
 urticce 
 
 Lyccena argiolus 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Syrichthus malva 
 Nisoniades tages 
 Carte rocepha! us palatnon 
 
 Imagines. 
 
 Vanessa to 
 
 antiopa 
 
 atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 
 Pararge egeria 
 Theda rubi 
 Polyommatus phlceas 
 Lyccena argiolus 
 Syrichthus malvcc 
 Nisoniades tages 
 
 The number of species observed will depend very 
 greatly on the forwardness of the season. 
 
 May. 
 
 During this and the next three or four months the 
 entomologist will have his hands fully occupied. He may 
 be expected to find the following : 
 
 Larvae. 
 
 Aporia cratagi 
 Pieris brassiccs 
 
 napi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis selene 
 
 latona 
 
 aplaia 
 
 Argynnis adippe 
 
 paphia 
 Melitcea aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 athalia 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 urticce 
 
 Limenitis sibylla 
 Apatura iris 
 
COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR. 
 
 229 
 
 LARVAE continued. 
 
 Melanargia galatea 
 Erebia epiphron 
 
 cethiops 
 
 Satyrus semele 
 Epinephele ianira 
 
 tithonus 
 
 hyperanthes 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Theda betulce 
 
 W-album 
 
 pruni 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Aporia cratcegi 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Argynnis selene 
 
 euphrosyne 
 Melitcza aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 Erebia epiphron 
 Pararge megcera 
 Epinephele ianira 
 
 Pupae. 
 
 Theda quercus 
 Polyommatus phlceas 
 Lyccena agon 
 
 icarus 
 
 corydon 
 
 minima 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 lineola 
 
 actceon 
 
 sylvanus 
 
 comma 
 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 Theda rubi 
 Lyccena astrarche 
 
 icarus 
 
 bellargus 
 
 corydon 
 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Hesperia sylvanus 
 Carterocephalus pal&mon 
 
 Imagines. 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Pieris brassica 
 
 rapes 
 
 napi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Colzas hyale 
 
 edusa 
 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis selene 
 
 euphrosyne 
 
 Melitcea aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 athalia 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 polychloros 
 
 urticce 
 
 io 
 
 antiopa 
 
 atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 Pararge egeria 
 
 megcera 
 
230 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 IMAGINES continued. 
 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Thecla rubi 
 Polyommatus phlceas 
 Lyccena argiades 
 
 astrarche 
 
 Lye ana bellargus 
 
 argiolus 
 
 semiargus 
 Syrichthus mal-vat 
 Nisoniades tages 
 Carte rocephalus palamon 
 
 June. 
 
 Larvae. 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Pieris brassicee 
 
 rapae 
 
 rtapi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Colias hyale 
 
 edusa 
 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis euphrosyne 
 
 latona 
 
 aglaia 
 
 adippe 
 
 paphia 
 Melitcea aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 athalia 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 polychloros 
 
 urticce 
 
 10 
 
 antiopa 
 
 atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 
 Limenitis sibylla 
 Apatura iris 
 
 Melanargia galatea 
 Erebia athiops 
 Pararge egeria 
 
 megcera 
 Satyrus semele 
 Epinephele tithonus 
 
 hyperanthes 
 
 Ccenonympha pamphilus 
 T/tecla betulce 
 
 W-album 
 pruni 
 
 quercus 
 
 rubi 
 
 Polyommatus phlceas 
 Lycatna cegon 
 
 bellargus 
 
 corydon 
 
 argiolus 
 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Syrichthus malva 
 Nisoniades tages 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 lineola 
 
 aciaon 
 
 comma 
 Carterocephalus palamon 
 
COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR. 
 
 231 
 
 Pupae. 
 
 Aporia cratcegi 
 Pieris brassiccB 
 
 napi 
 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis latona 
 
 aglaia 
 
 adippe 
 
 paphia 
 Melitcea aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 Vanessa C-album 
 Limenitis sibylla 
 Apatura iris 
 Melanargia galatea 
 Erebia epiphron 
 
 cethiops 
 
 Satyrus semele 
 Epinephele ianira 
 
 tithonus 
 
 Epinephele hyperanthes 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Theda betulce 
 
 W-album 
 
 pruni 
 
 quercus 
 
 Polyommatus phlceas 
 Lyccena agon 
 
 corydon 
 
 argiolus 
 
 minima 
 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 lineola 
 
 actaon 
 
 sylvanus 
 
 comma 
 
 Imagines. 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Aporia cratcegi 
 Pieris brassica 
 
 rapce 
 
 napi 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Colzas hyale 
 
 edusa 
 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis selene 
 
 euphrosyne 
 
 paphia 
 Melitcea aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 athalia 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 urticce 
 
 Vanessa to 
 
 atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 
 Limenitis sibylla 
 Erebia epiphron 
 Pararge megcera 
 Satyrus semele 
 Epinephele ianira 
 Cosnonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Thecla W-album 
 
 pruni 
 
 rubi 
 
 Polvommatus phlceas 
 Lyccena argiades 
 
 astrarche 
 
 tcarus 
 
 bellargus 
 
232 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 IMAGINES continued. 
 
 Lyccena argiolus 
 semiargus 
 minima 
 anon 
 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 
 Syrichthus malvae 
 Nisohiades tages 
 Hesperia sylvanus 
 
 comma (?) 
 Carterocephalus palcemon 
 
 July. 
 
 Larvae. 
 
 Aporia cratcegi 
 Pieris brassica 
 
 rapes 
 
 napi 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Colias hyale 
 
 edusa 
 Argynnis selene 
 
 euphrosyne 
 Melitaa aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 athalia 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 polychloros 
 
 urtica 
 
 io 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Pieris brassica 
 
 rapes 
 
 napi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Colias hyale 
 
 edusa 
 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis latona 
 
 Pupas. 
 
 Vanessa antiopa 
 
 atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 Pararge egeria 
 
 megcera 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Thecla rubi 
 Lycana as t rare he 
 
 icarus 
 
 minima 
 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Syrichthus malvce 
 Nisoniades tages 
 Hesperia sylvanus 
 Carterocephalus palccmon 
 
 Argynnis aglaia 
 
 adippe 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 polychloros 
 
 urticee 
 
 io 
 
 antiopa 
 
 atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 
 Limenitis sibylla 
 Apatura iris 
 
COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR. 
 
 233 
 
 PUPJE continued. 
 
 Melanargia galatea 
 Erebia cethiops 
 Pararge egeria 
 
 megcera 
 Satyrus semele 
 Epinephele hyperanthes 
 Ccenonympha pamphilys 
 Thecla betula 
 
 W-album 
 
 quercus 
 
 rubi 
 
 Lyccena agon 
 
 astrarche 
 
 bellargus 
 
 corydon 
 
 argiolus 
 
 Nisoniades tages 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 lineola 
 
 actceon 
 
 Imagines. 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Aporia crat<zgi 
 Pieris brassicce 
 
 rapce 
 
 napi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis latona 
 
 aglaia 
 
 adippe 
 
 paphia 
 
 Melitcea athalia 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 polychloros 
 
 urticce 
 
 io 
 
 Limenitis sibylla 
 Apatura iris 
 Melanargia galatea 
 Erebia epiphron 
 
 cethiops 
 
 Pararge egeria 
 Satyrus semele 
 Epinephele ianira 
 
 Epinephele tithonus. 
 
 hyperanthes 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Thecla betulcs 
 
 W-album 
 
 pruni 
 
 quercus 
 
 rubi 
 
 Polyommatus phlccas 
 Lyccena argiades 
 
 ccgon 
 
 icarus 
 
 corydon 
 
 argiolus 
 
 semiargus 
 
 minima 
 
 arion 
 
 Syrichthus malvce 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 lineola 
 
 actceon 
 
 sylvanus 
 
 comma 
 
234 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 August. 
 Larvae. 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Aporia crategi 
 Pierts brassicce 
 
 napi 
 
 daplidice (?) 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Argynnis selene 
 
 euphrosyne 
 
 latona 
 
 aglaia 
 
 adippe 
 
 paphia 
 Melitaa aurinia 
 
 cinxia 
 
 athalia 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 
 Limenitis Sibylla 
 Apatura iris 
 Satyrus scmele 
 Epinephele ianira 
 
 tithonus 
 
 hyperanthes 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Polyommatus phloeas 
 Lycana astrarche 
 
 icarus 
 
 argiolus 
 
 minima 
 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Syrichthus malva 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 sylvanus 
 Carterocephalus palccmcrr 
 
 Pupae. 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Pierts napi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 Vanessa polychloros 
 
 urtica 
 
 Vanessa atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 
 Ccenonympha pamphilus- 
 Thecla rubi 
 Lyccena icarus 
 
 bellargus 
 
 Imagines. 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Aporia cratagi 
 Pierts brassica 
 
 rapes 
 
 napi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Colias hyale 
 
 Colias edusa 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis latona 
 
 aglaia 
 
 adippe 
 
 paphia 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 polychloros 
 
COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR. 235 
 
 IMAGINES continued. 
 
 Vanessa urticce Thecla betulce 
 io W-album 
 
 antiopa quercus 
 
 atalanta Polyommatus phlceas 
 
 cardui Lyccena bcetica 
 
 Limenitis Sibylla argiades 
 
 Apatura iris agon 
 
 Melanargia galatea astrarche 
 
 Erebia epiphron icarus 
 
 cethiops bellargus 
 
 Pararge egeria corydon 
 
 megcera argiolus 
 
 Satyrus semele semiargus 
 
 Epinephele ianira Nisoniades tages 
 
 tithonus Hesperia lineola 
 hyperanthes actceon 
 
 Ccenonympha typhon sylvanus 
 
 pamphilus comma 
 
 September. 
 
 Larvae. 
 
 (Some will have commenced hibernation.) 
 
 Aporia cratcegi Melitcea aurinia 
 
 Pieris brassicce cinxia 
 
 rapce athalia 
 
 napi Vanessa atalanta 
 
 daplidice Limenitis sibylla 
 
 Leucophasia sinapis Apatura iris 
 
 Colias hyale Melanargia galatea 
 
 edusa Erebia epiphron 
 
 Argynnis selene cethiops 
 
 euphrosyne Pararge egeria 
 
 latona megcera 
 
 aglaia Satyrus semele 
 
 adippe Epinephele ianira 
 
 paphia tithonus 
 
236 
 
 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 Epinephele hyperanthes 
 Ccenonympha typhon 
 
 pamphilus 
 Polyommatus phlceas 
 Lyccena astrarche 
 
 icarus 
 
 bellargus 
 
 corydon 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Pieris brassica 
 
 rapes 
 
 napi 
 
 daplidice 
 
 Euchlo'e cardamines 
 Leucophasia sinapis 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 Papilio machaon 
 Pieris daplidice 
 Colias hyale 
 
 edusa 
 
 Gonopteryx rhamni 
 Argynnis latona 
 Vanessa C-album 
 
 polychloros 
 
 urticce 
 
 io 
 
 antiopa 
 
 atalanta 
 
 cardui 
 Danais erippus 
 
 Pupae. 
 
 Lyccena argiolus 
 
 minima 
 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Syrichthus malvce 
 Nisoniades tages 
 Hesperia thaumas 
 
 sylvanus 
 Carterocephalus palccmon 
 
 Vanessa urticce 
 
 atalanta 
 Thecla rubi 
 Polyommitus phlceas 
 Lyccena argiolus 
 Nemeobius lucina 
 Syrichthus malvce 
 
 Imagines. 
 
 Pararge egeria 
 
 megcera 
 Satyrus semele 
 Epinephele tithonus 
 Ccenonympha pamphilus 
 Thecla betulce 
 Polyommatus phlceas 
 Lyccena bcctica 
 
 icarus 
 
 bellargus 
 
 corydon 
 
 argiolus 
 Hesperia actceon (?) 
 
 comma (?) 
 
 October. 
 
 The butterfly-collector's season is rapidly drawing to a 
 close ; but if the autumn is fine and warm he may still 
 do a little further work. 
 
COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR. 237 
 
 Larvae. 
 
 Some of the following will be feeding, though most, 
 if not all, that hibernate at this stage will be already laid 
 up for the winter : 
 
 Aporia cratcegi Pararge egeria 
 Pieris brassicce megcera 
 
 rapes Satyrus semele 
 
 Leucophasia sinapis Epinephele ianira 
 Colzas hyale tithonus 
 
 edusa hyperanthes 
 
 Argynnis selene Coenonympha typhon 
 euphrosyne pamphilus 
 
 latona Polyommatus phlceas 
 
 aglaia Lyccena astrarche 
 adippe icarus 
 
 paphia bellargus 
 
 Melitcea aurinia corydon 
 
 cinxia argiolus 
 
 athalia minima 
 
 Limenitis sibylla Nisoniades tages 
 
 Apatura iris Hesperia thaumas 
 Melanargia galatea sylvanus 
 
 Erebia epiphron Carterocephalus palcemon 
 cethiops 
 
 Pupae. 
 
 The following may be sought for : 
 
 Papilio machaon Colias hyale 
 
 Pieris brassicce edusa 
 
 rapce Theda rubi 
 
 napi Nemeobius lucina 
 
 daplidice Lyccena argiolus 
 
 Leucophasia sinapis Syrichthus malvce 
 
 Euchloe cardamines 
 
 Imagines. 
 
 Though the season is now so far advanced, it is possible 
 that some of the species named may be found. 
 
238 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. 
 
 IMAGINES continued. 
 
 Colias hyale Vanessa antiopa 
 
 edusa atalanta 
 
 Gonopteryx rhamni cardui 
 
 Argynnis latona Thee la betula 
 
 Vanessa C-album Polyommatus phlceas 
 
 polychloros Lycana b&tica 
 urticce icarus 
 
 to bellargus 
 
 November. 
 
 Few signs of butterfly-life are apparent during this 
 and the next three months. If the weather remains open 
 one or two larvae may not quite have ceased feeding, 
 the most likely being perhaps, Pieris brassiae, P. rapcc, and 
 Leucophasia sinapis, while an occasional imago of one 
 of the species that hibernate at that stage may be found 
 upon the wing. A list of the hibernating larvae, pupae, 
 and imagines will be found at the commencement of 
 this chapter under the heading January and February. 
 
 December. 
 
 All species are hibernating, as in January and February. 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 A. 
 
 Adonis Blue, 193 
 
 " Animal," Definition of, I 
 
 Antennae of Butterflies and 
 
 Moths, 3, 4 
 Anthocharis, 56 
 
 cardamines, 56 
 Anthriscus sylvestris, 57 
 Antiopa-year, 1 1 2 
 Apatura, 125 
 
 iris, 125 
 Aporia, 39 
 
 crataegi, 40 
 
 crataegi extinct, 40 
 Argynnis, 74, 75 
 
 adippe, 85 
 
 adippe var. cleodoxa, 88 
 
 aglaia, 82 
 
 dia, 75 
 
 euphrosyne, 77 
 
 latona, 80 
 
 niobe, 75 
 
 paphia, 88 
 
 paphia var. valezina, 91 
 
 selene, 75 
 Arran Brown, 133 
 Arrangement of Butterflies in the 
 
 Cabinet or Cases, 28 
 Arthropoda, 2 
 Azure Blue, 197 
 
 B. 
 
 Bath White, 53 
 Bedford Blue, 201 
 Black Hairstreak, 167, 170 
 Black-veined Brown, 130 
 
 White, 40 
 Blues, the, 181 
 Breeding Butterflies, 12 
 Breeding-cages, 13 
 Brimstone Butterfly, 70 
 Brown Argus, 188 
 
 Hairstreak, 165 
 Browns, the, 132 
 Butterflies and Sunshine, 48 
 
 In the Cabinet, 24 
 
 Migrating, 48, 54 
 Butterfly, Definition of, 3 
 Butterfly-hunting, 7 
 
 Suitable Weather for, 7 
 
 Time of Day for, 7 
 Butterfly-net, 8 
 Butterfly's Place in Nature, I 
 
 Position among Animals, 
 Synopsis of, 5 
 
 C. 
 
 Cabbage White, 45 
 Calendar, Collectors, 224 
 
240 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Camphor as a Mite Preventative, 
 
 2 5 
 
 Camberwell Beauty, 112 
 Carterocephalus, 221 
 
 pahxMuon, 222 
 
 paniscus, 222 
 Castle Eden Argus, 190 
 Chalk-hill Blue, 195 
 Chequered Skipper, 222 
 
 White, 53 
 Chortobius, 157 
 
 Chrysalis, Meaning of Term, 101 
 Clifden Blue, 193 
 Clouded Saffron, 67 
 
 Sulphur, 65 
 
 Yellows, 63, 67 
 Coenonympha, 157 
 
 davus, 158 
 
 pamphilus, 160 
 
 typhon, 158 
 
 typhon var. philoxenus, 160 
 
 typhon var. rothliebii, 160 
 Colias, 63 
 
 Capricious Appearance of, 65 
 
 edusa, 67 
 
 edusa var. helice, 70 
 
 Hibernation of, 64 
 
 hyale, 65 
 
 Collecting-box, 12 
 Collector's Calendar, 224 
 
 January, 224 
 
 February, 224 
 
 March, '226 
 
 April, 227 
 
 May, 228 
 
 June, 230 
 
 July, 232 
 
 August, 234 
 
 September, 235 
 
 October, 236 
 
 November, 238 
 
 December, 238 
 Comma Butterfly, 102 
 Common Blue, 191 
 
 Copper, 179 
 
 Continental Large Copper, 176 
 Coppers, the, 176 
 Cossus ligniperda, Trees affected 
 by Larvae of, visited by 
 Antiopa, 113 
 Cyanide-bottle, how to make, 1 1 
 
 D. 
 
 Danais, 130 
 
 erippus, 130 
 
 Dark Green Fritillary, 82 
 Dark Hairstreak, 170 
 Dartford Blue, 193 
 Dingy Skipper, 4, 211 
 Distinction between Butterflies 
 
 and Moths, 3 
 Drying Butterflies, 20 
 Duke of Burgundy Fritillary, 74, 
 
 205 
 Durham Argus, 190 
 
 E. 
 
 Edusa-year, 67 
 Egg of Butterfly, 6 
 Elm Butterfly, 105 
 Entomological pins, 17 
 Epinephele, 149 
 
 hero, 133 
 
 hyperanthes, 155 
 
 ianira, 149 
 
 tithonus, 153 
 Erebia, 136 
 
 aethiops, 138 
 
 blandina, 138 
 
 cassiope, 136 
 
 epiphron, 136 
 
 ligea, 133 
 
 medea, 138 
 Erycinidae, 31, 205 
 Euchloe, 56 
 
 cardamines, 56 
 
 cardamines, Second Brood, 57 
 
 F. 
 
 Families of British Butterflies, 29 
 Foes of Butterflies, 25 
 Folding Ring-net, 9 
 Food-plants, see Special Index 
 Fritillaries, the, 74 
 
 G. 
 
 Garden White, 45 
 Gatekeeper, 143, 153 
 
INDEX. 
 
 2 4 I 
 
 Glanville Fritillary, 94 
 Goatmoth, Trees affected by 
 Larvae of, visited by 
 Antiopa, 113 
 Golden Copper, 176 
 Gonopteryx, 70 
 
 cleopatra, 73 
 
 rhamni, 70 
 Grayling, 146 
 Grease, Cure of, 27 
 Greasy Fritillary, 92 
 Green Hairstreak, 174 
 Green-veined White, 51 
 Grizzled Skipper, 209 
 
 H. 
 
 Hairstreaks, the, 164 
 Heath Fritillary, 96 
 Hesperia, 212 
 
 actseon, 216 
 
 comma, 220 
 
 linea, 213 
 
 lineola, 214 
 
 sylvanus, 218 
 
 thaumas, 213 
 Hesperiidse, 31, 208 
 
 Synopsis of Species in, 209 
 Heterocera, 3 
 Hibernation of Colias, 64 
 High Brown Fritillaiy, 85 
 Hipparchia, 146 
 Holly Blue, 197 
 
 I. 
 
 Ichneumon Fly, 44, 92, 95 
 Imago of Butterfly, 7 
 Insect-cabinets, 24 
 Insect, Definition of, 2 
 Insecta, the, 3 
 Invertebrata, 2 
 
 Irregular Appearance of Vanessa 
 cardui, 118 
 
 K. 
 Killing a Butterfly, Method of, 1 1 
 
 Large Blue, 203 
 
 Copper, 176 
 
 Copper, High Prices realised 
 for, 176 
 
 Garden White, 45 
 
 Heath, 153 
 
 Skipper, 218 
 
 Tortoiseshell, 105 
 
 White, 45 
 
 Larva of Butterfly, 6 
 Latona-year, 8 1 
 Least Meadow Brown, 160 
 Lepidoptera, 3 
 Leucophasia, 61 
 
 sinapis, 61 
 
 sinapis on the Wing, 61 
 Life-history of a Butterfly, 6 
 Limenitis, 121 
 
 sibylla, 121 
 
 List of British Butterflies, 29 
 Little Blue, 201 
 Localities for Butterflies in 
 
 General, 8 
 
 Long- tailed Blue, 183 
 Lulworth Skipper, 216 
 Lycaena, 181 
 
 acis, 200 
 
 adonis, 193 
 
 aegon, 185 
 
 agestis, 188 
 
 alexis, 191 
 
 alsus, 201 
 
 argiades, 185 
 
 argiolus, 197 
 
 arion, 203 
 
 astrarche, 188 
 
 astrarche var. artaxerxes, 
 190 
 
 astrarche var. salmacis, 190 
 
 baetica, 183 
 
 bellargus, 193 
 
 corydon, 195 
 
 icarus, 191 
 
 idas, 1 88 
 
 medon, 188 
 
 minima, 201 
 
 semiargus, 200 
 
 Synopsis of Species of, 182 
 Lycaenidae, 30 
 
2 4 2 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 M. 
 
 Marbled White, 133 
 Marsh Fritillary, 92 
 
 Ringlet, 158 
 Mazarine Blue, 200 
 Meadow Brown, 149 
 Means of Defence in Larva, 36 
 Melanargia, 133 
 
 galatea, 133 
 Melitaea, 74, 75, 9* 
 
 artemis, 92 
 
 athalia, 96 
 
 aurinia, 92 
 
 cinxia, 94 
 
 Mercuric Chloride as a Preserva- 
 tive against Mites and 
 Mould, 27 
 
 Metamorphoses of Insects, 2, 6 
 Microgaster, 92 
 
 Migration of Argynnis latona, 80 
 Mites, 25 
 Mould, 26 
 Mountain Ringlet, 136 
 
 N. _ 
 
 Naphthalene, in preference to 
 Camphor as a Preservative, 
 
 2 5 
 Nemeobius, 205 
 
 lucina, 74, 205 
 Net, Method of using, 10 
 New Small Skipper, 214 
 Niobe Fritillary, 75 . 
 Nisoniades, 211 
 
 tages, 4, 211 
 Northern Brown, 138 
 Note-making, 14 
 
 Scheme for, 15 
 Nymphalidae, 29, 74 
 
 O. 
 
 Orange-tip, 56 
 
 P. 
 
 Painted Lady, 118 
 Pale Clouded Yellow, 65 
 
 Pale-margined Specimens of 
 
 Vanessa antiopa, 1 1 5 
 Papilio, 35 
 
 machaon, 35 
 
 podalirius, 35 
 Papilionidae, 29, 35 
 Pararge, 141 
 
 egeria, 141 
 
 megaera, 143 
 Parasites, 44 
 Peacock, no 
 Pea- pod Argus, 183 
 Pearl-bordered Fritillary, 77 
 
 Likeness Fritillary, 96 
 Pieris, 43 
 
 brassicae, 45 
 
 daplidice, 53 
 
 metra, 49 
 
 napi, 51 
 
 rapae, 48 
 
 rapae in Canada, 48 
 Polyommatus, 176 
 
 dispar, 1 76 
 
 phloeas, 179 
 
 rutilus, 176 
 
 virgaureae, 176 
 Precautions to be observed in 
 
 Drying Butterflies, 20 
 Preservation of Butterfly Colours, 
 
 24 
 Protective Resemblance, 57, 95, 
 
 loo, 134, 148, 150 
 Pupa of Butterfly, 7 
 Purple Emperor, 125 
 
 Q- 
 
 Queen of Spain Fritillary, 80 
 
 R. 
 
 Red Admiral, 116 
 Relaxing-box, 12 
 Relaxing Butterflies, 22 
 Resting Position of Butterfly, 4 
 Rhopalocera, 3 
 Ringlet, the, 155 
 Ringlets, the, 132 
 Rock-eyed Underwing, 146 
 
INDEX. 
 
 243 
 
 s. 
 
 Satyrus, 146 
 
 semele, 146 
 
 Scarce Swallow-tail, 36 
 Scientific Names, Advantage of, 
 
 28 
 Scotch Argus, 138 
 
 Brown Argus, 190 
 Setting-boards, Types of, 16 
 Setting Butterflies, 16 
 
 Continental Method of, 17 
 Setting-needles, 18 
 Short-tailed Blue, 185 
 " Silver-bug," Larva of Vanessa 
 
 C-album, 103 
 
 Silver-spotted Skipper, 220 
 Silver-studded Blue, 185 
 Silver-washed Fritillary, 88 
 Skipper, Method of Killing, 
 
 210 
 
 Skippers, 4, 208 
 Sleeping-places of Butterflies, 8 
 Small Copper, 179 
 
 Garden White, 48 
 
 Heath, 160 
 
 Meadow Brown, 153 
 
 Pearl-bordered Fritillary, 75 
 
 Ringlet, 136, 158 
 
 Skipper, 213 
 
 Tortoiseshell, 107 
 
 White, 48 
 Speckled Wall Butterfly, 143 
 
 Wood Butterfly, 141 
 Store-cases, 25 
 Swallow-tail, 36 
 Syrichthus, 209 
 
 alveolus, 209 
 
 malvse, 209 
 
 malvae var. lavaterae, 2 1 1 
 
 T. 
 
 Terms descriptive of Larva, Pupa, 
 
 and Imago, 31 
 Thanaos, 211 
 Thecla, 164 
 
 betulae, 165 
 
 pruni, 170 
 
 quercus, 172 
 
 rubi, 174 
 
 W-album, 167 
 
 V. 
 
 Vanessa, 99 
 
 antiopa, 112 
 
 atalanta, 116 
 
 C-album, 102 
 
 cardui, 118 
 
 cardui, Irregular Appearance 
 of, 118 
 
 io, no 
 
 polychloros, 105 
 
 urticae, 107 
 Vertebrata, 2 
 
 W. 
 
 Wall Butterfly, 143 
 Weaver's Fritillary, 75 
 White Admiral, 121 
 White-letter Hairstreak, 167 
 Wood Argus, 141 
 
 Lady, 141 
 
 Ringlet, 155 
 
 White, 61 
 
 Y. 
 
 Yellow Variety of Pieris rapse, 43 
 
INDEX OF FOOD-PLANTS. 
 
 A. 
 
 Alder Buckthorn, 197 
 Anthyllis vulneraria, 195, 202 
 Aspen, 105 
 
 B. 
 
 Barbarea praecox, 51 
 
 vulgaris, 58 
 Betula alba, 113, 165 
 Birch, 114, 165 
 Bird's-foot, 186, 200 
 
 Trefoil, 62, 191, 195, 211, 
 
 220 
 
 Borage, 81 
 Borago officinalis, 81 
 Brachypodium pinnatum, 217 
 
 sylvaticum, 213, 222 
 Bramble, 174, 210 
 Brassica Napus, 51 
 Broad-leaved Dock, 180 
 
 Plantain, 96 
 Bromus asper, 222 
 Broom, 174 
 Buckthorn, 71 
 
 C. 
 
 Cabbages, 45, 49 
 Cardamine pratensis, 58 
 
 Carrot, Wild, 36 
 Charlock, 58 
 Cherry, 105 
 Clover, 64, 195 
 Cock's-foot-grass, 218 
 Common Elm, 168 
 
 Fennel, 36 
 
 Furze, 186 
 
 Mallow, 119 
 
 Nettle, 102, 108, no, 114, 
 116, 119 
 
 Pear, 105 
 
 Rock Rose, 188 
 
 Sorrel, 180 
 
 Cornus sanguinea, 197 
 Cotton-grass, 158 
 Couch-grass, 217, 218 
 Cowslip, 206 
 Cowwheat, 98 
 Crataegus Oxyacantha, 40 
 Cuckoo-flower, 58 
 Cytisus scoparius, 174 
 
 D. 
 
 Dactylis glomerata, 218 
 Daucus Carota, 36 
 Devil's-bit Scabious, 93 
 Digitalis purpurea, 93, 98 
 Dog Violet, 76, 78, 81, 82, 85, 90 
 
INDEX. 
 
 245 
 
 Dogwood, 197 
 Dyer's Weed, 174 
 
 E. 
 
 Early Winter Cress, 51 
 Elm, 105 
 Eriophorum, 158 
 Erodium cicutarium, 188 
 Erysimum cheiranthoides, 58 
 Euonymus europaeus, 197 
 
 F. 
 
 Fiddle-dock, 180 
 Field-pea, 184 
 Field Scabious, 93 
 Flixweed, 55, 58 
 Fceniculum vulgare, 36 
 Foxglove, 93, 98 
 Fragaria vesca, 210 
 
 G. 
 
 Garlic Mustard, 51, 58 
 Genista tinctoria, 174 
 Germander Speedwell, 98 
 Goat Willow, or Sallow, 128 
 Grasses, 133 
 Great Periwinkle, 130 
 Water Dock, 177 
 
 H. 
 
 Hairy Brome- grass, 222 
 
 Woodrush, 218 
 Hawthorn, 40 
 Heath, 98 
 
 False Brome-grass, 217 
 Hedera Helix, 197 
 Hedge Mustard, 58 
 Helianthemum vulgare, 188 
 Hemlock Stork's-bill, 188 
 Hippocrepis comosa, 193 
 Holcus lanatus, 213, 218 
 Holly, 197 
 Honeysuckle, 93, 122 
 
 Hop, 102 
 
 Trefoil, 63 
 Horseradish, 58 
 Horseshoe-vetch, 193 
 
 Ilex Aquifolium, 197 
 Ivy, 197 
 
 K. 
 
 Kidney Vetch, 195, 202 
 Knautia arvensis, 93 
 
 Lathyrus macrorhizus, 63 
 Lesser Periwinkle, 130 
 London Rocket, 58 
 Lonicera Periclymenum, 122 
 Lotus corniculatus, 62, 191, 195, 
 
 211, 220 
 major, 185 
 Lucerne, 64 
 Luzula pilosa, 218 
 
 M. 
 
 Malva moschata, 210 
 
 sylvestris, 119 
 Marsh Hog's Fennel, 36 
 Meadow Soft- grass, 213, 218 
 Medicago lupulina, 64 
 
 sativa, 64 
 
 Melampyrum pratense, 98 
 Mignonette (odorous), 49 
 
 Wild, 55 
 Musk Mallow, 210 
 
 N. 
 
 Narrow-leaved Bird's-foot Tre- 
 foil, 185 
 
 Plantain, 93, 94, 96 
 Nasturtium officinale, 51 
 Nasturtiums, 45, 49 
 
246 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Nerium, 130 
 Nonsuch, 64 
 
 o. 
 
 Oak, 128, 172 
 Oleander, 130 
 Onobrychis saliva, 8 1 
 Ononis arvensis, 191 
 
 spinosa, 191 
 Ornithopus perpusillus, 186, 220 
 
 P. 
 
 Pansy, Wild, 81, 85 
 Parietaria officinalis, 116 
 Pellitory-of- the- Wall, 116 
 Penny Cress, 58 
 Peucedanum palustre, 36 
 Plantago lanceolata, 93, 94, 96 
 
 major, 96 
 Poplar, 128 
 Populus tremula, 105 
 Potentilla Fragariastrum, 210 
 Primrose, 206 
 Primula veris, 206 
 
 vulgaris, 206 
 Prunus cerasus, 105 
 
 spinosa, 40, 165, 170 
 Pyrus Aria, 105 
 
 communis, 105 
 
 Q. 
 
 Quercus Robur, 172 
 
 R. 
 
 Rape, 51 
 
 Raspberry, 90, 210 
 Red Currant, 102 
 Reseda lutea, 55 
 
 luteola, 55 
 Rest-harrow, 191 
 Rhamnus catharticus, 71 
 
 Frangula, 71, 197 
 Rhynchospora alba, 158 
 Ribes rubrum, 102 
 
 Rubus fruticosus, 174, 210 
 Idaeus, 210 
 
 Rumex Acetosa, 180 
 Acetosella, 180 
 Hydrolapathum, 177 
 obtusifolius, 1 80 
 pulcher, 180 
 
 Sainfoin, 81 
 Salix, 105 
 
 alba, 113 
 
 Caprea, 1 28 
 Sallow, 105 
 Scabiosa succisa, 93 
 Sheep's Sorrel, 180 
 Sinapis arvensis, 58 
 Sisymbrium alliaria, 51, 58 
 
 Irio, 58 
 
 officinale, 58 
 
 Sophia, 55, 58 
 Slender False Brome-grass, 213, 
 
 222 
 
 Sloe, 40, 165, 170 
 Small Nettle, 108 
 Spindle-tree, 197 
 Strawberry, Wild, 210 
 Strawberry-leaved Potentilla, 
 
 210 
 Sweet Violet, 8r, 82, 85, 90 
 
 T. 
 
 Teucrium Scorodonia, 96 
 Thlaspi arvense, 58 
 Thyme, Wild, 203 
 Thymus serpyllum, 203 
 Tower Mustard, 58 
 Treacle Mustard, 58 
 Trefoil, 195 
 Trifolium, 195 
 
 pratense, 64 
 
 procumbens, 63 
 
 repens, 64 
 Triticum, 215 
 
 repens, 217, 218 
 Tropa5olums, 45 
 Tuberous Bitter Vetch, 63 
 
INDEX. 
 
 247 
 
 Tufted Vetch, 62 
 Turritis glabra, 58 
 
 U. 
 
 Ulex europaeus, 186 
 Ulmus, 105 
 
 campestris, 168 
 
 montana, 168 
 
 Urtica dioica, 102, 108, no, 114, 
 116, 119 
 
 urens, 108 
 
 V. 
 
 Veronica Chamaedrys, 98 
 Vicia Cracca, 62 
 Vinca major, 130* 
 minor, 130 
 
 Viola canina, 76, 78, 81, 82, 85, 
 
 90 
 
 odorata, 81, 82, 85, 90 
 tricolor, 81, 85 
 
 W. 
 
 Watercress, 51 
 
 White Beak-rush, 158 
 Beam-tree, 105 
 Willow, 114 
 
 Wild Carrot, 36 
 Mignonette, 55 
 Pansy, 81, 85 
 Strawberry, 210 
 Thyme, 203 
 
 Willow, 105 
 
 Winter Cress, 58 
 
 Wood Sage, 96 
 
 Wych Elm, 168 
 
FOR 
 
 Exchanging, 
 Selling, 
 
 Buying 
 
 BUTTERFLIES, 
 
 OR THEIR 
 
 PUP/E OR LARWE, 
 
 OR 
 
 ENTOMOLOGICAL APPARATUS 
 
 OP ANY KIND, 
 
 There is no better medium than 
 
 ZTbe Basaar, 
 
 be Eycbange anfc fIDart 
 
 ESTABLISHED 2 5 YEARS. 
 
 Price 2d., of all Newsagents. 
 OFFICE;: 
 
 170, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. 
 
Catalogue of Practical Handbooks 
 Published by L. Upcott Gill, 170, 
 Strand, London, W.C. 
 
 American Dainties, and How to Prepare Them. By an AMERICAN LADY 
 In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Angler, Book of the All-Round. A Comprehensive Treatise on Angling 
 in both Fresh and Salt Water. In Four Divisions as named below. By 
 JOHN BICKERDYKE. With over 220 Engravings. In cloth, price 5s. bd., by 
 post 5s. lOd. ^' 
 
 Angling for Coarse Fish. Bottom Fishing, according to iche 
 Methods in use on the Thames, Trent, Norfolk Broads, and elsewhere. 
 Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Angling for Pike. The most approved Methods of Fishing for Pike 
 or Jack. New Edition, revised and enlarged. Profusely Illustrated. In 
 paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. ; cloth, 2s. (uncut), by post 2s. 3d. ( 
 
 Angling for Game Fish. The Various Methods of Fishing for 
 Salmon ; Moorland, Chalk-stream, and Thames Trout ; Grayling and Char. 
 Well Illustrated. In paper, price Is. bd., by post Is. Qd. 
 
 Angling in Salt Water. Sea Fishing with Rod and Line, from the 
 Shore, Piers, Jetties, Rocks, and from Boats ; together with Some Account 
 of Hand-Lining. Over 50 Engravings. In paper, price Is., by post, Is. 2d. ; 
 cloth, 2s. (uncut), by post 2s. 3d. 
 
 Angler, The Modern. A Practical Handbook on all Kinds of Angling. By 
 " OTTER." Well illustrated. New Edition. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by pout 2s. 9d. 
 
 Aquaria, Book of. A Practical Guide to the Construction, Arrangement, 
 and Management of Freshwater and Marine Aquaria ; containing Full 
 Information as to the Plants, Weeds, Fish, Molluscs, Insects, &c., How and 
 Where to Obtain Them, and How to Keep Them in Health. Illustrated. By 
 REV. GREGORY C. BATEMAN, A.K.C., and REGINALD A. R. BENNETT, B.A. 
 In cloth gilt, price 5s. bd., by post 5s. lOd. 
 
 Aquaria, Freshwater: Their Construction, Arrangement, Stocking, and 
 Management. Fully Illustrated. By REV. G. C. BATEMAN, A.K.C. In 
 cloth gilt, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. lOd. 
 
 Aquaria, Marine: Their Construction, Arrangement, and Management. 
 Fully Illustrated. By R. A. R. BENNETT, B.A. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., 
 by post 2s. Bd. 
 
 Australia, Shall I Try? A Guide to the Australian Colonies for the 
 Emigrant Settler and Business Man. With two Illustrations. By GEORGE 
 LACON JAMES. In cloth gilt, price 3s. 6d., by post 3s. lOd. 
 
 Autograph Collecting: A Practical Manual for Amateurs and Historical 
 Students, containing ample information on the Selection and Arrangement 
 of Autographs, the Detection of Forged Specimens, <fcc., &c., to which are 
 added numerous Facsimiles for Study and Reference, and an extensive 
 Valuation Table of Autographs worth Collecting. By HENRY T. SCOTT, 
 M.D., L.R.C.P., &c. In leatherette gilt, price Is. bd. nett, by post Is. lOd. 
 
 Bazaars and Fancy Fairs: Their Organization and Management. A 
 Secretary's Vade Mecum. By JOHN Mum. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 and Bee-Keeping: Scientific and Practical. By F. R. CHESHIRE, 
 F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Lecturer on Apiculture at South Kensington. In two vols., 
 eloth gilt, price 16s., by post 16s. bd. 
 
 Vol. I., Scientific. A complete Treatise on the Anatomy and Physio 
 logy of the Hive Bee. In cloth gilt, price 7s. 6d., by post Is. IQd. 
 
 Vol. II., Practical Management of Bees, An Exhaustive Treatise 
 on Advanced Bee Culture. In cloth gilt, price 8s. bd., by post 8s. lid. 
 >e- Keeping, Book of. A very practical and Complete Manual on the Proper 
 Management of Bees, especially written for Beginners and Amateurs who have 
 but a few Hives. Fully Illustrated. By W. B. WEBSTER, First-class Expert, 
 B.B.K.A. In vaper, price Is., by post 1 2d. ; cloth, Is. bd., by post Is. 8d. 
 
 190 C 7/98 
 
Published by L. UPCOTT GILL, 
 
 Begonia Culture, for Amateurs and Professionals. Containing Full Directions 
 for the Successful Cultivation of the Begonia, under Glass and in the Open 
 Air. Illustrated. By B. C. RAVENSCROFT. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Bent Iron "Work: A Practical Manual of Instruction for Amateurs in the 
 Art and Craft of Making and Ornamenting Light Articles in imitation of the 
 beautiful Mediaeval and Italian Wrought Iron Work. By F. J. ERSKINE. 
 Illustrated. In patter, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Birds, British, for tbe Cage and Aviary. Illustrated. By DR. W. T. 
 GREENE. (In the press. 
 
 Boat Building and Sailing, Practical. Containing Full Instructions for 
 Designing and Building Punts, Skiffs, Canoes, Sailing Boats, &c. Particulars 
 of the most suitable Sailing Boats and Yachts for Amateurs, and Instructions 
 for their Proper Handling. Fully Illustrated with Designs and Working 
 Diagrams. By ADRIAN NEISON, C.K., DIXON KEMP, A.I.N.A., and G. 
 CHRISTOPHER DAVIES. In one vol., cloth, gilt, price 7s. bd., by post Is. lOd. 
 
 Boat Building for Amateurs, Practical. Containing Full Instructions 
 for Designing and Building Punts, Skiffs, Canoes, Sailing Boats, Ac. Fully 
 Illustrated with Working Diagrams. By ADRIAN NEISON, C.E. Second 
 Edition, Revised and Enlarged by DIXON KEMP, Author of "Yacht 
 Designing," "A Manual of Yacht and Boat Sailing," Ac. In cloth gilt, price 
 Zs. bd. by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Boat Sailing for Amateurs, Practical. Containing Particulars of the 
 most Suitable Sailing Boats and Yachts for Amateurs, and Instructions 
 for their Proper Handling, &c. Illustrated with numerous Diagrams. By 
 O. CHRISTOPHER DAVIES. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged, and with 
 several New Plans of Yachts. In doth gilt, price 5s., by post 5s. 4d. 
 
 Bookbinding for Amateurs : Being Descriptions of the various Tools and 
 Appliances Required, and Minute Instructions for their Effective Use. By 
 W. J. E. CRANE. Illustrated with 156 Engravings. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., 
 by post 2s. Qd. 
 
 Bulb Culture, Popular. A Practical and Handy Guide to the Successful 
 Cultivation of Bulbous Plants, both in the Open and under Glass. By W. D. 
 DRURY. Fully Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Bunkum Entertainments: A Collection of Original Laughable Skits on 
 Conjuring, Physiognomy, Juggling, Performing Fleas, Waxworks, Panorama, 
 Phrenology, Phonograph, Second Sight, Lightning Calculators, Ventriloquism, 
 Spiritualism, Ac., to which are added Humorous Sketches, Whimsical 
 Recitals, and Drawing-room Comedies. In doth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Butterflies, The Book of British: A Practical Manual for Collectors 
 and Naturalists. Splendidly Illustrated throughout with very accurate 
 Engravings of the Caterpillars, Chrysalids, and Butterflies, both upper and 
 under sides, from drawings by the Author or direct from Nature. By 
 W. J. LUCAS, B.A. Price 3s. bd., Ify post 3s. 9d. 
 
 Butterfly and Moth Collecting: Where to Search, and What to Do. By 
 G. E. SIMMS. Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Cabinet Making for Amateurs. Being clear Directions How to Construct 
 many Useful Articles, such as Brackets, Sideboard, Tables, Cupboards, 
 and other Furniture. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. Qd. 
 
 Cactus Culture for Amateurs : Being Descriptions of the various Cactuses 
 grown in this country ; with Full and Practical Instructions for their Success- 
 ful Cultivation. By W. WATSON, Assistant Curator of the Royal Botanic 
 Gardens, Kew. Prof usely Illustrated. In doth, gilt, price 5s. nett, by post 5s. 4d. 
 
 Cage Birds, Diseases of: Their Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment. A Hand- 
 book for everyone who keeps a Bird. By DR. W. T. GREENE, F.Z.S. In paper, 
 price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Canary Book. The Breeding, Rearing, and Management of all Varieties of 
 Canaries and Canary Mules, and all other matters connected with this Fancy. 
 By ROBERT L. WALLACE. Third Edition. In cloth gilt, price 5s., by post 
 5s. <W. ; with COLOURED FLATUS, bs. bd., by post bs. lOd. 
 
 General Management of Canaries. Cages and Cage-making, 
 Breeding, Managing, Mule Breeding, Diseases and their Treatment, Moulting, 
 Pests, &c. Illustrated. In doth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 3d. 
 
 Exhibition Canaries. Full Particulars of all the different Varieties, 
 their Points of Excellence, Preparing Birds for Exhibition, Format on and 
 Management of Canary Societies and Exhibitions. Illustrated. In doth, 
 price 2s. bd., by post 2s. Bd. 
 
170, Strand, London, W.C. 
 
 Cane Basket "Work: A Practical Manual on Weaving Useful and Fancy 
 Baskets By ANNIE FIRTH. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price Is. 6d., by postls.Sd. 
 
 Card Conjuring: Being Tricks with Cards, and How to Perform Them By 
 PROF. ELLIS STANYON. Illustrated, and in Coloured Wrapper. Price Is. 
 by post Is. 2d 
 
 Card Tricks, Book of, for Drawing-room and Stage Entertainments by 
 Amateurs ; with an exposure of Tricks as practised by Card Sharpers and 
 Swindlers. Numerous Illustrations. By PROF. B. KUNARD. In illustrated 
 icrapper, price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Carnation Culture, for Amateurs. The Culture of Carnations and Picotees 
 of all Classes in the Open Ground and in Pots. Illustrated. By B, C. RAVENS- 
 CROFT. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Cats, Domestic or Fancy : A Practical Treatise on their Antiquity, Domesti- 
 cation, Varieties, Breeding, Management, Diseases and Remedies, Exhibition 
 and Judging. By JOHN JENNINGS. Illustrated. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by pot 
 2s. Qd. 
 
 Chrysanthemum Culture, for Amateurs and Professionals. Containing Full 
 Directions for the Successful Cultivation of the Chrysanthemum for Exhibition 
 and the Market. By B. C. RAVENSCROFT. New Edition. Illustrated. In 
 paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Chrysanthemum, The Show, and Its Cultivation. By C. SCOTT, of 
 the Sheffield Chrysanthemum Society. In paper, price 6d., by post Id. 
 
 Coins, a Guide to English Pattern, in Gold, Silver, Copper, and Pewter, 
 from Edward I. to Victoria, with their Value. By the REV. G. F. CROWTHER, 
 M.A. Illustrated. In silver cloth, with gilt facsimiles of Coins, price 5s., by 
 post 5s. 3d. 
 
 Coins of Great Britain and Ireland, a Guide to the, in Gold, Silver, 
 and Copper, from the Earliest Period to the Present Time, with their Value. 
 By the late COLONEL W. STEWART THORBURN. Third Edition. Revised and 
 Enlarged, by H. A. GRUEBER, F.S.A. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 10s. 6d 
 net, by post 10s. lOd. 
 
 Cold Meat Cookery. A Handy Guide to making really tasty and much 
 appreciated Dishes from Cold Meat. By MRS. J. E. DAVIDSON. In paper, 
 price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Collie, The. Its History, Points, and Breeding. By HUGH DALZIEL, Illus- 
 trated with Coloured Frontispiece and Plates. In paper, price Is., by post 
 Is. 2d. ; cloth, 2s., by post 2s Zd. 
 
 Collie Stud Book. Edited by HUGH DALZIEL. Price 3s. 6d. each, by post 
 3s. 9d. each. 
 
 Vol. I., containing Pedigrees of 1308 of the best-known Dogs, traced to 
 their most remote known ancestors ; Show Record to Feb., 1890, &c. 
 Vol. II. Pedigrees of 795 Dogs, Show Record, &c. 
 Vol. III. Pedigrees of 786 Dogs, Show Record, &c. 
 
 Columbarium, Moore's. Reprinted Verbatim from the originial Edition 
 of 1735, with a Brief Notice of the Author. By W. B. TEGETMEIER, F.Z.S., 
 Member of the British Ornithologists' Union. Price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Conjuring, Book of Modern. A Practical Guide to Drawing-room and 
 Stage Magic for Amateurs. By PROFESSOR R. KUNARD. Illustrated. In 
 illustrated wrapper, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Conjuring for Amateurs. A Practical Handbook on How to Perform 
 a Number of Amusing Tricks. By PROF. ELLIS STANYON. In paper, price Is., by 
 post Is. 2d. 
 
 Cookery, The Encyclopaedia of Practical. A complete Dictionary of all 
 pertaining to the Art of Cookery and Table Service. Edited by THEO. FRANCIS 
 GARRETT, assisted by eminent Chefs de Cuisine and Confectioners. Profusely 
 Illustrated with Coloured Plates and Engravings by HAROLD FURNESS, GE. 
 CRUIKSHANK, W. MUNN ANDREW, and others. In 2 vols., demy <\to., hatf 
 bound, cushion edges, 3 3s.; carriage free, 3 5s. 
 
 Cookery for Amateurs; or, French Dishes for English Homes of all 
 Classes. Includes Simple Cookery, Middle-class Cookery, Superior Cookery, 
 Cookery for Invalids, and Breakfast and Luncheon Cookery. By MADAMK 
 VALERIE. Second Edition. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Cucumber Culture for Amateurs. Including also Melons, Vegetable 
 Marrows, and Gourds. Illustrated. By W. J. MAT. In paper, price Is 
 by post Is. 2d. 
 
Published by L. UPCOTT GILL, 
 
 Cyclist's Route Map of England and Wales. Shows clearly all the Main, 
 and moat of the Cross, Roads, Railroads, and the Distances between the 
 Chief Towns, as well as the Mileage from London. In addition to this, 
 Routes of Thirty of the Most Interesting Tours are printed in red. Fourth 
 Edition, thoroughly revised. The map is printed on specially prepared 
 vellum paper, and is the fullest, handiest, and best up-to-date tourist's map 
 in the market. In cloth, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Designing, Harmonic and Keyboard. Explaining; a System whereby 
 an endless Variety of Most Beautiful Designs suited to numberless 
 Manufactures may be obtained by Unskilled Persons from any Printed 
 Music. Illustrated by Numerous Explanatory Diagrams and Illustrative 
 Examples. By C. H. WILKINSON. Demy 4*o, price 2 2s. nett. 
 
 Dogs, Breaking and Training: Being Concise Directions for the proper 
 education of Dogs, both for the Field and for Companions. Second 
 Edition. By "PATHFINDER." With Chapters by HUGH DALZIEL. Illus- 
 trated. In cloth gilt, price 6*. 6d., by post 6s. lOd. 
 
 Dogs, British, Ancient and Modern: Their Varieties, History, and 
 Characteristics. By HIGH DALZIKL, assisted by Eminent Fanciers. 
 Beautifully Illustrated with COLOURED PLATES and full-page Engravings 
 of Dogs of the Day, with numerous smaller illustrations in the text. This 
 is the fullest work on the various breeds of dogs kept in England. In 
 three volumes, demy 8vo, cloth gilt, price 10. 6d. each, by post Us. each. 
 Vol. I. Dogs Used in Field Sports. 
 
 Vol. II. JJog Useful to Man in other Work than Field 
 Sports: lloiixe and Toy Dog*. 
 
 Vol. III. Practical Kennel Maiutt/t-nu-nt : A Complete 
 Treatise on all Matters relating to the Proper Management of Dogs whether 
 kept for the Show Bench, for the Field, or for Companions. 
 
 Dogs, Diseases of : Their Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment ; Modes of 
 Administering Medicines ; Treatment in cases of Poisoning, Ac. For the use 
 of Amateurs. By HUGH DALZIEL. Fourth Edition. Entirely Re-written 
 and brought up to Date. In paper, price Is., by post la. 2d. ; in cloth gilt, 
 2a., by post 2s. 3d. 
 
 Dog-Keeping, Popular: Being a Handy Guide to the General Managemen 
 and Training of all Kinds of Dogs for Companions and Pets. By J. MAXTEE. 
 Illustrated. In paper, price It., by post "is. 2d. 
 
 Engravings and their Value. Containing a Dictionary of all the Greatest 
 Engravers and their Works. By J. H. SLATER. New Edition, Revised and 
 brought up to date, with latest Prices at Auction. In cloth gilt, price at. 
 nett, by post, 15. 5d. 
 
 Entertainments, Amateur, for Charitable and other Objects: 
 How to Organise and Work them with Profit and Success. By ROBERT 
 GANTHONV In coloured cover, price !., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Fancy 'Work Series, Artistic. A Series of Illustrated Manuals on Artistic 
 and Popular Fancy Work of various kinds. Each number is complete in 
 itself, and issued at the uniform price of f>d., by post Id. Now ready (1) 
 MACRAME LACE (Second Edition) ; (2) PATCHWORK ; (3) TATTING ; (4) CREWEL 
 WORK ; (5) APPLIQUE ; (6) FANCY NETTING. 
 
 Feathered Friends, Old and New. Being the Experience of many years' 
 Observation of the Habits of British and Foreign Cage Birds. By DR. W. 
 T. GREENE. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 5s., by post 5s. 4<t 
 
 Ferns, The Book of Choice: for the Garden, Conservatory, and Stove. 
 Describing the best and most striking Ferns and Selaginellas, and giving 
 explicit directions for their Cultivation, the formation of Rockeries, the 
 arrangement of Ferneries, Ac. By GEORGE SCHNEIDER. With numerous 
 Coloured Plates and other Illustrations. In 3 vols., large post 4eo. Cloth 
 gilt, price 3 3. nett, by post 3 5. 
 
 Ferns, Choice British. Descriptive of the most beautiful Variations from 
 the common forms, and their Culture. By C. T. DRUEHY, F L.S. Very 
 accurate PLATES, and other Illustrations. In cloth gilt, price 2s. 6d., by 
 post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Ferrets and Ferreting. Containing Instructions for the Breeding, Manage- 
 ment, and Working of Ferrets. Second Edition, Re-written and greatly 
 Enlarged. Illustrated. In paper ,price 6d., by post Id. 
 
 Fertility of Eggs Certificate. These are Forms of Guarantee given by the 
 Sellers to the Buyers of Eggs for Hatching, undertaking to refund value of 
 any unfertile eggs, or to replace them with good ones. Very valuable to 
 wile-* of eees. as they induce purchases. In books, with counterfoils, price 
 M , by nost Id. 
 
170 Strand, London, W.C. 
 
 Firework Making for Amateurs. A complete, accurate, and easily - 
 
 understood work on Making Simple and High-class Fireworks. By DR. W. 
 
 H. BROWNE, M.A. In coloured wrapper, price 2s bd,, by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Fisherman, The Practical. Dealing with the Natural History, the 
 
 Legendary Lore, the Capture of British Fresh-Water Fish, and Tackle and 
 
 Tackle-making. By J. H. KEENE. In cloth gilt, price Is. t>d., by pout Is. lOd. 
 
 Fish Flesh, and Fowl When in Season, How to Select, Cook, and Serve. 
 
 By MARY BARRETT BROWN. In coloured wrapper, price Is., by post Is. 3d. 
 
 Foreign Birds, Favourite, for Cages and Aviaries. How to Keep them in 
 
 Health. Fully Illustrated. By W. T. GREENE, M.A., M.D., F.Z.S., &c. In 
 
 cloth, price 2s. bd. , by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Fox Terrier, The. Its History, Points, Breeding, Bearing, Preparing for 
 
 Exhibition, and Coursing. By HUGH DALZIEL. Illustrated with Coloured 
 
 Frontispiece and Plates. In paper, price Is. , by post Is. 2d. ; cloth, 2s., by post 2s. 3d. 
 
 Fox Terrier Stud Book. Edited by HUGH DALZIEL. Price 3s. bd. each, by post 
 
 3s. 9d. each. 
 
 Vol. I., containing Pedigrees of over 1400 of the best-known Dogs, traced 
 
 to their most remote known ancestors. 
 Vol. II. Pedigrees of 1544 Dogs, Show Record, &c. 
 Vol. III. Pedigrees of 1214 Dogs, Show Record, $c. 
 Vol. I V. Pedigrees of 1168 Dogs, Show Record, &c. 
 Vol. V. Pedigrees of 1662 Dogs, Show Record, &c. 
 
 Fretwork and Marquetry. A Practical Manual of Instructions in the Art 
 of Fret-cutting and Marquetry Work. Profusely Illustrated. By D. DENNING. 
 In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d. 
 Friesland Meres, A Cruise on the* By ERNEST R. SUPPLING. Illustrated. 
 
 In paper, price Is. , by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Fruit Culture for Amateurs. By S. T. WRIGHT. With Chapters on Insect 
 and other Fruit Pests by W. D. DRURY. Illustrated. In cloth gUt, price 3. 6d., 
 by post 3s. 9d. 
 
 Game Preserving, Practical. Containing the fullest Directions for Rearing 
 and Preserving both Winged and Ground Game, and Destroying Vermin; 
 with other Information of Value to the Game Preserver. By W. CARNEGIE. 
 Illustrated. In cloth gilt, demy Svo, price 21s., by post 21*. 5d. 
 Games, the Book of a Hundred. By MARY WHITE. These Games are for 
 Adults, and will be found extremely serviceable for Parlour Entertainment. 
 They are Clearly Explained, are Ingenious, Clever, Amusing, and exceedingly 
 Novel. In sti/ boards, price 2s. bd. by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Gardening, Dictionary of. A Practical Encyclopaedia of Horticulture, for 
 Amateurs and Professionals. Illustrated with 2440 Engravings. Edited by 
 G. NICHOLSON, Curator of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew ; assisted by Prof. 
 Trail, M.D., Rev. P. W. Myles, B.A., F.L.S., W. Watson, J. Garrett, and other 
 Specialists. In 4 vols., largepost 4to. In cloth gilt, price 3, by post 3 2s. 
 Gardening in Egypt. A Handbook of Gardening for Lower Egypt. With a 
 Calendar of Work for the different Months of the Year. By WALTER DRAPER. 
 In cloth, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. 9d. 
 
 Gardening, Home. A Manual for the Amateur, Containing Instructions for 
 the Laying Out, Stocking, Cultivation, and Management of Small Gardens 
 Flower, Fruit, and Vegetable. By W. D. DRURY, F.R.H.S. Illustrated. In 
 coloured wrapper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Coat, Book of the. Containing Full Particulars of the Various Breeds of 
 Goats, and their Profitable Management. With many Plates. By H. STEPHEN 
 HOLMES PEGLER. Third Edition, with Engravings and Coloured Frontispiece. 
 In cloth (jilt, price 4s. bd., by post 4s. lOd. 
 
 Goat-Keeping for Amateurs: Being the Practical Management of Goats for 
 Milking Purposes. Abridged from " The Book of the Goat." Illustrated. In 
 paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Grape Growing for Amateurs. A Thoroughly Practical Book on Successful 
 Vine Culture. By E. MOLYNEUX. Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 Greenhouse Management for Amateurs. The Best Greenhouses and 
 Frames, and How to Build and Heat them, Illustrated Descriptions of the 
 most suitable Plants, with general and Special Cultural Directions, and all 
 necessary information for the Guidance of the Amateur. Second Edition, 
 Revised and Enlarged. Magnificently Illustrated. By W. J. MAY. In cloth 
 gilt, price 5s., by post 5s. 4d. 
 
 Greyhound, The: Its History, Points, Breeding, Rearing, Training, and 
 Running. By HUGH DALZIEL. With Coloured Frontispiece. In cloth gilt, 
 demy 800., price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
6 Published by L. UPCOTT GILL, 
 
 Guinea Pig, The, for Food, Fur, ami Fancy. Its Varieties and its Manage 
 ment. By C. CUMBERLAND, F.Z.S. Illustrated. In r.. /..?//>'</ WSMMMT. JM*M 
 Is., by pout 1*. 2d. In cloth gilt, icith coloured Ji-ontispiece, price 2s. od., by post 
 2s. 9d. 
 
 Handwriting, Character Indicated by. With Illustrations in Support 
 of the Theories advanced, taken from Autograph Letters, of Statesmen, 
 Lawyers, Soldiers, Ecclesiastics, Authors, Poets, Musicians, Actors, and 
 the persons. Second Edition. By R. BAUOHAN. In cloth giU, prite & txi., 
 by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Hardy Perennials and Old-fashioned Garden Flowers. Descriptions, 
 alphabetically arranged, of the most desirable Plants for Borders, Rockeries, 
 and Shrubberies, including Foliage as well as Flowering Plants. By J. WOOD. 
 Profusely Illustrated. In cloth, price 3. 6d., by post 3s. 9d. 
 
 Hawk Moths, Book of British. A Popular and Practical Manual for all 
 Lepidopterists. Copiously illustrated in black and white from the Author's 
 own exquisite Drawings from Nature. By W. J. LUCAS, B.A. In cloth, price 
 Zs. 6d.,iypost3*. 9d. 
 
 Home Medicine and Surgery : A Dictionary of Diseases and Accidents, 
 and their proper Home Treatment. For Family Use. By W. J. MACKEN/IK, 
 M.D. Illustrated. In cloth, price It. 6d., ty post 2s, 9d. 
 
 Horse-Keeper, The Practical. By GEORGE FI.KMINC, C.B., LL.D., 
 F.R.C.V.S.. late Principal Veterinary Surgeon to the British Army, and 
 Ex-President of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons. In cloth, price- 
 3s. bd.,by post 3s. lOd, 
 
 Horse-Keeping for Amateurs. A Practical Manual on the Management 
 of Horses, for the guidance of those who keep one or two for their personal 
 use. By Fox RUSSELL. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. ; cloth 2i., by 
 2s. 3d. 
 
 Horses, Diseases of: Their Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment. For the 
 use of Amateurs. By HUGH DALXIEL.} \ln paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. ; 
 cloth 2s. , by post 2s. 3d. 
 
 Incubators and their Management. By J. H. SUTCLIFFE. New Edition, 
 Revised and Enlarged. Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Inland Watering Places. A Description of the Spas of Great Britain and 
 Ireland, their Mineral Waters, and their Medicinal Value, and the attrac- 
 tions which they offer to Invalids and other Visitors. Profusely illustrated. 
 A Companion Volume to " Seaside Watering Places." In cloth, price 2s. 6d., 
 by post 2s. lOd 
 
 Jack All Alone. Being a Collection of Descriptive Yachting Reminiscences. 
 By FRANK COWPER, B.A., Author of " Sailing Tours." Illustrated. //; 
 cloth yilt, price 3. 6d., by post 3*. lOd. 
 
 Journalism, Practical : How to Enter Thereon and Succeed. A book for 
 all who think of " writing for the Press." By JOHN DAWSON. In cloth gilt, 
 price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Laying Hens, Hour to Keep and to Rear Chickens in Large or Small 
 Numbers, in Absolute Confinement, with Perfect Success. By MAJOR G. F. 
 MORANT. In paper, price 6d., by post Id. 
 
 Library Manual, The. A Guide to the Formation of a Library, and the 
 Values of Rare and Standard Books. By J. H. SLATER, Barrister-at-Law. 
 Third Edition. Revised and Greatly Enlarged. In cloth ffilt, price Is. bd. 
 nett, by post 7s. lOd. 
 
 Magic Lanterns, Modern. A Guide to the Management of the Optical 
 Lantern, for the Use of Entertainers, Lecturers, Photograpers, Teachers, and 
 others. By R. CHILD BAYLEY. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Mice, Fancy: Their Varieties, Management, and Breeding. Third Edition, 
 with additional matter and Illustrations. In coloured wrapper representing 
 different varieties, price 1*., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Millinery, Handbook of. A Practical Manual of Instruction for Ladies. 
 Illustrated. By MME. ROSEE, Court Milliner, Principal of the School of 
 Millinery. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Model Yachts and Boats : Their Designing, Making, and Sailing. Illustrated 
 with 118 Designs and Working Diagrams. By J. DU V. GROSVENOR. In 
 leatherette, price 5s., by post 5s. 3d. 
 
 Monkeys, Pet, and How to Manage Them. Illustrated. By ARTHUR PATTER* 
 
 SON. In cloth gilt, price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 9rf. 
 
170, Strand, London, W.C. 
 
 Mountaineering, Welsh. A Complete and Handy Guide to all the Best 
 Roads and Bye-Paths hy which the Tourist should Ascend the Welsh 
 Mountains. By A. W. PERRY. With numerous Maps. In cloth gilt, price 
 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Mushroom Culture for Amateurs. With Full Directions for Successful 
 Growth in Houses, Sheds, Cellars, and Pots, on Shelves, and Out of Doors. 
 Illustrated. By W. J. MAY. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Natural History Sketches among the Carnivora Wild and Domesticated ; 
 with Observations on their Habits and Mental Faculties. By ARTHUR 
 Nicois, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 2s. M., by post 
 2s. 3d. 
 
 Naturalist's Directory, The, for 1898 (fourth year of issue). Invaluable to 
 all Students and Collectors. In paper, price Is., by post Is. Id. 
 
 Needlework, Dictionary of. An Encyclopaedia of Artistic, Plain, and Fancy 
 Needlework ; Plain, practical, complete, and magnificently Illustrated. By 
 S. F. A. CAULFEILD and B. C. SAWARD. In demy 4o, b28pp, 829 Illustra- 
 tions, extra cloth gilt, plain edges, cushioned bevelled boards, price 21s. nett, by 
 post 21s. 9d. ; with COLOURED PLATES, elegant satin brocade cloth binding, 
 and coloured edges, Sis. 6d. nett, by post 32s. 
 
 Orchids : Their Culture and Management, with Descriptions of all the Kinds 
 in General Cultivation. Illustrated by Coloured Plates and Engravings. By 
 W. WATSON, Assistant-Curator, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew; Assisted by 
 W. BEAN, Foreman, Royal Gardens, Kew. Second Edition, Revised and 
 with Extra Plates. In cloth gilt and gilt edges, price 1 Is. nett, by post 
 1 Is. 6d. 
 
 Painters and Their Works. A Work of the Greatest Value to Collectors 
 and such as are interested in the Art, as it gives, besides Biographical 
 Sketches of all the Artists of Repute (not now living) from the 13th Century 
 to the present date, the Market Value of the Principal Works Painted by 
 Them, with Full Descriptions of Same. In 3 vols., cloth, price 15s. nett per vol., 
 by post 15s. 5d., or 37s. 6d. nett the set of 3, by post 38s. 3d. 
 
 Painting, Decorative. A practical Handbook on Painting and Etching upon 
 Textiles, Pottery, Porcelain, Paper, Vellum, Leather, Glass, Wood, Stone, 
 Metals, and Plaster, for the Decoration of our Homes. By B. C. SAWARD. 
 In cloth gilt, price 3s. 6d., by post 3s. 9d. 
 
 Parcel Post Dispatch Book (registered). An invaluable book for all who 
 send parcels by post. Provides Address Labels, Certificate of Posting, and 
 Record of Parcels Dispatched. By the use of this book parcels are insured 
 against loss or damage to the extent of 2. Authorised by the Post Office. 
 Price Is., by post Is. 2d., for 100 parcels; larger sizes if required. 
 
 Parrakeets, Popular. How to Keep and Breed Them. By DR. W. T. 
 GREENE, M.D., M.A., F.Z.S., &c. In coloured wrapper, price Is., by post, Is. 2d. 
 
 Parrot, The Grey, and How to Treat it. By W. T. GREENE, M.D., M.A., F.Z.S., 
 &c. In coloured wrapper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Parrots, the Speaking. The Art of Keeping and Breeding the principal 
 Talking Parrots in Confinement. By DR. KARL Russ. Illustrated with 
 COLOURED PLATES and Engravings. In cloth gilt, price 5s., by post 5s. 4d. 
 
 Patience, Games of, for one or more Players. How to Play 142 different 
 Games of Patience. By M. WHITMORE JONES. Illustrated. Series I., 39 
 games; Series II., 34 games; Series III., 33 games; Series IV., 37 games. 
 Each Is., by post Is. 2d. The four bound together in cloth gilt, price 5s., by 
 post 5s. 4d. 
 
 Perspective, The Essentials of. With numerous Illustrations drawn by 
 the Author. By L. W. MILLER, Principal of the School of Industrial Art of 
 the Pennsylvania Museum, Philadelphia. Price 6s. 6d., by post 6s. lOd. 
 
 Pheasant-Keeping for Amateurs. A Practical Handbook on the Breed- 
 ing, Rearing, and General Management of Fancy Pheasants in Confinement. 
 By GEO. HORNE. Fully Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 3s.bd.,by post 3s. 9d. 
 
 Photographic Printing Processes, Popular. A Practical Guide to 
 Printing with Gelatino-Chloride, Artigue, Platinotype, Carbon, Bromide, 
 Collodio-Chloride, Bichromated Gum, and other Sensitised Papers. Illus- 
 trated. By H. MACLEAN, F.R.P.S. Price 2s. bd., by post 2s. lOd. 
 
 Photography (Modern) for Amateurs. New and Revised Edition. By 
 J. EATON FEARN. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Pianofortes, Tuning and Repairing. The Amateur's Guide to the 
 Practical Management of a Piano without the intervention of a Professional. 
 By CHARLES BABBINGTON. In paper, price 6d., by post b^d. 
 
8 Published by L. UPCOTT GILL, 
 
 Picture-Frame Making for Amateurs. Being Practical Instructions 
 in the Making of various kinds of Frames for Paintings, Drawings, Photo- 
 graphs, and Engravings. Illustrated. By the REV. J. LUKIN. In paper, 
 price Is., by post 1$ 2d. 
 
 Pig, Book of the. The Selection, Breeding, Feeding, and Management of the 
 Pig ; the Treatment of its Diseases ; the Curing and Preserving of Hams, 
 Bacon, and other Pork Foods ; and other information appertaining to Pork 
 Farming. By PROFESSOR JAMES LONG. Fully Illustrated with Portraits 
 of Prize Pigs, Plans of Model Piggeries, &c. In cloth, gilt, price 10*. M., by 
 pott 10*. lid. 
 
 Pig- Keeping, Practical : A Manual for Amateurs, based on personal 
 Experience in Breeding, Feeding, and Fattening ; also in Buying and Selling 
 Pigs at Market Prices. By R. D. OARRATT. In paper, price Is., by poit Is. 2d. 
 
 Pigeons, Fancy. Containing full Directions for the Breeding and Manage- 
 ment of Fancy Pigeons, and Descriptions of every known Variety, together 
 with all other information of interest or use to Pigeon Fanciers. Third 
 Edition. 18 COLOURED PLATES, and 22 other full-page Illustrations. By 
 J. C. LYELL. In cloth gilt, price 10*. od., by post 10*. lOd. 
 
 Pigeon-Keeping for Amateurs. A Complete Guide to the Amateur 
 Breeder of Domestic and Fancy Pigeons. By J. C. LYELL. Illustrated. 
 In cloth, price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Polishes and Stains for Wood : A Complete Guide to Polishing Wood- 
 work, with Directions for Staining, and Full Information for Making the 
 Stains, Polishes, Ac., in the simplest and most satisfactory manner. By 
 DAVID DENNING. In paper, 1*., by post Is. 3d. 
 
 Pool, Games of. Describing Various English and American Pool Games, and 
 giving the Rules in full. Illustrated In paper, price IK., >>>/ i>*t Ix. 2d. 
 
 Postage Stamps, and their Collection. A Practical Handbook for Collectors 
 of Postal Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, and Cards. By OLIVER FIRTH, 
 Member of the Philatelic Societies of London, Leeds, and Bradford. Pro- 
 fusely Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 3s. 6</., by post 3*. lOd. 
 
 Postage Stamps of Europe, The Adhesive: A T'r.utical Guide to their 
 Collection, Identification, and Classification. Especially designed for the use 
 of those commencing the Study. By W. A. S. WBSTOBY. Beautifully 
 Illustrated. In Parts, Is. each, by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Postmarks, History of British. With 350 Illustrations and a List of 
 Numbers used in Obliterations. By J. H. DANIELS. In cloth, pi-ice 2s.6d.,by 
 post 2*. 9d. 
 
 Pottery and Porcelain, English. A Guide for Collectors. Handsomely 
 Illustrated with Engravings of Specimen Pieces and the Marks used by the 
 different Makers. New Edition, Revised and Enlarged. By the REV. E. A. 
 DOWNMAN. In cloth gilt, price 5*. , by post 5s. 3d. 
 
 Poultry-Farming, Profitable. Describing in Detail the Methods that Give 
 the Best Results, and pointing out the Mistakes to be Avoided. Illustrated. 
 By J. H. SUTCLIFFE. Price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Poultry-Keeping, Popular. A Practical and Complete Guide to Breeding 
 and Keeping Poultry for Eggs or for the Table. By F. A. MACKENZIE. Illus- 
 trated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Poultry and Pigeon Diseases Their Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment. 
 A Practical Manual for all Fanciers. By QUINTIN CRAIG and JAMES LYELL. 
 In paper, price l*. t by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Poultry for Prizes and Profit. Contains : Breeding Poultry for Prizes, 
 Exhibition Poultry and Management of the Poultry Yard. Handsomely Illus- 
 trated. Second Edition. By PROF. JAMES LONG. In doth gilt, price 'tis. 6d., 
 by post 2s. lOd. 
 
 Rabbit, Book of The. A Complete Work on Breeding and Rearing all Varieties 
 of Fancy Rabbits, giving their History, Variations. Uses, Points, Selection, 
 Mating, Management, &c., &c. SECOND EDITION. Edited by KEMPSTER 
 W. KNIGHT. Illustrated with Coloured and other Plates. In cloth gilt, price 
 10*. 6d., by post 10s. lid. 
 
 Rabbits, Diseases of: Their Causes, Symptoms, and Cure. With a Chapter 
 on THE DISEASES OF CAVIES. Reprinted from "The Book of the Rabbit" and 
 " The Guinea Pig for Food, Fur and Fancy." In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
170, Ftrawtl, London, W.C. 9 
 
 Rabbits for Prizes and Profit. The Proper Management of Fancy Rabbits 
 in Health and Disease, for Pets or the Market, and Descriptions of every 
 known Variety, with Instructions for Breeding Good Specimens. Illustrated. 
 By CHARLES RAYSON. In cloth gilt, price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 3d. Also in 
 Sections, as follows : 
 
 General Management of Rabbits. Including Hutches, Breeding, 
 Feeding, Diseases and their Treatment, Rabbit Courts, &c. Fully Illustrated. 
 In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Exhibition Sabbits. Being descriptions of all Varieties of Fancy 
 Rabbits, their Points of Excellence, and how to obtain them. Illustrated. In 
 paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d 
 
 Road Charts (Registered). For Army Men, Volunteers, Cyclists, and other 
 
 Road Users. By S. W. H. DIXON and A. B. H. CLERKE. No. 1. London 
 
 to Brighton. Price 2d., by post 2%d. 
 Roses for Amateurs. A Practical Guide to the Selection and Cultivation of 
 
 the best Roses. Illustrated. By the REV. J. HONYWOOD D'OMBRAIN, Hon. 
 
 Sec. Nat. Rose Soc. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 Sailing Guide to the Solent and Poole Harbour, with Practical Hints 
 
 as to Living and Cooking on, and Working a Small Yacht. By LiEUT.-COL. 
 
 T. G. CUTHELL. Illustrated with Coloured Charts. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., 
 
 by post 2s. td. 
 
 Sailing Tours. The Yachtman's Guide to the Cruising Waters of the English 
 and Adjacent Coasts. With Descriptions of every Creek, Harbour, and Road- 
 stead on the Course. With numerous Charts printed in Colours, showing Deep 
 water, Shoals, and Sands exposed at low water, with sounding. In Crown 
 8vo., cloth gilt. By FRANK COWPER, B.A. 
 
 Vol. I., the Coasts of Essex and Suffolk, from the Thames to Aldborough. 
 Six Charts. Price 5s., by post 5s. 3d. 
 
 Vol. II. The South Coast, from the Thames to the Scilly Islands, twenty- 
 five Charts. Price 7s. bd., by post Is. lOd. 
 
 Vol. III. The Coast of Brittany, from L'Abervrach to St. Nazaire, and 
 an Account of the Loire. Twelve Charts. Price 7s. bd., by post Is. lOd. 
 
 Vol. IV. The West Coast, from Land's End to Mull of Galloway, in- 
 eluding the East Coast of Ireland. Thirty Charts. Price 10s. bd., by pott 
 108. lOd. 
 
 Vol. V. The Coasts of Scotland and the N.E. of England down to Aid- 
 borough. Forty Charts. Price 10s. bd., by post 10s. lOd. 
 
 St. Bernard, The. Its History, Points, Breeding, and Rearing. By HUGH 
 T)AT,7TKL. Illustrated with Coloured Frontispiece and Plates. In cloth, price 
 2s bd., by post 2s. 3d. 
 
 St. Bernard stud Book. Edited by HUGH DALZIEL. Price 3s. bd. each, by 
 pott 3s. 9rf. each. 
 
 Vol. I. Pedigrees of 1278 of the best known Dogs traced to their moat 
 remote known ancestors, Show Record, &c. 
 
 Vol. II. Pedigrees of 564 Dogs, Show Record, Ac. 
 
 Sea-Fishing for Amateurs.. Practical Instructions to Visitors at Seaside 
 Places for Catching Sea-Fish from Pier-heads, Shore, or Boats, principally by 
 means of Hand Lines, with a very useful List of Fishing Stations, the Fish to 
 be caught there, and the Best Seasons. By FRANK HUDSON. Illustrated. In 
 paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Sea-Fishing on the English Coast. The Art of Making and Using Sea- 
 Tackle, with a full account of the methods in vogue during each month of the 
 year, and a Detailed Guide for Sea- Fishermen to all the most Popular Water- 
 ing Places on the English Coast. By F. G. AFLALO. Illustrated. In cloth 
 gilt, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Sea-Life, Realities of. Describing the Duties, Prospects, and Pleasures of 
 a Young Sailor in the Mercantile Marine. By H. E. ACRAMAN COATE. With 
 a Preface by J. R. DIGGLE, M.A., M.L.S.B. In cloth, price 3*. bd., 
 by pest 3s. lOd. 
 
 Seaside Watering Places. A Description of the Holiday Resorts on the 
 Coasts of England and Wales, the Channel Islands, and the Isle of Man, 
 giving full particulars of them and their attractions, and all information 
 likely to assist persons in selecting places in which to spend their Holidays 
 according to their individual tastes. Illustrated. Twenty-second Year of 
 Issue. Ready in May. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. lOd. 
 
10 Published by L. UPCOTT GILL, 
 
 Sea Terms, a Dictionary of. For the use of Yachtsmen, Amateur Boat- 
 men, and Beginners. By A. ANSTED. Fully Illustrated. Cloth gilt, price- 
 Is, bd. net, by post Is. lid. 
 
 Shadow Entertainments, and How to Work them : being Something about 
 Mi.ulows, and the way to make them Profitable and Funny. By A. PATTER- 
 SON. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Shave, An Easy: The Mysteries, Secrets, and Whole Art of, laid bare for 
 1*., by post Is. If, Edited by JOSEPH MORTON. 
 
 Sheet Metal, Working in: Being Practical Instructions for Making and 
 Mending Small Articles in Tin, Copper, Iron, Zinc, and Brass. Illustrated. 
 Third Edition. By the Rev. J. LUKIN, B.A In paper, price Is., by post 
 It. Id. 
 
 Shorthand, on Gurney's System (Improved), LESSONS IX : Being 
 Instructions in the Art of Shorthand Writing as used in the Service of the 
 two Houses of Parliament. By R. E. MILLER. In paper, price Is., by 
 post Is. 2d. 
 
 Shorthand, Exercises in, for Daily Half Hours, on a Newly-devised and 
 Simple Method, free from the Labour of Learning. Illustrated. Being Part 
 II. of "Lessons in Shorthand on Ourney's System (Improved)." By R. E. 
 MILLER. In paper, price 9d., by post lOd. 
 
 Skating Cards : An Easy Method of Learning 9 Figure Skating, as the Cards 
 can be 
 
 used on the Ice. In cloth case, 2s. fxl., bv post 2s. 9d. ; leather, 
 by post 3*. 9d. A cheap form 
 as a small book, In., by post Is. Id. 
 
 3*. bd., by post 3s. 3d. A cheap form is issued printed on paper and made up 
 aall " 
 
 Sleight of Hand. A Practical Manual of Legerdemain for Amateurs and 
 Others. New Edition, Revised and Enlarged Profusely Illustrated. By 
 E. SACHS. In cloth gilt, price 6s. 6d., by post 6s. lOd. 
 
 Snakes, Marsupials, and Birds. A Charming Book of Anecdotes, Adven- 
 tures, and Zoological Notes. A capital Book for Boys. By ARTHUR NICOLS, 
 F.G.S., F.R.G.S., <fec. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 3*. bd., by post 3s. lOd. 
 
 Taxidermy, Practical. A Manual of Instruction to the Amateur in Collect- 
 in);, Preserving, and Setting-up Natural History Specimens of all kinds. 
 With Examples and Working Diagrams. By MONTAGU BROWNE, F.Z.S., 
 Curator of Leicester Museum. Second Edition. In cloth gilt, price 7s. bd., 
 by post 7s. lOd. 
 
 Thames Guide Book. From Lechlade to Richmond. For Boating Men, 
 Anglers, Picnic Parties, and all Pleasure-seekers on the River. Arranged on 
 an entirely new plan. .Second Edition, profusely Illustrated. In cloth, price 
 ls.bd.,bypostls.Bd. 
 
 Tomato and Fruit Growing as an Industry for Women. Lectures given 
 at the Forestry Exhibition, Earl's Court, during July and August, 1893. By 
 GRACE HARRIMAN, Practical Fruit Grower and County Council Lecturer. In 
 paper, price Is., by post Is. Id. 
 
 Tomato Culture for Amateurs. A Practical and very Complete Manual 
 
 on the subject. By B. C. RAVENSCROFT. Illustrated. In paper, price Is., 
 
 by post Is. Id. 
 Trapping, Practical : Being some Papers on Traps and Trapping for 
 
 Vermin, with a Chapter on General Bird Trapping and Snaring. By W. 
 
 CARNEGIE. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Turning for Amateurs : Being Descriptions of the Lathe and its 
 Attachments and Tools, with minute Instructions for their Effective Use on 
 Wood, Metal, Ivory, and other Materials. Second Edition, Revised and 
 Enlarged. By JAMES LUKIN, B.A. Illustrated with 144 Engravings. In 
 cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 Turning Lathes. A Manual for Technical Schools and Apprentices. A 
 Guide to Turning, Screw-cutting, Metal-spinning, &c. Edited by JAMES 
 LUKIN, B.A. Third Edition. With 194 Illustrations. In cloth gilt, price 
 3s., by ix>8t 3s. 3d. 
 
 Yamp, How to. A Practical Guide to the Accompaniment of Songs by the 
 Unskilled Musician. With Examples. In paper, price 9cf., by post lOd. 
 
 Vegetable Culture for Amateurs. Containing Concise Directions for the 
 Cultivation of Vegetables in small Gardens so as to insure Good Crops. 
 With Lhtsof the Best Varieties of eachlSort. By W. J. MAY Illustrated. 
 In paper, price Is. , by post Is. 2d. 
 
170, Strand, London, W.C. 11 
 
 Ventriloquism, Practical. A thoroughly reliable Guide to the Art of 
 Voice Throwing and Vocal Mimicry, Vocal Instrumentation, Ventriloquial 
 Figures, Entertaining, Ac. By ROBERT GANTHONY. Numerous Illustrations. 
 In cloth gilt, price 2s". bd., by post 2s. M. 
 
 Violins (Old) and their Makers : Including some References to those of 
 Modern Times. By JAMES M. FLEMINO. Illustrated with Facsimiles of 
 Tickets, Sound-Holes, &c. In cloth gilt, price 6s. 6d. nett, by post 6s. lOd. 
 
 Violin School, Practical, for Home Students. Instructions and Exercises 
 in Violin Playing, for the use of Amateurs, Self-learners, Teachers, and 
 others. With a Supplement on "Easy Legato Studies for the Violin." 
 By J. M. FLEMING. Demy 4o, cloth gilt, price 9s. 6d., by post 10s. 2d. 
 Without Supplement, price 7s. (>d., by post 8s. 
 
 Vivarium, The. Being a Full Description of the most Interesting Snakes, 
 Lizards, and other Reptiles, and How to Keep Them Satisfactorily in Con- 
 finement. By REV. G. C. BATEMAN. Beautifully Illustrated. In cloth gilt, 
 price 7s. bd. nett, by post 8s. 
 
 War Medals and Decorations. A Manual for Collectors, with some 
 account of Civil Rewards for Valour. Beautifully Illustrated. By D. 
 HASTINGS IRWIN. In cloth gilt, price 7s. bd., by post 7s. IQd. 
 
 Whippet and Race-Dog, The: How to Breed, Rear, Train, Race, and 
 Exhibit the Whippet, the Management of Raee Meetings, and Original 
 Plans of Courses. By FREEMAN LLOYD. In cloth gilt, price 3s. M., by post 
 3s. lOd. 
 
 Whist, Modern Scientific. A Practical Manual on new Lines, and with 
 Illustrative Hands, printed in Colour. By C. J. MELROSE. In cloth gilt, 
 price 6s., by post 6s. 6d. 
 
 Wildfowling, Practical: A Book on Wildfowl in Wildfowl Shooting. By 
 HY. SHARP. The result of 25 years' experience Wildfowl Shooting under 
 all sorts of conditions of locality as well as circumstances. Profusely Illus- 
 trated. Demy 8vo, cloth gilt, price 12s. bd. nett, by post 12s. lOd. 
 
 Wild Sports in Ireland. Being Picturesque and Entertaining Descriptions 
 of several visits paid to Ireland, with Practical Hints likely to be of service 
 t the Angler, Wildfowler, and Yachtsman. By JOHN BICKERDYKE, Author 
 of "The Book of the All-Round Angler," &c. Beautifully Illustrated from 
 Photographs taken by the Author. In cloth gilt, price 6s., by post 6s. 4d. 
 
 Window Ticket 'Writing. Containing full Instructions on the Method of 
 Mixing and Using the Various Inks, Ac,, required, Hints on Stencilling as 
 applied to Ticket Writing, together with Lessons on Glass Writing, Japanning 
 on Tin, &c. Especially written for the use of Learners and Shop Assistants. 
 By WM. C. SCOTT. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Wire and Sheet Gauges of the World. Compared and Compiled by 
 C. A. B. PFEILSCHMIDT, of Sheffield. In paper, price Is., by post Is. Id. 
 
 Wood Carving for Amateurs. Full Instructions for producing all the 
 different varieties of Carvings. SECOND EDITION. Edited by D. DENNINO. 
 In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. 
 
 Workshop Makeshifts. Being a Collection of Practical Hints and 
 Suggestions for the use of Amateur Workers in Wood and Metal. Fully 
 Illustrated. By H. J. S. CASSALL. In cloth gilt, price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 9d. 
 
 FICTION LIBRARY. 
 
 Decameron of a Hypnotist. Tales of Dread. By E. SUPPLING, Author of 
 "The Story Hunter," &c. With Illustrations. Cloth gilt, 3s. bd., by post 3s. lOd. 
 
CLASSIFICATION INDEX 
 
 I'Ai.K. 
 
 ART. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 [GARDENING. 
 
 PACK. 
 
 BEES 1 
 
 DESIGNING 4 
 OLD VIOLINS 11 
 
 BEGONIA CULTURE 2 
 
 BlLBCULTUE 2 
 
 BUTTERFLIES 2 
 DIRECTORY 7 
 
 PAINTING 7 
 
 CACTUS CULTURE 2 
 
 HAWK MOTHS 6 
 SKETCHES 7 
 
 PERSPECTIVE 7 
 VIOLIN SCHOOL 11 
 
 CARNATION CULTURE . . 3 
 CHRYSANTHEMUM CUL- 
 
 SNAKH 10 
 
 
 TURE 3 
 
 VIVARIUM 11 
 
 AMUSEMENTS. 
 
 DICTIONARY 5 
 
 
 AMATEUR ENTERTAIN- 
 
 FERNS 4 
 
 PETS. 
 
 MENTS 4 
 
 FRUIT CULTURE 5 
 
 BRITISH BIRDS 2 
 
 BUNKUM ENTERTAIN- 
 MENTS 2 
 CARD CONJURING 3 
 
 GARDENING IN EGYPT.. 5 
 GRAPE GROWING 5 
 GREENHOUSE MANAGE- 
 
 r.iRit.V DISEASES 2 
 CANARIKS 2 
 Cvrs 3 
 
 CARD TRICKS 3 
 CONJURING 3,10 
 GAMES 5 
 
 MENT 5 
 HARDY PERENNIALS .. 6 
 HOME 5 
 
 Kl- \l HI.KKI) Fill ENDS.. 4 
 
 F(iiiKi<;\ IllROS 5 
 
 MAGIC LANTERNS 6 
 PATIENCE 7 
 
 MUSHROOM CULTURE.. 7 
 <>R( urns 7 
 
 GUINEA PIG 6 
 MICK 6 
 
 SHADOW ENTERTAIN- 
 
 ROSES 9 
 TOMATO CULTURE 10 
 
 MO.NKEVS 6 
 PARHAKEETS 7 
 
 SLEIGHT OF HAND .... 10 
 VAMPING 10 
 
 I\UT<> (.; ROWING 10 
 VEGETABLE CULTURE . . 10 
 
 PHEASANTS 7 
 Rviutris 8 
 
 VENTRILOQUISM 11 
 WHIST 11 
 
 HOME. 
 
 si'KMvix; PARROTS.. .. 7 
 
 COLLECTORS. 
 
 COLD MEAT COOKERY.. 3 
 COOKERY 3 
 
 POULTRY & PIGEONS. 
 
 < oi.rMHARiUM 3 
 
 AUTOGRAPH 1 
 
 FANCY WORK 4 
 
 DISEASES 8 
 
 BOOKS 6 
 
 FISH, FLESH, <fe FOWL. 5 
 
 I'vv \ PKJKONS 8 
 
 COINS 3 
 
 HOME MEDICINE 6 
 
 IMTI'.ATOUS 6 
 
 
 M 1 1 I 1 NMIY 6 
 
 L\vi\<; HENS 6 
 
 HANDWRITING . 6 
 
 NEEDLEWORK DIC- 
 
 PII;KOVKEEI'[\<; 8 
 
 LIBRARY MANUAL 6 
 
 TIONARY . 7 
 
 POULTRY-FARMING 8 
 
 PAINTERS 7 
 
 SHAVING 10 
 
 PoULTRV-Ki;i:iM.N<i 8 
 
 POSTAGE STAMPS 8 
 
 
 
 POSTMARKS 8 
 POTTERY AND PORCB- 
 
 MECHANICS. 
 
 BENT IRONWORK 2 
 
 SPORT. 
 
 ANM.ING 1, 5 
 
 STAMPS OF EUROPE. ... 8 
 
 BOOKBINDING 2 
 
 BOATBUILDING 2 
 BOAT SAILING 2 
 
 WAR MEDALS 11 
 
 ( vi-.i NET MAKING 2 
 
 CYC i INC; MAP 4 9 
 
 DOGS A HORSES. 
 
 BREAKING DOGS 4 
 BRITISH DOGS 4 
 
 CANE BASKET \\ORK .. 3 
 FIREWORK MAKffco .. 5 
 FRETWORK 5 
 MARQUETERIE 5 
 
 FERRETS 4 
 
 GAME PRESERVING.... 5 
 SEA-FISHING 1, 9 
 SKATING 10 
 
 COLLIE 3 
 DISEASES OF DOGS .. 4 
 DISEASES OF HORSES . . 6 
 
 PIANO TUNING 7 
 PICTURE- FRAME MAK- 
 
 TRAPPING 10 
 
 WlLDFOWLING 11 
 
 WILD SPORTS 11 
 
 DOG-KEEPING 4 
 Fox TERRIER 5 
 
 - 1 1 K KT M ETAL WORK . . 10 
 
 TOURIST. 
 
 GREYHOUND 5 
 
 
 
 HORSE- KEEPER 6 
 HORSE-KEEPING 6 
 
 TURNING LATHES 10 
 WIRE GAUGES 11 
 
 INLAND WATERING 
 PLACES . 6 
 
 ST. BERNARD 9 
 WHIPPET 11 
 
 WOOD CARVING 11 
 
 MOUNTAINEERING .... 7 
 
 FARM. 
 
 WORKSHOP MAKE- 
 SHIFTS 11 
 
 SAILING TOURS 9 
 
 GOAT -KEEPING . . 5 
 
 
 PLACES . 9 
 
 PIG-KEEPING 8 
 
 NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 SOLENT GUIDE 9 
 
 POULTRY FARMING . . . 
 
 AQUARIA .. 1 
 
 THAMES GUIDE . . 10 
 
EXTRA SUPPLEMENTS Wen Illustrated. 
 
 The Ladies', each Month, 1st Wed.; The Philatelists', 2nd Wed.; 
 The Home, 3rd Wed. ; 
 
 BARGAINS 
 
 in Everything and Any- 
 thing are readily secured 
 through The Bazaar, Ex- 
 change and Mart News- 
 paper, which is used by Private Persons for disposing of 
 things they no longer require. THE paper for Buying, 
 Selling, and Exchanging by Private Persons. 
 
 TELEGRAMS: " BAZAAR. LONDON." 
 
 2d. 
 
 at 
 
 o MAKS 
 
 By post for 3 Stamps. 
 
 OFFICE: 170, STRAND, LONDON. 
 
 ADVICE 
 
 on every possible subject may be 
 obtained on application to The 
 Bazaar^ Exchange and Mart^ which 
 has the largest staff of Eminent Ex- 
 perts of any paper in the Kingdom, and these Experts freely 
 advise its readers. THE paper par excellence for Amateurs. 
 
 EXTRA SUPPLEMENTS continued. 
 
 The Cyclists', each Month, 1st Mon. ; The Sportsman's, 2nd Mon. \ 
 The Garden, 3rd Mon. ; The Dog Owners', Last Mon. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. and F. N. SPON, Ltd. 
 
 Crown 4to, full gilt, fancy cloth, 478 pages Letterpress and 735 Engravings, price 7s. 6d. 
 
 POPULAR ENGINEERING: 
 
 BEING INTERESTING AND INSTRUCTIVE EXAMPLES IN- 
 CIVIL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, CHEMICAL, MINING, 
 MILITARY, and NAVAL ENGINEERING. 
 
 GRAPHICALLY AND PLAINLY DESCRIBED AND 
 
 Specially Written for those about to enter the Engineering Profession and the 
 Scientific Amateur. With Chapters upon 
 
 PERPETUAL MOTION and ENCIPHERING COLLEGES and SCHOOLS. 
 
 By F. DYE. 
 
 SPONS' MECHANICS' OWN BOOK: 
 
 A MANUAL FOR HANDICRAFTSMEN AND AMATEURS. 
 
 Complete in One large Vol., demy 8vo, cloth, containing 700 pp. and 1420 Illustrations. 
 
 Fourth Edition, 6s. ; or half-bound, French morocco, 7s. 6d. 
 
 Content x: 
 
 Mechanical Drawing ; Casting and Founding in Iron, Brass, Bronze, and other Alloys ; 
 Forging and Finishing Iron ; Sheet Metal Working ; Soldering, Brazing, and Burning ; 
 Carpentry and Joinery, embracing descriptions of some 400 woods ; over <iOO Illustrations 
 of Tools and their Uses ; Explanations (with Diagrams} of 116 Joints And Hinges, and 
 Details of Construction of Workshop Appliances; Rough Furniture, Garden and Yard 
 Erections, and House-Building; Cabinet-making and Veneering; Carving and Fret- 
 cutting ; Upholstery ; Painting, Graining, and Marbling ; Staining Furniture, Woods, 
 Floors, and Fittings ; Gilding, Dead and Bright, on various Grounds ; Polishing Marble, 
 Metals and Wood ; Varnishing ; Mechanical Movements, illustrating contrivances for 
 transmitting Motion ; Turning in Wood and Metals ; Masonry, embracing Stonework, 
 Brickwork, Terra-cotta, and Concrete ; Roofing with Thatch, Tiles, Slates, Felt, Zinc, Ac. ; 
 Glazing with and without Putty, and Lead Glazing ; Plastering and Whitewashing ; Paper- 
 hanging ; Gas-fitting ; Bell-hanging, Ordinary and Electric Systems ; Lighting ; Warming ; 
 Ventilating ; Roads, Pavements and Bridges ; Hedges, Ditches andDrains ; Water Supply 
 and Sanitation ; Hints on House Construction suited to New Countries. 
 
 SPONS' HOUSEHOLD MANUAL : 
 
 A TREASURY OF DOMESTIC RECEIPTS AND GUIDE FOR 
 
 HOME MANAGEMENT. 
 Demy 8vo, cloth, containing 957 pp. and 250 Illustrations, price 7s. 6d. ; or half-bound 
 
 French morocco, 9s. 
 Principal Content* : 
 
 Hints for selecting a good House ; Sanitation ; W T ater Supply ; Ventilation and Warm- 
 ing ; Lighting ; Furniture and Decoration ; Thieves and Fire ; The Larder ; Curing Foods 
 for lengthened Preservation; The Dairy; The Cellar; The Pantry; The Kitchen; 
 Receipts for Dishes ; The Housewife's Room ; Housekeeping, Marketing ; The Dining- 
 room ; The Drawing-room ; The Bed-room ; The Nursery ; The Sick-room ; The Bath- 
 room ; The Laundry ; The School-room ; The Playground ; The Work-room ; The Library; 
 The Garden ; The Farmyard ; Small Motors ; Household Law. 
 
 London : E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd., 125, Strand. 
 New York: SPON & CHAMBERLAIN, 12, Cortlandt Street. 
 
Dean's Shilling Practical, Guide Books. 
 
 POST FREE Is. 1d. EACH. 
 
 Ailments of Poultry. By F. T. BARTON. 
 
 tHorses. The Gentleman's Guide. By JAMES MILLS, M.V.C.S. With suggestions 
 
 relative to the treatment of Diseases of Horses, and the Art of Horsemanship, by 
 
 RABEY. 21st Edition. 
 
 *Kennel Companion and Referee. By DR. GORDON STABLES. Illustrated. 
 *Pet Animals ; OP, the Amateur's Zoo. Their Habits, Characteristics, and 
 
 How to Manage them in Captivity. By ARTHTJB PATTERSON. With 40 Illustrations. 
 tThe British Aviary ; or, Song Birds. Containing Addenda on the various 
 
 breeds of Canaries. By THOMAS ANDREWS. Coloured Frontispiece. 
 *Canaries. How to Breed, Rear, and Keep them in Health. With pictures of 
 
 nineteen varieties, and chapter on Mules. By KARL Russ. 
 tParrots, Cockatoos, &e. By CAPTAIN BROWN. Forty Illustrations, by 
 
 JOSEPH P. KLDD. 
 tCage Birds. By BECHSTEIN (including Parrots). Fifty-six Illustrations. Edited 
 
 by H. G. ADAMS. 
 {Rabbit Keeper's Guide. How best to Rear, Feed, and Keep the several kinds 
 
 of Rabbits. 
 *Pigeons. Their Varieties, Treatment, Breeding, and Diseases. By EDWARD 
 
 BROWN, F.L.S. Illustrated by LUDLOW. 
 ^Poultry. Their Varieties, Breeding, and Diseases. By EDWARD BROWN, F.L.S. 
 
 Twenty-four Illustrations by LXTDLOW. 
 
 Sheep. Their Varieties, Points, and Characteristics. BY JOSEPH DARBY. 
 Cookery Made Easy. By a Lady. With Coloured Plates. 24th Edition. 
 Confectionery, Pastry, Preserving Sweets, &e. By GEORGE REID. 
 *Card Tricks and Conjuring Up-to-Date. By HERCAT. 
 Fireworks and Chemical Surprises. By CHARLES GILBERT. 
 
 Crown &vo. Illustrated. * Sound in Illustrated stiff varnished paper covers, t Bound 
 in Illustrated stiff paper covers, J Cloth bound, gilt lettering. 
 
 LONDON: DEAN & SON, LIMITED, 160a, FLEET ST., E.G. 
 
 Entirely New Edition Now Ready, 
 
 Showing the Very Latest Changes. 
 
 JOHNSTON'S 
 
 "MODERN " LIBRARY MAP of ENGLAND & WALES, 
 
 SIZE 68in. by 54 in. 
 
 On Cloth, Mahogany Rollers, bound with Silk up the sides, and Var- 
 nished, price 1 7s. 6d. ; on Cloth, Stained Wood Rollers, and 
 Varnished, price jgl Is. ; also in 4 Sheets, size 35in. by 29^in., each 
 price 2s. per sheet in Cloth Case; or 3s. 6d. per sheet on" Cloth to 
 fold, and in Cloth Case. 
 
 Also Third Edition, 
 W. & A. K. JOHNSTON'S 
 
 RAILWAY & CANAL MAP OF ENGLAND & WALES, 
 
 Showing each Railway System in a particular colour and marking. Size, 
 50in. by 42in. Price, in two sheets, ?S. 6d. ; on Cloth, Rollers, 
 and Varnished, IQs. ; on Cloth to fold in Titled Cloth Case, IDs. 
 
 W. & A. K. JOHNSTON, 
 
 Edina Works, Easter Road, and 7, Hanover Street, 
 EDINBURGH ; 
 
 5, White Hart Street, Warwick Lane, London, E.G. 
 
DOG SOAP 
 
 MADE BY 
 
 SPRATT'S 
 PATENT 
 
 LIMITED. 
 
 A NON-POISONOUS PREPARATION. 
 
 Invaluable for Preparing tin- Coat for Exhibition. 
 
 SOLD IN TABLETS. 
 
 DOG MEDICINES. 
 
 Alterative Cooling Powders 
 
 Aperient Tasteless Biscuits 
 
 Chronic Skin Disease Cure 
 
 Cough Pills 
 
 Chemical Food 
 
 Chorea Pills (St. Vitus' Dance) 
 
 Diarrhoea Mixture 
 
 Distemper Powders 
 
 Distempe'r Pills 
 
 Disinfectant for Kennels 
 
 Ear Canker Lotion 
 
 Eczema Lotion 
 
 Eye Lotion 
 
 Hair Stimulant 
 
 Jaundice or " Yellows " Pills 
 Locurium Oil (Patent) for Animal 
 
 Use 
 Locurium Oil (Patent) for 
 
 Human Use (including Govern- 
 
 ment Stamp) 
 Mange Lotion 
 Purging Pillu 
 
 Rheumatic and Sprain Liniment 
 Rheumatic and Chest Founder Pills 
 Tonic Condition Pills 
 Vegetable Puppy Vermifuge 
 Worm Powders 
 Worm Pills 
 
 YOUR TRADESMAN OR STORES WILL SUPPLY YOU. 
 
 Spratt's Patent Limited, Bermondsey, London, S,E, 
 
 PAMPHLET ON CANINE DISEASES, POST FREE. 
 

II